Lgo.png

 Going Linux

   for computer users who just want to use Linux to get things done


Going Linux · Show Notes

2019 Episodes:
Apr 14: #366 · Revisiting Kubuntu
Mar 20: #365 · Listener Feedback
Mar 05: #364 · Back to Basics - Definition of Terms
Feb 20: #363 · Listener Feedback
Feb 05: #362 · Run your business on Linux - Part 3
Jan 20: #361 · Listener Feedback
Jan 05: #360 · Run your business on Linux - Part 2


Apr 14: #366 · Revisiting Kubuntu
download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

We revisit Kubuntu, provide Bill's observations, go off the rails a bit, and somehow end up back at Ubuntu MATE.

The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
  1. Kubuntu: https://kubuntu.org/
  2. Our going-linux-chat on Discord: https://discord.gg/kahY3C7
  3. Our Going Linux group on MeWe: https://mewe.com/join/goinglinux
  4. Community (link from our website): http://community.goinglinux.com
  5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
Episode 366 Time Stamps

00:00 Going Linux #366 · Revisiting Kubuntu
00:15 Introduction
00:53 What happened to MX Linux?
05:08 MeWe adoption results
09:18 Looking at Kubuntu
11:47 Important features
13:43 Vaults
17:09 Kubuntu as a distribution
17:58 Installation
24:09 Bill blames the minions
25:17 The workflow that works for you
25:59 Basic requirements to adopt Linux
26:33 Modest hardware requirements
32:17 Overall: 'Like'
33:40 Distro hopping can help you find the right Linux for the way you work
36:54 Long-term support with no forced upgrades
41:18 You can use Kubuntu to get things done
43:00 Recommended for switchers from Windows
43:37 For switchers from macOs
47:36 Install and start using vs. install and tweak to your way of working
50:17 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
51:18 End

Top


Mar 20: #365 · Listener Feedback
download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

We hear from George about Windows and printers. Roger and Gord also comment on printers. Many questions as always, and a report of problems installing the Software Center.

The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
  1. Ubuntu Budgie: https://ubuntubudgie.org/
  2. MX Linux: https://mxlinux.org/
  3. Linux Journey: https://linuxjourney.com
  4. 2 Youtube channels called “Level1Linux” and “Level1Techs” very interesting, link below:
    Level1Techs
    https://www.youtube.com/user/teksyndicate/videos
    Level1Linux
    https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCOWcZ6Wicl-1N34H0zZe38w/videos
  5. HP DRM ink cartridges: https://www.howtogeek.com/403346/hps-ink-subscription-has-drm-that-disables-your-printer-cartridges/
  6. Ken Starks' Gofundme https://www.gofundme.com/help-a-hero-find-his-voice
  7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
Episode 365 Time Stamps

00:00 Going Linux #365 · Listener Feedback
00:15 Introduction
00:59 Bill tries even more distros
09:01 Our official new community and chat room is MeWe
13:05 Donations
16:40 George from Tulsa: More Windows tales
20:05 Carl: A question for the wise minions and the masters
30:15 Roger: Ubuntu MATE and printer paperweights
33:23 George: Suggested Linux printer
39:01 Gord: More comments on printers
40:48 Tony H from the MintCast: Quality podcast audio
44:02 NZ17: Help for a hero
49:40 Michael: Problems installing the Software Center
54:22 MX Linux
54:53 Podnutz
57:21 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
58:43 End

Top


Mar 05: #364 · Back to Basics - Definition of Terms
download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

Today we define some basic terms used in the Linux and Open Source community. This is the first in a series of 'back to basics' episodes in which we will update the information we've been providing over the past 12 years. We also want to ensure that we continue to provide a reference for Linux users to use as a reference when using Linux for their day-to-day computing needs.

The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
  1. Going Linux Group on MeWe https://mewe.com/join/goinglinux
  2. Define Free: http://goinglinux.com/articles/DefineFree_en.htm
  3. Definitions:
    'free' http://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/Gratis
    'free and open source' http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open-source_software
    'closed source' http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Closed_source_software

    'proprietary' http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Non-free_software
    'Non-free' http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Non-free_software
    'freeware' http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freeware
    'Shareware' http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shareware
  4. Who works on Linux? https://www.linuxfoundation.org/2017-linux-kernel-report-landing-page/
  5. Distrowatch: https://distrowatch.com
  6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
Episode 364 Time Stamps

00:00 Going Linux #364 · Back to Basics - Definition of Terms
00:15 Introduction
01:01 Experimenting with MeWe
07:52 The Linux 'Back to Basics' series
09:33 Free: Freedon vs. no charge
13:21 Operating system
18:04 Distribution
19:36 Desktop environment
22:47 Application, Package, and Repository
26:00 Richard Stallman
27:05 Linux Torvalds
27:46 Where to get started
31:38 Distrowatch.com
34:50 Future Back to Basics episodes
36:20 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
37:18 End

Top


Feb 20: #363 · Listener Feedback
download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

We reveal the new application for our Community. Our listeners commend on Mint, Slint, and print. We receive greetings, gratitude, and Google. Even more.

The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
  1. Fenrir manual: http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/bionic/man1/fenrir.1.html
  2. Slint: http://slint.fr/wiki/en/start
  3. Slint article: http://aiyumi.warpstar.net/en/blog/slint-linux-review/
  4. Skip's blog Blog Ghostwriting & Legal Content Services:
    https://cvillefoss.blog/2019/01/22/5-things-to-know-when-installing-ubuntu-mate-for-the-first-time/
  5. Plain text accounting software, ledger: http://hledger.org
  6. Fix for discord:
    https://support.discordapp.com/hc/en-us/articles/360022307532--Known-Issues-Audio-Input-issues-on-Linux-client
  7. Linux printer compatibility list: http://www.openprinting.org/printers
  8. The book 'Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications: Ubuntu MATE 18.04 LTS Edition' is now available on Amazon:
    E-book version: https://www.amazon.com/Using-Ubuntu-MATE-Its-Applications-ebook/dp/B07FRVXHTH
    Paperback version: http://www.amazon.com/dp/ASIN/1983393177
  9. The book 'Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX' is now available on Amazon:
    E-book version: http://www.amazon.com/dp/ASIN/B074JGLB4H
    Paperback version: http://www.amazon.com/dp/ASIN/152202994X
  10. Our going-linux-chat on Discord: http://community.goinglinux.com
  11. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
Episode 363 Time Stamps

00:00 Going Linux #363 · Listener Feedback
00:15 Introduction
01:33 Michael: Provided us with a recording
05:33 Michael: The Slint distribution
08:04 David: Why he does not upgrade Linux Mint - and it's not why we thought!
09:47 Michael: Software Boutique is not accessible
16:20 Skip: An application for 'run your business on Linux'
18:14 Roger: Greetings from down under
24:38 Paul: Known audio issues on Discord
26:23 Mike: Printers for Mint
31:02 Juan expresses 'Much gratitude!!!!'
35:24 Daniel: Security patches
38:26 Mike: Loving Linux
39:39 Heath: Google Minus
40:36 NZ17: Synchronize your microphones
42:21 Tony from the mintCast: Requesting 'Value Added Extras'
48:18 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
52:29 End

Top


Feb 05: #362 · Run your business on Linux - Part 3
download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

In this episode, we thought we'd provide some more ideas around software for every business. Accounting software. If you are running a small business and you are doing the bookkeeping yourself, you will likely quickly run into the need for ensuring that you keep track of your incoming revenue, your outgoing expenses, payroll, and other things related to money. Having to license or purchase accounting software, especially for starting businesses, is expensive. This episode will provide with a few things you can try out at no risk and at no charge to keep track of your business (and personal) finances.

The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
  1. Business Apps: https://www.linuxlinks.com/linux-means-business-best-free-business-apps/
  2. GnuCash: http://www.gnucash.org/
  3. Ledger SMB: https://ledgersmb.org/
  4. Plain text accounting software, ledger: http://hledger.org
  5. Apache OFBiz: http://ofbiz.apache.org/
  6. Xero: https://www.xero.com
  7. Invoice Ninja: https://www.invoiceninja.com/
  8. Quicken 2004 for Windows download in Wine: https://www.quicken.com/support/how-and-when-use-intermediate-version-convert-older-versions-quicken
  9. Skrooge: https://skrooge.org/
  10. MoneyDance: http://moneydance.com/
  11. KMyMoney: https://kmymoney.org
  12. Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX
    Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications
    https://goo.gl/H5bwCc
  13. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
Episode 362 Time Stamps

00:00 Going Linux #362 · Run your business on Linux - Part 3
00:15 Introduction
02:33 GNUCash
03:23 Apache OFBiz
04:29 LedgerSMB
06:29 hledger
09:10 Xero
11:19 Invoice Ninja
12:52 Quicken 2004 running in WINE
14:45 Skrooge
15:17 MoneyDance
16:17 KMyMoney
22:12 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
23:11 End

Top


Jan 20: #361 · Listener Feedback
download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

More on accessibility in Linux, solutions for other listeners, and why I moved from Windows to Linux..

The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
  1. Quicken 2004 for Windows download in Wine:
    https://www.quicken.com/support/how-and-when-use-intermediate-version-convert-older-versions-quicken
  2. Master PDF: https://code-industry.net/about/
  3. Qoppa: https://www.qoppa.com/pdfstudio/
  4. File to edit for Orca compatibility with MATE:
    /usr/lib/mate-tweak/mate-tweak.ui
    sudo pluma /usr/lib/mate-tweak/mate-tweak.ui
    (two lines below replace False with True).
    Mail List: https://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/orca-list
  5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
  6. Episode 361 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #361 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:33 Making Linux install media from Windows without getting infected with malware
    07:29 Primitive One: Gaming recommendations
    18:50 Angelo: Compiling slint
    21:15 James: A possilbe MATE Tweak solution
    24:02 David: Mint upgrades
    29:25 George: Mike Tech Show needs Invoice Ninja
    31:25 Rick: Mounting shares over OpenVPN
    34:27 Angelo: Learning Python
    35:08 Highlander: Seize control
    37:53 Ken: About episode 358
    41:01 Ian: G+ alternative
    43:43 Joshua: About episode 358
    46:14 Rainy: G+ Alternative
    46:52 George: Winders!!!
    55:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    57:32 End



    Jan 05: #360 · Run your business on Linux - Part 2
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In this episode, we mention some software that you might want to look at if you write for a living. These might be such jobs as a copywriter, an author of novels, or a creator of technical articles for publication in an online magazine.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Creating Documents:
      LibreOffice https://www.libreoffice.org
      Calibre https://calibre-ebook.com
    2. Screenshots:
      Shutter http://shutter-project.org
      Maim https://github.com/naelstrof/maim
      Gnome Screenshot https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-screenshot/tree/master
      Flameshot https://github.com/lupoDharkael/flameshot
    3. Creating Graphics:
      Gimp https://www.gimp.org
      365Layouts https://www.365layouts.com
      Canva https://www.canva.com
      Desygner https://desygner.com
      Fatpaint http://www.fatpaint.com
      Lucidpress https://www.lucidpress.com/
    4. Advanced Graphics
      Inkscape https://inkscape.org
      Xara Xtreme http://www.xaraxtreme.org
      SVG-edit https://github.com/SVG-Edit/svgedit
      Skencil http://www.skencil.org
      LateXDraw http://latexdraw.sourceforge.net/
      Ipe http://ipe.otfried.org
      PrintDesign https://sk1project.net
    5. Collaborating
      Google docs https://docs.google.com
      Google drive https://drive.google.com
      Box https://www.box.com
      Dropbox https://www.dropbox.com
      Quip https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quip_(software)
      Zoho https://www.zoho.com
      Next Cloud https://nextcloud.com
      One Drive https://onedrive.live.com
    6. Software for Writers:
      https://www.linux.com/learn/2018/11/must-have-tools-writers-linux-platform
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 360 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #360 · Run your business on Linux - Part 2
    00:15 Introduction
    01:26 Thank you!
    04:30 Software for simple writing
    05:52 Linux software for electronic books
    10:30 Linux software for illustrating your document
    14:08 Advanced image creation and editing for Linux
    22:12 Collaboration software for writers using Linux
    29:57 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    31.03 End

    2018 Episodes:
    Dec 20: #359 · Listener Feedback
    Dec 05: #358 · Listener Feedback
    Nov 20: #357 · Running your business on Linux - Part 1
    Nov 05: #356 · Listener Feedback
    Oct 20: #355 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 2
    Oct 05: #354 · Listener Feedback
    Sep 20: #353 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 1
    Sep 05: #352 · Listener Feedback
    Aug 20: #351 · Review of Pinguy 18.04
    Aug 05: #350 · Listener Feedback
    Jul 20: #349 · Linux Mint 19 Tara
    Jul 05: #348 · Listener Feedback
    Jun 20: #347 · Using the Terminal
    Jun 05: #346 · Listener Feedback
    May 20: #345 · Apt and apt-get and aptitude, oh my!
    May 05: #344 · Listener Feedback
    Apr 05: #343 · HiDPI Auto-detection in Ubuntu MATE
    Mar 20: #342 · Listener Feedback
    Mar 05: #341 · Listener Feedback
    Feb 20: #340 · Security on Linux
    Feb 05: #339 · Listener Feedback
    Jan 20: #338 · Personalizing Your Linux Desktop
    Jan 05: #337 · Listener Feedback


    Dec 20: #359 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We provide recommendations on Linux computers pre-installed with Linux. We also have two "Gone Linux" stories, recommendations on learning the terminal, some comments on Snap packages, suggestions on listening in Rythmbox, and information on where to purchase Linux distribution media. And more, of course.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. "The Linux Command Line: A Complete Introduction" by William E. Shotts Jr. https://www.amazon.com/dp/1593273894
    2. Hardware designed for Linux: http://goinglinux.com/articles/HardwareDesignedForLinux_en.htm
    3. Subscribe using Rhythmbox: http://goinglinux.com/articles/subscribe.html
    4. Ask Noahhttp://www.asknoahshow.com
    5. OSDisc: http://OSDisc.com
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 359 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #359 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:10 Myer: Gone Linux Voice Mail
    05:37 Joey: Awesome podcast
    10:03 Michael: Learning Python programming
    13:27 Michael: Comments on Episode 342
    16:26 Angelo: Additional comments
    16:47 John: Snap Packages
    20:39 Sean: 3 topics of feedback
    25:03 Michael: Listening to podcasts in Rhythmbox
    27:31 Tim: Info on Acer SB111-32N
    32:43 Sergio: Greetings from South America
    35:36 Stefan: Used applications
    37:22 Andy: Gone Linux with Linux Mint 19
    39:54 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    40:51 End



    Dec 05: #358 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    This month we have voice feedback from Paul, suggestions on alternatives for G+, a question on OpenVPN, alternatives to the Steam gaming platform, and problems moving to Linux. Troy provides a Going Linux story on software for Linux users.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Subscribe using Rhythmbox: http://goinglinux.com/articles/subscribe.html
    2. Books: https://goo.gl/H5bwCc
    3. Alternatives to Steam and Play on Linux: http://itch.io, Lutris, Proton
    4. Windows Weekly: https://twit.tv/shows/windows-weekly
    5. Security Now: https://twit.tv/shows/security-now
    6. Mike Tech Show: http://mikenation.net/category/podcast/
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 358 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #358 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:46 Paul: Boot Partition Saga Audio Feedback
    09:00 Greg: A minion response for Paul
    12:16 Sergio: G+ alternatives and gaming tip
    16:11 Rick: Mounting shares over OpenVPN
    19:17 Don: Feedback on moving to Linux
    32:20 John: Problems installing Ubuntu MATE
    38:29 Troy: Suggestion for forums
    39:26 Troy: Windows for business
    52:10 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    53:10 End



    Nov 20: #357 · Running your business on Linux - Part 1
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Although the title of this episode says that we'll be talking about running a business on Linux, we focus most of our conversation beyond the operating system and onto other open source applications for use in business.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Open Source Revolution: https://www.lightreading.com/open-source/the-open-source-revolution-is-over---the-revolutionaries-won/d/d-id/747225
    2. Microsoft open-sources its patent portfolio: https://www.zdnet.com/article/microsoft-open-sources-its-entire-patent-portfolio/
    3. Open Source By Default: https://linuxunplugged.com/274
    4. Network World 14 Apps: https://www.networkworld.com/article/2898174/linux/14-linux-apps-that-will-change-how-you-work.html#slide1
    5. Business Apps: https://www.linuxlinks.com/linux-means-business-best-free-business-apps/
    6. Software for DJs: https://www.linuxlinks.com/best-free-linux-software-djs/
    7. Software for Writers: https://www.linux.com/learn/2018/11/must-have-tools-writers-linux-platform
    8. Categories: http://www.linuxlinks.com/linux-group-tests-part-1/
    9. Office Suites: https://www.pcworld.com/article/218394/software-productivity/best-microsoft-office-alternatives.html
    10. OpenDocument format: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument
    11. Comparison of Microsoft Office Open XML and OpenDocument: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_Office_Open_XML_and_OpenDocument
    12. Slack alternatives: https://medium.com/ignation/time-to-replace-slack-who-will-win-mattermost-or-riot-matrix-a090e9cdc219
    13. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 357 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #357 · Running your business on Linux - Part 1
    00:15 Introduction
    04:27 Office Suites
    07:15 Open Document Formats
    09:48 Compatibility across office suites
    12:37 Linux email applications
    13:47 Linux browsers
    15:48 Linux chat application
    21:05 Check you software repositories FIRST!
    21:47 Business software for Linux in future episodes
    23:21 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    24:20 End



    Nov 05: #356 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We get corrected (again). Michael has success. Daniel is frustrated by the lack of accessibility. Mike shares his Gone Linux story.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 356 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #356 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:50 Mike Windows: Edge integration
    03:47 Michael: Linux on a USB
    06:52 Katja: Thanks
    08:26 Daniel: Getting to the top panel
    12:54 Mike S: Tip for 'no nukes' solution
    24:58 Nathan: A minion fo ropenSUSE
    28:11 Frank: Lost in the *buntuverse
    30:05 Paul: Hard drive update
    31:49 Peter: Comments on Paul's feedback
    34:38 Gord: Correcting our terminology
    37:00 Mel: Name in the toolbar
    39:52 Mike: Blind guy gone Linux
    44:45 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    45:58 End



    Oct 20: #355 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 2
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Our 2-part series on moving from Windows to Linux concludes with ideas on how to install Linux without an Internet connection, how to restore the files you backed up, and what applications you get out of the box, and what you will likely want to install after you have your Linux setup. We conclude with several suggestions for applications that we use, and that you may like.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Hex Chat https://hexchat.github.io/
    2. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 355 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #355 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 2
    00:15 Introduction
    00:49 Google+ forums will vanish
    03:28 Dell recommends Windows - and a subscription to antivirus software!
    14:06 So I've got Linux installed. What's next?
    15:00 Check for updates
    16:42 Installing Linux without an Internet connection
    23:17 Restoring the files you backed up
    25:45 Installing additional applications after a Linux install
    26:23 Browsers
    30:17 Office suites
    32:52 Text editors
    36:24 Audio and video communication
    38:11 Entertainment
    40:02 Audio recording, playback, and editing
    43:20 Video playback, recording, and editing
    46:03 Screen shots
    49:37 Larry's suggestions: AutoKey, Caffeine, Synergy, Simplenote, Simple Screen Recorder, Rsync
    52:21 Bill's suggestions: Wine for games, Play on Linux, LibreOffice, Chrome, Firefox, Opera
    56:34 What software do you use on Linux to get things done?
    57:35 Application picks: Hex Chat and Shotcut
    62:44 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    64:19 End



    Oct 05: #354 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We received audio feedback this time! We also answer questions about accessibility, 'hybrid' systems, replacing swap partitions, Kali, and usb sticks. We read the 'Gone Linux' story we mentioned last month.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Remove old kernels Linux Mint: http://forums.linuxmint.com/viewtopic.php?f=90&t=277945&p=1528458&hilit=remove+old+kernels&sid=f008b3d6cbe115ccd37e479b048a7ee8#p1528458
    2. Ubuntu swap file
      https://www.digitalocean.com/community/tutorials/how-to-add-swap-space-on-ubuntu-18-04#step-2-%E2%80%93-checking-available-space-on-the-hard-drive-partition
      https://www.howtoforge.com/ubuntu-swap-file
    3. Links for show notes: Sean’s Guild Wars: https://en-forum.guildwars2.com/discussion/31192/playing-guild-wars-2-on-linux-performance-optimizations-and-more
    4. Create an Ubuntu USB on Windows: https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial/tutorial-create-a-usb-stick-on-windows#0
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 354 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #354 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:31 Thanks to Sean for making Bill's Guild Wars xperience better
    04:12 Paul: Audio feedback
    12:52 Jackie: Hybrid system
    20:35 Daniel: Accessibility on KDE
    30:17 David: Linux market research
    32:08 Colin: Replacing swap partition with a swap file
    33:49 Michael: Putting Linux on USB using Windows
    38:00 Hilander: installing Kali
    40:47 Angelo: Linux for the blind
    42:04 Mario: Gone Linux
    47:52 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    49:25 End



    Sep 20: #353 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 1
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We look at switching from Windows to Linux in this first of two parts.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Windows 10 retail EULA: https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/Useterms/Retail/Windows/10/UseTerms_Retail_Windows_10_English.htm
    2. Windows data collection: https://www.theverge.com/2018/1/24/16927056/microsoft-windows-10-data-collection-viewer-privacy
    3. Dutch privacy law breach: https://techcrunch.com/2017/10/13/microsofts-windows-10-breaches-privacy-law-says-dutch-dpa/
    4. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 353 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #353 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    02:21 Extensive show notes links
    08:11 Why would I want to ditch Windows if it's working for me?
    28:19 Things to look at before you ditch Windows.
    34:16 What do you do after you've selected a distribution of Linux to install?
    41:48 How can I try it out before I install Linux?
    47:24 Before you install, back up everything!
    59:42 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    60:36 End



    Sep 20: #353 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 1
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We look at switching from Windows to Linux in this first of two parts.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Windows 10 retail EULA: https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/Useterms/Retail/Windows/10/UseTerms_Retail_Windows_10_English.htm
    2. Windows data collection: https://www.theverge.com/2018/1/24/16927056/microsoft-windows-10-data-collection-viewer-privacy
    3. Dutch privacy law breach: https://techcrunch.com/2017/10/13/microsofts-windows-10-breaches-privacy-law-says-dutch-dpa/
    4. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 353 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #353 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    02:21 Extensive show notes links
    08:11 Why would I want to ditch Windows if it's working for me?
    28:19 Things to look at before you ditch Windows.
    34:16 What do you do after you've selected a distribution of Linux to install?
    41:48 How can I try it out before I install Linux?
    47:24 Before you install, back up everything!
    59:42 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    60:36 End



    Sep 05: #352 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We start with a critical voice mail from Lester. We also have comments on our review of Linux Mint, discussions of Lexmark's lack of support for its printers on Linux, how to provide remote support, increasing swap and boot partitions and more.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Increase swap size: https://askubuntu.com/questions/367331/how-to-increase-the-size-of-linux-swap-partition
    2. Guild Wars help: https://en-forum.guildwars2.com/discussion/31192/playing-guild-wars-2-on-linux-performance-optimizations-and-more
    3. Teamviewer: https://www.teamviewer.us/
    4. 321 rule: http://blog.wisefaq.com/2010/01/05/backups-with-the-3-2-1-rule/
    5. Screencast on producing a podcast: http://goinglinux.com/screencasts.html#glsc006
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 352 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #352 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:20 Lester: Pinguy review was too critical
    07:05 Cogoman: Mint 19 experiences
    21:07 Ken: Comments on the Mint review
    26:11 Paul: Hello from Ankara
    35:27 John: Failure to reboot
    41:45 Josh: An idea for the Lexmark printer
    43:50 David: A work-around for the Lexmark
    47:59 George: Backing Up iOS on Linux
    50:24 Jim: Remote connections
    54:59 Preston: Podcasting advice
    63:29 Michael Installing Linux without Wifi
    67:51 Michael: Coconut Linux
    69:57 Paul: Increasing swap and boot partitions size
    74:35 Sean: Guildwars tip for Bill
    85:36 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    86:28 End



    Aug 20: #351 · Review of Pinguy 18.04
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We review Pinguy Linux, release 18.04.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. MRPTech 108: http://podnutz.com/mrp108/
    2. Pinguy https://pinguyos.com/
    3. Antoni Norman links:
      https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vOdKdlFHDbA
    4. https://forum.pinguyos.com/Thread-How-to-Place-Personal-Files-Recycle-Bin-Network-on-my-Desktop
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 351 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #351 · Review of Pinguy 18.04
    00:15 Introduction
    00:55 The Windows update prevents Bill's machine from booting into Linux, delays our recording
    02:38 Guild Wars 2 on Linux
    05:21 Pinguy review
    09:15 Website looks nice but 'help' section needs a bit of updating
    10:03 The developer is responsive
    13:01 The 3.2GB ISO image is HUGE!
    13:42 Some of the included software
    16:29 Not for everyone
    19:01 Pinguy relies on a lot of PPAs
    21:04 OK for some
    21:32 Desktop: A heavily modified Gnome with lots of extensions
    22:11 Best Practice: Lean toward Standard vs. Custom functionality, customizations should add value
    23:48 Slow, even on powerful hardware
    25:57 Theme is not consistent
    27:29 Needs a lot of polish
    28:16 Could be more intuitive, discoverable
    30:28 Bill's suggestions
    35:23 Larry's suggestions
    37:36 Pinguy needs more help
    39:54 Summary
    42:11 MRP Tech Podcast
    43:54 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    44:54 End

    Aug 05: #350 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill has not yet switched from Linux Mint. The eBook version of 'Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications- Ubuntu MATE 18.04 Edition' is now available. In this episode, Tom can now suspend, Dan reveals how on-site repair really works, James has a paperweight, and much more.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. The book 'Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications: Ubuntu MATE 18.04 LTS Edition' is now available on Amazon - E-book version: https://www.amazon.com/Using-Ubuntu-MATE-Its-Applications-ebook/dp/B07FRVXHTH
    2. Backup strategies: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Backups.html
    3. The Lexmark website on the x9575: http://support.lexmark.com/index?page=product&segment=SUPPORT&productCode=LEXMARK_X9575&locale=en&userlocale=EN#1
    4. Force GRUB to use old kernel: https://askubuntu.com/questions/216398/set-older-kernel-as-default-grub-entry
    5. Devuan: https://devuan.org/
    6. Alternative To: https://alternativeto.net
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 350 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #350 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:54 Bill is still using Linux Mint
    04:19 2nd edition eBook now available
    05:45 Tom: Found a solution to his suspend problem
    10:34 Dan: About big-name machine on-sit repairs
    14:11 Paul: First experience with Linux Mint 19
    20:52 Stefan: Backing up an iPad on Linux
    27:10 James: Lexmark x9575 Linux compatibility
    31:04 James: A new Debian variant and MS Skype
    38:05 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    39:25 End



    Aug 20: #351 · Review of Pinguy 18.04
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We review Pinguy Linux, release 18.04.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. MRPTech 108: http://podnutz.com/mrp108/
    2. Pinguy https://pinguyos.com/
    3. Antoni Norman links:
      https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vOdKdlFHDbA
    4. https://forum.pinguyos.com/Thread-How-to-Place-Personal-Files-Recycle-Bin-Network-on-my-Desktop
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 351 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #351 · Review of Pinguy 18.04
    00:15 Introduction
    00:55 The Windows update prevents Bill's machine from booting into Linux, delays our recording
    02:38 Guild Wars 2 on Linux
    05:21 Pinguy review
    09:15 Website looks nice but 'help' section needs a bit of updating
    10:03 The developer is responsive
    13:01 The 3.2GB ISO image is HUGE!
    13:42 Some of the included software
    16:29 Not for everyone
    19:01 Pinguy relies on a lot of PPAs
    21:04 OK for some
    21:32 Desktop: A heavily modified Gnome with lots of extensions
    22:11 Best Practice: Lean toward Standard vs. Custom functionality, customizations should add value
    23:48 Slow, even on powerful hardware
    25:57 Theme is not consistent
    27:29 Needs a lot of polish
    28:16 Could be more intuitive, discoverable
    30:28 Bill's suggestions
    35:23 Larry's suggestions
    37:36 Pinguy needs more help
    39:54 Summary
    42:11 MRP Tech Podcast
    43:54 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    44:54 End

    Aug 05: #350 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill has not yet switched from Linux Mint. The eBook version of 'Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications- Ubuntu MATE 18.04 Edition' is now available. In this episode, Tom can now suspend, Dan reveals how on-site repair really works, James has a paperweight, and much more.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. The book 'Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications: Ubuntu MATE 18.04 LTS Edition' is now available on Amazon - E-book version: https://www.amazon.com/Using-Ubuntu-MATE-Its-Applications-ebook/dp/B07FRVXHTH
    2. Backup strategies: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Backups.html
    3. The Lexmark website on the x9575: http://support.lexmark.com/index?page=product&segment=SUPPORT&productCode=LEXMARK_X9575&locale=en&userlocale=EN#1
    4. Force GRUB to use old kernel: https://askubuntu.com/questions/216398/set-older-kernel-as-default-grub-entry
    5. Devuan: https://devuan.org/
    6. Alternative To: https://alternativeto.net
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 350 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #350 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:54 Bill is still using Linux Mint
    04:19 2nd edition eBook now available
    05:45 Tom: Found a solution to his suspend problem
    10:34 Dan: About big-name machine on-sit repairs
    14:11 Paul: First experience with Linux Mint 19
    20:52 Stefan: Backing up an iPad on Linux
    27:10 James: Lexmark x9575 Linux compatibility
    31:04 James: A new Debian variant and MS Skype
    38:05 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    39:25 End



    Jul 20: #349 · Linux Mint 19 Tara
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill reviews Linux Mint 19 and discusses the Good the Bad and the Ugly. Well, there's really no Ugly. We compare it with Ubuntu MATE 18.04 and render a final verdict on which we'd recommend.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications: Ubuntu MATE 18.04 LTS (2nd) Edition
      Paperback version is vailable on Amazon: http://www.amazon.com/dp/ASIN/1983393177
    2. Opensuse sold for 2.5 Billion: https://itsfoss.com/suse-eqt-acquisition/
    3. Ubuntu MATE:
      https://ubuntu-mate.org/
      https://askubuntu.com/questions/160036/how-do-i-disable-acpi-when-booting
    4. Linux Mint: https://www.linuxmint.com/
    5. Flatpack support
      https://flatphttps://flatpak.org/
      https://www.linuxmint.com/rel_tara_cinnamon_whatsnew.php
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 349 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #349 · Linux Mint 19 Tara
    00:15 Introduction
    11:21 Linux Mint 19
    13:10 Working around Alienware problems
    17:01 The Good
    17:27 Update Center
    23:02 Welcome screen
    24:01 Comparing Linux Mint 19 with Ubuntu MATE 18.04
    35:56 Out-of-the-box support for Flatpack but not for Snap
    36:53 Cinnamon
    37:57 Mint 19 feels noticably slower
    44:07 Mint uses more memory
    45:58 Final verdict
    49:59 Software pick: ClamTK
    50:40 Bonus tip: Be careful out there!
    53:03 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    54:36 End



    Jul 05: #348 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We receive feedback on previous Listener Feedback episodes, including feedback for Bill on his issues with his Alienware computer. Joe wants to relive his childhood.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Serge's links for Bill:
      https://eu.alienwarearena.com/ucf/show/256866/boards/general-1/ForumPost/a-non-gamer-s-review-of-the-alienware-17r3
      https://helloworldproject.blogspot.com/2016/11/installing-ubuntu-1610-on-alienware.html
      https://altshiftkill.com/install-ubuntu-on-alienware-13.html
    2. Thomas' links for Bill:
      https://www.dell.com/community/Alienware-General/Alienware-17-R4-Nov-2016-and-Linux/td-p/5624746
      https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Touchpad_Synaptic
    3. Debian Hamradio Pure Blend https://www.debian.org/blends/hamradio/
    4. PenDriveLinux.com https://fossbytes.com/enable-disable-hibernate-option-ubuntu-power-menu/
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 348 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #348 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    58:46 Bill has a 32bit vs. 64bit battle
    05:31 Larry's Dell support call goes horribly wrong
    06:55 Paul: Recording Discord
    09:23 Daniel: Bad news
    11:17 Paul: Linux Mint 19 is coming
    15:56 Oscar: Linux on Windows
    19:31 Troy: Re: Episode 346
    21:53 Greg: Episode 344 feedback
    25:15 Serge: Episode 346 Alienware
    26:35 Thomas: Regarding Alienware problems
    27:22 Serge: Episode 346 Discord for Daniel
    30:39 Joe: Relive my childhood through bbs
    34:32 P Durao: I’ve got a stupid difficult machine as well
    37:19 Mario: Feedback from Listener Feedback #346
    40:07 Tom: Ubuntu MATE Acer Laptop BIOS
    48:26 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    49:45 End



    Jun 20: #347 · Using the Terminal
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill needs some help! Listeners share tips and help for other listeners. George asks for a book. Daniel has problems writing to disk.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. "The Linux Command Line: A Complete Introduction" by William E. Shotts Jr. https://www.amazon.com/dp/1593273894
    2. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 347 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #347 · Using the Terminal
    00:15 Introduction
    00:43 Terminal basics
    02:00 The terminal
    04:49 Installing applications
    08:17 lshw to display your system info
    09:43 inxi to display your system info
    11:23 Easter eggs
    12:34 Upgrade distribution releases
    13:48 Determine if an application is available to install
    15:59 Discover what a command does
    19:14 Not as difficult as it seems
    20:33 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    21:30 End



    Jun 05: #346 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill needs some help! Listeners share tips and help for other listeners. George asks for a book. Daniel has problems writing to disk.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Free PDFs - "Ubuntu MATE - Upgrading from Windows or OSX" and "Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications":
      http://goinglinux.com/articles/UbuntuMATEBook_en.htm

      Print copies and ebooks available for sale on Amazon: https://goo.gl/H5bwCc
    2. Buringing DVD on Ubuntu 18.04 tutorial: https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial/tutorial-burn-a-dvd-on-ubuntu
    3. Fedora video drivers: https://rpmfusion.org/Configuration
    4. Open Streetmap on Garmin: https://wiki.openstreetmap.org/wiki/OSM_Map_On_Garmin
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 346 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #346 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:21 Bill asks the minions for help
    10:51 Another reason users switch from Windows to Linux!
    13:22 Daniel: Discord is not accessible
    15:46 George: May I please have a book?
    24:04 Tom: Championing freedom and fostering success in the land of Linux!
    25:15 Hilander: Getting Fedora video working
    27:22 Leonid: Compare distros and desktops
    29:40 Göran: Advice on Garmin GPSs
    31:45 Rick: Help for Mike
    33:14 Mathias: Help for Joshua on file ownership
    35:52 Daniel: Trying to write to disk
    38:13 Aaron: Installing software on Linux
    42:51 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    43:13 End



    May 20: #345 · Apt and apt-get and aptitude, oh my!
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In Linux there are methods of installing software, from source code by compiling and installing, or through software packages and package managers. There are newer forms of installing software, for example using portable app installers like Appimage, Snap or Flatpak. In this episode we describe the common methods of installing applications on Debian-based distributions.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. apt https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/APT_(Debian)
    2. synaptic https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Synaptic_(software)
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 345 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #345 · Apt and apt-get and aptitude, oh my!
    00:15 Introduction
    00:39 Ubuntu MATE 18.04 LTS released
    02:30 Debian-based Packages explained by 'minion' Ken Leyba
    04:35 Debian-based package managers
    14:37 .deb package anatomy
    17:44 The dpkg command-line tool
    20:07 The advance packaging tool - apt
    24:48 Aptitude
    26:47 Synaptic
    27:39 Just for fun
    30:06 Are you a minion?
    31:39 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    32:58 End



    May 05: #344 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We have feedback on the Discord package, the Linux In The Hamshack Podcast, Linux hardware, Linux maintenance, file permissions, and more

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications https://goo.gl/H5bwCc
    2. VeraCrypt on an antiX/MX live-USB key with persistence:
      https://www.youtube.com/user/runwiththedolphin/videos
      https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2vF_dw6Kpo8
    3. VeraCrypt’s suggestions:
      https://www.veracrypt.fr/en/FAQ.html
    4. Three nice reviews from a listener:
      https://thishosting.rocks/best-lightweight-linux-distros/
      https://thishosting.rocks/best-linux-distros-for-gaming/
      https://thishosting.rocks/best-linux-laptops/
    5. Discord: https://discordapp.com/
      Entroware computers: https://ubuntu-mate.boutique/
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 344 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #344 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    02:02 We've remembered how to record!
    02:45 Ubuntu MATE Guide for release 18.04
    05:45 David: Update from a year ago
    07:59 Michael: Comment on Discord
    09:46 Ken: LIHS Podcast
    11:22 Michael: Stores selling Linux computers
    26:01 Greg: Linux Maintenance
    28:28 Frank: Compiling from source
    31:58 David: Garmin GPS compatible with Linux
    33:20 Serge: Portable VeraCrypt for Linux
    34:45 Paul: About AntennaPod
    35:16 Michael: Feedback on feedback
    36:58 Joshua: File permissions
    42:46 ThisHostingRocks: Shameless plug
    44:23 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    46:17 End



    Apr 05: #343 · HiDPI Auto-detection in Ubuntu MATE
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Support for high-resolution computer displays (HiDPI or 4K displays) is still being perfected. Not all Linux distributions provide settings that behave well in high-resolution mode -- and most are somewhat clunky. With the 18.04 release, the Ubuntu MATE team is releasing a utility for the MATE desktop that automatically can detect your 4K display and set the appropriate screen scaling for you.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Creative Commons licensed books on Ubuntu MATE: https://goo.gl/H5bwCc
    2. Our article on HiDPI on Linux: http://goinglinux.com/articles/HiDPIonLinux_en.htm
    3. HiDPI workarounds: https://ubuntu-mate.community/t/workarounds-for-apps-that-dont-support-hidpi
    4. Suggestions from the Arch Linux: https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/HiDPI
    5. Addictive Tips: https://www.addictivetips.com/ubuntu-linux-tips/enable-hidpi-scaling-on-linux/
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 343 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #343 · HiDPI Auto-detection in Ubuntu MATE
    00:15 Introduction
    00:50 Alone again, naturally.
    01:52 Adjusting for 4K on Linux
    02:54 High-resolution scaling limitations
    04:15 The best HiDPI Linux Desktops (until now)
    04:40 Ubuntu MATE's auto-detection and auto-adjust settings
    05:26 Choosing a HiDPI resolution
    06:56 Adjusting Ubuntu MATE's new HiDPI settings
    08:32 Hope for the future of high-resolution support on Linux
    09:01 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    10:00 End



    Mar 20: #342 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Serge provides multiple suggestions for replacing Skype. Jim describes some mobile AntennaPod issues, Greg discusses powering off by force, Norm suggests Mail-In-A-Box, Emilio asks about a portable VeraCrypt for Linux, Simohamed offers a suggestion and Jack describes how he has Gone Linux.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Jitsi https://jitsi.org/
    2. Framatalk: https://framatalk.org/accueil/
    3. qTox: https://qtox.github.io/
    4. appear.in: https://appear.in/
    5. Hubl.in: https://hubl.in/
    6. Zoom: https://support.zoom.us/hc/en-us/articles/204206269-Linux-Installation
    7. Wire: https://wire.com/
    8. Ring: https://ring.cx/en/about/practical
    9. Mail-In-A-Box. https://mailinabox.email
    10. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 342 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #342 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:59 Serge: Multiple suggestions for Skype replacement
    02:31 Jim: AntennaPod issues on mobile
    05:53 Greg: Power off - by force
    08:33 Norm: Mail-In-A-Box
    11:50 Simohamed: Episode suggestion
    12:31 Emilio: Portable VeraCrypt for Linux?
    14:58 Jack: Gone Linux
    15:57 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    18:57 End



    Mar 05: #341 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill takes on a top secret special project. Jeremy recommends a backup solution, Greg removes cruft, George recommends Synology, Daniel asks about our Skype replacement, and more!

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. 'Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications' https://goo.gl/H5bwCc
    2. Urbackup: https://www.urbackup.org/
    3. FSLint: http://www.pixelbeat.org/fslint/
    4. BorgBackup: https://www.borgbackup.org/
    5. Webmin: http://webmin.com/
    6. 9to5 mac article: http://webmin.com/
    7. Discord: https://discordapp.com/
    8. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 341 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #341 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:54 Internet problems resolved (we hope)
    02:06 Jeremy: Backups recommendation
    04:44 Greg: Autoremoving cruft
    06:19 Greg: That's not an old computer. This is an old computer!
    09:34 Scott: FSLint
    15:07 Serge: Configuration management suggestion
    16:01 Daniel: Replacement for Skype
    17:47 George: Synology
    19:57 Nigel: Installing Linux applications
    22:44 Bill's next project
    23:59 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    25:06 End



    Feb 20: #340 · Security on Linux
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We discuss security on Linux and provide basic Linux security guidelines. We discuss in more detail, backups, automated software updates and upgrades, and the uncomplicated firewall.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. 'Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications' https://goo.gl/H5bwCc
    2. Canonical on viruses and malware: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Linuxvirus
    3. Linux security guidelines: http://goinglinux.com/articles/BasicLinuxSecurityGuidelines_en.htm
    4. Backup strategies: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Backups.html
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 340 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #340 · Security on Linux
    00:15 Introduction
    00:45 Just you and me
    02:04 Overview
    03:55 Basic Linux security guidelines
    05:39 Backups
    07:45 What and where to back-up
    11:20 Automating disaster recovery
    12:26 Software Updater
    15:44 Firewalls
    17:01 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    18:49 End



    Feb 05: #339 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In this episode, we have a lot of interest in Internet filtering and wiping hard drives for privacy. Also, we answer questions about the Linux screen reader, Orca, make recommendations on hardware, and discuss a multiple screen issue.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Ubuntu certified computers: https://certification.ubuntu.com/desktop/
    2. OpenDNS: https://www.opendns.com/home-internet-security/
    3. Firewalls at a glance: http://www.techsoupforlibraries.org/planning-for-success/networking-and-security/tools/firewalls-at-a-glance
    4. Gparted: https://gparted.org/index.php
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 339 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #339 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:56 Welcome to the podcast, Bear!
    02:14 Daniel: Is Orca included with Linux Mint
    06:34 Daniel: New or used limited-budget computer for Linux?
    10:43 Alan: Ubuntu 16.04 issue with multiple screens
    14:53 Kevin: Command-line access to network-attached storage
    19:08 George: Answers for listener questions
    25:57 Tony: Privacy on the Internet
    26:39 Nathan: Contacting Ikey
    28:00 Jim: Ubuntu MATE desktop options and a rant
    33:01 Jim: Filtering out adult sites
    41:35 Eldon: Fdupes to get rid of duplicate files
    42:46 Craig: Hardware for Internet filtering
    45:17 Paul: Wiping a hard drive
    46:28 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    48:07 End



    Jan 20: #338 · Personalizing Your Linux Desktop
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Although you can do some basic tweaking out of the box with other operating systems, Linux is infinitely more configurable than macOS or Windows. Sure you can get add-on software to personalize your Windows desktop quite a bit, but most Linux distributions provide the customization tools built right in, with additional utilities just a few clicks away in the software repositories. This episode gives you some ideas as to what can be done with Linux, an operating system that is designed to be customizable.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Available on Amazon: Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications https://www.amazon.com/dp/ASIN/1549908154
    2. Personalizing Your Linux Desktop: http://goinglinux.com/articles/PersonalizingYourLinuxDesktop_en.htm
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 338 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #338 · Personalizing Your Linux Desktop
    00:15 Introduction
    00:54 Show notes include screenshots and details
    01:20 Personalizing the Desktop on Linux
    02:50 Ubuntu MATE offers pre-configured panel layouts
    04:27 Traditional layout
    05:17 Contemparary layout
    06:41 Redmond layout
    07:34 Cupertino layout
    08:32 Pantheon layout
    09:07 Mutiny layout
    09:48 Netbook layout
    10:19 Keep personalizing
    11:01 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    12:02 End



    Jan 05: #337 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    At the request of our listeners, we provide a few recommendations on various subjects ranging from distributions for a low-powered computer to software to wipe a hard drive.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX
      Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications
      https://goo.gl/H5bwCc
    2. FSlint:
      https://itsfoss.com/find-duplicate-files-linux/
    3. Alternative To: https://alternativeto.net
    4. Cloning Dock
      https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B00N1KXE9K/ref=oh_aui_detailpage_o04_s00?ie=UTF8&psc=1
    5. eSATA Dock
      https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B005UA3I72/ref=oh_aui_detailpage_o02_s00?ie=UTF8&psc=1
    6. SATA to eSATA cable/bracket https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B005E2Y3DE/ref=oh_aui_detailpage_o06_s00?ie=UTF8&psc=1
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 337 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #337 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:41 Mike: Comparing files
    06:08 Paul: Why the ThinkPad Wifi was not working
    08:17 Paul: Wiping a hard drive
    10:31 Craig: Recommendation for cheap computer for content filtering
    15:49 Ken: Recommendation for Ubuntu MATE vs. Mint
    19:10 Chris: Recommendation for configuration management
    22:30 Jeff: Back channel connections to Solus
    24:41 Justin: Recommendation on a light-weight distribution
    38:56 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    40:48 End

    2017 Episodes:
    Dec 20: #336 · 2017 Year End Review
    Dec 05: #335 · Listener Feedback
    Nov 05: #334 · Listener Feedback
    Oct 20: #333 · One Installation File - Many Linux Distributions
    Oct 05: #332 · Listener Feedback
    Sep 20: #331 · Whole Disk Cloning on Linux
    Sep 05: #330 · Listener Feedback
    Aug 20: #329 · Using 4K Monitors on Linux
    Aug 05: #328 · Listener Feedback
    Jul 20: #327 · Things You Can Do In Windows And How To Do Them In Linux
    Jul 05: #326 · Listener Feedback
    Jun 20: #325 · Getting Rid of 'Cruft' After An Upgrade
    Jun 05: #324 · Listener Feedback
    May 20: #323 · Ubuntu MATE: A Typical Linux Distribution
    May 05: #322 · Listener Feedback
    Apr 20: #321 · Sabayon Revisited
    Apr 05: #320 · Listener Feedback
    Mar 20: #319 · Backups with Grsync
    Mar 05: #318 · Listener Feedback
    Feb 20: #317 · Linux Distros Reviewed
    Feb 05: #316 · Listener Feedback
    Jan 20: #315 · 10th Anniversary Episode
    Jan 05: #314 · Listener Feedback


    Dec 20: #336 · 2017 Year End Review
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In the Going Linux holiday tradition, Bill and Larry review some of the significant happenings during the past year.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX
      Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications
      https://goo.gl/H5bwCc
    2. Distrowatch: https://distrowatch.com/
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 336 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #336 · 2017 Year End Review
    00:15 Introduction
    02:01 Highlights of 2017
    02:57 Ubuntu MATE: Two books and a guide within the distribution.
    10:19 Goodbye net neutrality
    19:32 The Minion Network begins
    22:58 Linux takes over the world!
    24:33 Goodbye Linux Journal
    28:14 Goodbye AIM
    30:01 City of Munich goes back to Windows
    35:13 Containers
    36:25 Linux malware
    39:00 Distrowatch top 10
    47:48 Ubuntu leaves Unity for Gnome
    51:27 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    52:29 End



    Dec 05: #335 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    The minion network grows! After our break for US Thanksgiving, we get more feedback on popular topics like progress when using the dd command, disk cloning, snap packages, and backups. In addition we get a suggestion on using info, and an alternative link to grsync instructions.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications: https://www.amazon.com/dp/ASIN/1549908154
    2. The console-based Pulse Audio mixer is the Snap pre-installed on Ubuntu MATE 17.10: https://community.ubuntu.com/t/cft-ubuntu-mate-17-10-pre-install-snap/455
    3. TLLTS Episode 183 http://tllts.org/audio/tllts_183-03-14-07.ogg
    4. Use the command line to save the list as a file named "selections_file.txt":
      dpkg --get-selections > selections_file.txt
      Then, after you have completed the re-install, you use the command:
      dpkg --set-selections < selections_file.txt
      to tell the package manager that you want to install the files.
    5. Zoneminder: http://www.zoneminder.com/
    6. Zoneminder on a pi: https://zoneminder.blogspot.com/p/raspberry-pi-3.html
    7. University of Auckland article archive link: https://web.archive.org/web/20170410095608/https://www.sit.auckland.ac.nz/Rsync_and_Grsync_Backups_for_Linux
    8. MRPTech Podcast http://podnutz.com/category/mrp-tech-podcast/
    9. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 335 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #335 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:59 Holiday break
    01:24 How to join the Minion Network
    04:53 Andrei: One installation file alternative
    07:51 Greg: Zoneminder
    11:33 Greg: Getting help with Linux
    13:04 Rai: Snaps and the like
    15:29 Craig: DD progress
    16:54 Heath: More on DD progress... and minions
    18:27 Göran: Even more DD progress
    19:19 Ken: Another volunteer minion
    20:57 Jeff: Disk cloning
    26:53 Ali: A question about Snaps
    29:55 Greg: Another minion!
    31:10 Mike: Grsync documentation link
    31:56 Michael: An alternative link
    32:43 Adrian: A minion-written article!
    35:12 Paul: Read-only issue
    38:26 Simohamed: A topic suggestion
    40:18 Scott: Diagonal menus
    46:34 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    47:45 End



    Nov 05: #334 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    This month's feedback includes a lot of commentary on why 64-bit Linux download files are sometimes labeled 'AMD64,' and Whole disk cloning. These appear to be very popular topics. We hear from another hardware hoarder... er... uh... collector. Adrian suggests a 'Minion Network.' There's more. You'll have to listen to get it all!

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. From Barbara:
      To clone sda (system hard drive) to the destination drive, sdb the command is:
      sudo dd if=/dev/sda of=/dev/sdb bs=64K conv=notrunc,noerror,sync
      This command helps with progress reporting:
      sudo pkill -USR1 dd
      Progress using the watch command, where # is the number of seconds between displaying cloning progress:
      watch -n# 'sudo pkill -usr1'
      For instance, to display cloning progress every 15 seconds:
      watch -n15 'sudo pkill -usr1'
    2. Backups with Grsync:
      https://freedompenguin.com/articles/how-to/making-backups-with-grsync/
    3. Fsarchiver quick start guide:
      http://www.fsarchiver.org/quickstart/
    4. A graphical interface for PartClone called Apart:
      https://github.com/alexheretic/apart-gtk
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 334 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #334 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:55 Bill is connected again!
    03:48 Logan: Why a 64-bit Linux download is sometimes labeled AMD64
    04:10 Ken: Explains AMD64 as well
    05:47 Daniel: Explained Intel vs. AMD even more
    08:09 Heath: Explains from an instruction set perspective
    10:53 Rick: Grsync link is broken
    12:04 Barbara: Cloning a drive with dd
    15:36 Adrian: Cloning and the 'minion network'
    26:14 Adrian: Another hardware hoarder
    30:11 Dave: Confused
    36:22 Jan: Thanks for the time stamps
    36:52 Brune: Using Discord
    39:07 John: How about a Patreon page?
    41:01 Dennis: Comments on cloning
    48:46 Colin: Whole disk cloning
    50:02 Andrew: USB write speed
    55:18 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    57:28 End



    Oct 20: #333 · One Installation File - Many Linux Distributions
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    At a listener's suggestion, we describe three new solutions that try to answer the age-old question, 'Why can Linux distributions not agree on how to install and application?' We describe Snap, AppImage and FlatPak.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications: https://www.amazon.com/dp/ASIN/1549908154
    2. FossMint article: https://www.fossmint.com/flatpak-appimage-and-snap-how-do-they-stack/
    3. Ask Ubuntu article: https://askubuntu.com/questions/866511/differences-between-snaps-appimage-flatpak-and-others
    4. Ubuntu MATE ships a Snap: https://plus.google.com/u/1/+MartinWimpress/posts/Se7JZzUS7jG
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 333 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #333 · One Installation File - Many Linux Distributions
    00:15 Introduction
    00:47 New Book: Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications
    01:42 Why can Linux distributions not agree on how to install and application?
    03:59 Snaps: Intro
    05:31 FlatPaks: Intro
    06:14 AppImages: Intro
    07:02 Snap
    08:58 AppImage
    11:06 FlatPak
    11:55 More details and how to create packages
    12:07 Which should I use?
    13:57 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    14:54 End



    Oct 05: #332 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    An excerpt on accessibility on boot from our new book, 'Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications.' Feedback on whole disk cloning, passwords, encryption, BleachBit on Linux, restarting after a freeze, and drivers. We also have a 'gone Linux' story from Craig.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications: http://www.amazon.com/dp/ASIN/1549908154
    2. Passwordsafe: https://sourceforge.net/projects/passwordsafe/
    3. Imagination Creating DVD slideshows tutorial: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v0YJMxmhmRQ
    4. Discord: https://discordapp.com/
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 332 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #332 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:55 Fun with phones
    03:00 Scott: GPartEd for whole disk cloning
    05:06 Michael: Which distribution is best for using the Orca screen reader?
    19:33 Greg: Linux beta of Password Safe
    20:46 Mike: Should I encrypt my backups
    27:14 Tom: Recommendations for slide show creation and DVD burning
    34:12 John: Bleachbit and autoremove for Linux maintenance
    35:58 Paul: Skype alternative and restaring the computer
    39:45 Craig: High performance graphics on Linux
    45:22 Gone Linux: Craig a 'curiosity' since 1990's has now switched to Linux
    49:55 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    51:21 End



    Sep 20: #331 · Whole Disk Cloning on Linux
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We discuss backup and disaster recovery options that involve cloning your computer's entire hard drive. We discuss five Linux-based options for cloning hard drives. We make our recommendations of which to use, but we don't quite agree.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Our episode on Backup Software: http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp307
    2. Make Use Of article: http://www.makeuseof.com/tag/2-methods-to-clone-your-linux-hard-drive/
    3. Ghost for Linux (G4L): http://www.oakdome.com/lab/?page_id=8
    4. Discord: https://discordapp.com/
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 331 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #331 · Whole Disk Cloning on Linux
    00:15 Introduction
    00:51 Podcast 'guests'
    03:07 Backup Strategies
    04:34 Cloning a hard drive on Linux
    06:01 G4L
    09:06 dd: Native Linux cloning tool
    16:10 Partimage
    20:09 Partclone
    23:31 Clonezilla
    27:20 Our recommendations
    28:42 Bye bye Skype
    29:30 Hello Discord
    34:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    35:31 End



    Sep 05: #330 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Our listeners are the BEST! David solves his hard drive issue. Greg wants to know about really old computers. We get show suggestions and questions about such things as secure browsing.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Security 'maintenance' on Linux: http://goinglinux.com/articles/BasicLinuxSecurityGuidelines_en.htm
    2. Setting up a VPN on Linux: http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp247
    3. VPN on Linux Mint (Computer America) http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp244
    4. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 330 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #330 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:02 David: Hard drive issue was hardware
    07:44 Greg: Really REALLY old computers
    14:03 Roger: Telegram?
    14:46 Kevin: Advice on maintenence on Linux
    19:05 Ken: Some show suggestions
    21:00 Sean: Linux game review: Xonotic
    21:57 Tom: Comments on the podcast
    24:02 Greg: Secure browsing on Linux
    29:06 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    30:09 End



    Aug 20: #329 · Using 4K Monitors on Linux
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    If you have a HiDPI screen, like the one on the Dell XPS 13, you may find that it has tiny icons and fonts that make it difficult to use. You can certainly change the resolution on your display to 1920x1080 (1080P) and simply not use its full capabilities but this podcast episode walks you through adjusting the settings to take full advantage of the full resolution of your beautiful 4K display.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. HiDPI Displays on Linux:
      http://goinglinux.com/articles/HiDPIonLinux_en.htm
    2. The book 'Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX' is now available on Amazon:
      E-book version: http://www.amazon.com/dp/ASIN/B074JGLB4H
      Paperback version: http://www.amazon.com/dp/ASIN/152202994X
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 329 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #329 · Using 4K Monitors on Linux
    00:15 Introduction
    00:50 Bill buys the book
    02:45 HiDPI (4K) monitors
    07:30 Display settings
    09:14 Change the font size
    10:43 Change the icon size
    12:49 Change the pointer size
    13:49 Modify the greeter
    15:50 Why you might not want to use the 4K settings
    17:57 A wish for the future
    20:24 Some thoughts on why you might use 4K
    24:58 We switch from Skype to Discord
    26:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    27:32 End



    Aug 05: #328 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We get feedback on stickers, books and Skype alternatives. We get questions on screen resolution, AppImages, network drives and issues, mouse buttons and more.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. TV as a monitor: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Connect_to_HDTV_1080P_using_VGA_en.htm
    2. Roy Dressel Photography http://www.roydresselphoto.com
    3. AppImage article: https://itsfoss.com/use-appimage-linux/
    4. Stickers: https://system76.com/swag/stickers
    5. The book ‘Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX‘
      E-book version: http://www.amazon.com/dp/ASIN/B074JGLB4H
      Paperback version: http://www.amazon.com/dp/ASIN/152202994X
    6. Smartmontools: https://www.smartmontools.org/
    7. Bob’s mouse button solution: http://spartanideas.msu.edu/2017/01/06/mapping-trackball-buttons/
    8. Music while you work online: http://cmd.fm
    9. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 328 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #328 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:51 Technology adventures
    02:02 Bill's new gaming laptop
    05:08 Tony: Needs help with screen resolution
    08:13 Roy: Asks about App Images
    14:03 SkywardAbyss: System76 Stickers
    16:21 Serge: Recommended Skype alternatives
    20:13 Nancy: About her new book, and ours, 'Your Data, Your Devices, and You'
    24:58 Mike: Creating a network drive
    28:22 Bob: Mouse button thanks for the offer to help
    29:27 Tony: Where do I contribute pictures for network diagrams?
    32:41 David: Hardware? Firmware? Software? Bill wins!
    38:25 Troy: Learned something new
    44:02 Bob: Here's HOW he solved his mouse configuration problems
    46:35 Bob: A strange network problem
    55:41 Tips on listening to music while you work
    58:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    60:30 End



    Jul 20: #327 · Things You Can Do In Windows And How To Do Them In Linux
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    This time we talk about several of the common things you may be familiar with in Windows and describe how you do those same things while using Linux. Sometimes the process the same, and sometimes it's different. Click the show notes links to find even more than we can cover in this short episode.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Our article: http://goinglinux.com/articles/ThingYouCanDo.html
    2. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 327 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #327 · Things You Can Do In Windows And How To Do Them In Linux
    00:15 Introduction
    01:53 This topic is revisited and updated
    02:32 Co-hosts revisited
    06:41 The Super Key defined
    08:53 Display system information (graphical)
    11:42 Display system information (command line)
    15:54 Shut down or reboot
    20:09 How to control the drag and drop action
    22:07 Use a dialog box to open an application or a URL
    23:10 Lock your computer quickly
    26:05 Bill tries Netrunner
    31:56 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    32:55 End



    Jul 05: #326 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Larry has published a book: 'Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX.' Sebastien solves his problem with the filled-up hard drive. We find out how, and some other things to consider. We find there is no magic key for installing Linux on Apple hardware. Much more!

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX https://www.smashwords.com/books/view/731432
    2. Ubuntu Server Edition: https://www.ubuntu.com/server
    3. Kodi: https://kodi.tv/
    4. MythTV: https://www.mythtv.org/
    5. Hauppauge: http://hauppauge.com/
    6. Intel Home Theater NUC: https://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/nuc/nuc-core-i5-home-theater-usage-guide.html
    7. Plex: https://www.plex.tv/
    8. NAS4Free: https://www.nas4free.org/
    9. Refind: http://www.rodsbooks.com/refind/
    10. Pystromo: https://github.com/booms8/Pystromo
    11. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 326 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #326 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:58 Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX
    02:45 Greg: Servers for home use
    06:08 Sebastien: The community found the problem!
    07:26 George: 'Magic Key' to installing Linux on a Mac
    09:00 Orion: Refind
    09:34 Steve: Mouse button mapping with Pystromo
    10:38 Malte: Backup files created in the future!
    11:18 Jim: Problems with Skype
    14:02 John: Ethernet unplugged in Virtualbox
    15:56 Paul: Where does a command-line installation get its applications?
    18:03 David: The steps for clearing a filled hard drive
    19:54 Heath: Other filled hard drive possibilities
    22:40 Greg: Any update on Thinkpad T420?
    24:39 Göran: File system mounts
    26:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    27:35 End



    Jun 20: #325 · Getting Rid of 'Cruft' After An Upgrade
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Inspired by an exchange between our community members in our 'Going Linux Podcast' Google+ community, we discuss how Windows, OSX and Linux all leave stuff behind after an upgrade, and what you can do to minimize or eliminate this on Linux. We provide several points of view on the concpets of Nuke and Pave vs. Rolling Release, and the differences between the 'remove' and 'purge' options for the command 'apt-get'. We also describe how to keep your preferences and settings for all of you Linux applications after an OS upgrade and after a nuke and pave.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Going Linux on G+: https://plus.google.com/u/0/communities/105537318379179685035
    2. Carbon Copy Cloner: https://bombich.com/
    3. Clonezilla: http://clonezilla.org/
    4. AptGet/Howto: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/AptGet/Howto
    5. Removing unused packages (“cruft”): https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-find-and-remove-unused-packages-in-linux/
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 325 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #325 · Getting Rid of 'Cruft' After An Upgrade
    00:15 Introduction
    01:02 It all started innocently enough...
    01:34 Rolling release vs. nuke and pave
    04:10 Our experiences
    16:04 Limitations of upgrades and rolling releases
    18:13 Uninstalling applications via the command line
    19:03 Remove vs. purge
    19:23 man apt-get
    21:19 Additional insights
    21:39 debOrphan
    24:35 Configuration files
    25:09 4 easy steps to nuke and pave, retaining all of your preferences and settings
    28:40 In the final analysis...
    29:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    30:45 End



    Jun 05: #324 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We have several suggestions from our listeners for Sebastien on his filled hard drive, a request for a recommendation on a screen recorder for Linux and a story about dual booting. Chard has a recommendation for Bill's next computer.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Gaming Laptop - Eluktronics N870HK1 Pro Premium: https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B06WCZMKL1/ref=oh_aui_detailpage_o03_s00?ie=UTF8&psc=1
    2. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 324 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #324 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:57 New processors have Bill drooling
    05:10 Voice Mail: On requirement specs in reviews
    13:04 Marian: Use 'du' to find out why hard drive is filling up; Linux isn't always easier
    18:39 Miguel: A solute and a suggestion to use 'du' or 'ncdu'
    19:32 Eldon: Also suggests 'ncdu'
    20:48 Small Box Admin: Another vote for 'du'
    22:56 Chris: Screen recorders for Linux
    26:37 Richard: You will only boot Windows or else!
    29:55 Chard: A suggestion for Bill
    32:25 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    33:52 End



    May 20: #323 · Ubuntu MATE: A Typical Linux Distribution
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Not every Linux distro is the same, but many have very similar features and applications. In today's episode we review Ubuntu MATE from the perspective that it is a typical modern Linux distro for the average user.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Ubuntu MATE: http://ubuntu-mate.org/
    2. Helping Ubuntu MATE: http://goinglinux.com/articles/UbuntuMATEHelp_en.htm
    3. Ubuntu MATE Help: http://goinglinux.com/ubuntu-mate-web/index.html
    4. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 323 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #323 · Ubuntu MATE: A Typical Linux Distribution
    00:15 Introduction
    00:45 Ubutu MATE: A distribution for everyone
    02:27 A typical modern Linux distribution
    03:35 Modern and full-featured
    04:07 Pre-configured, yet flexible
    04:32 Security built-in
    05:13 An official flavor of Ubuntu
    08:26 Applications provided by the MATE desktop
    09:00 File browser: Caja
    09:34 Text editor: Pluma
    10:08 Archive manager: Engrampa
    11:08 Image viewer: Eye of MATE
    11:30 Document viewer: Atril
    11:50 MATE System Monitor
    12:08 MATE Terminal
    12:31 Control Center
    15:45 Applications provided by the Ubuntu MATE distribution
    16:11 Ubuntu MATE Welcome
    18:51 Web browser: Firefox
    19:10 Mail: Thunderbird
    20:01 Office suite: LibreOffice
    21:42 Mobile device support
    22:27 Document management
    23:10 Printing
    23:54 Scanning: SimpleScan
    24:52 PDF creation
    25:38 Entertainment
    25:54 Music and audio player: Rhythmbox
    26:36 Digital photo organizer: Shotwell
    27:09 Video player: VLC
    28:56 Games
    31:04 Security
    31:35 Continuous updates
    32:33 Infection insulation
    34:48 Trusted software
    36:23 Backups: Déjà Dup
    37:47 Firewall: ucfw
    38:24 Accessibility software
    41:49 Specs? Who needs specs?
    43:14 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    44:25 End



    May 05: #322 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Our listeners ask about Wifi issues, Ubuntu's changes, trackball configuration and more. We get comments on a password manager and on installing Linux on an HP Stream.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Password Safe: https://pwsafe.org/
    2. Simple Note: https://simplenote.com/
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 322 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #322 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:52 Episode Delay
    01:43 Harold: Wifi problems
    05:43 Greg: Password Safe and Dropbox
    07:45 Ambrose: More wifi problems
    12:52 Billy: How long will it take Ubuntu to get back on track?
    16:27 Bob: The trackball, continued
    19:29 Ambrose: Responds
    22:36 Sebastien: Needs help
    28:51 David: MATE Rocks!
    32:19 App pick: Simplenote
    34:44 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    35:48 End



    Apr 20: #321 · Sabayon Revisited
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill has taken the time to review Sabayon Linux once again. He revises his score, gives some specific examples, plus and minus.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Sabayon: http://www.sabayon.org
    2. Gentoo: http://www.gentoo.org
    3. KDE: http://www.kde.org
    4. Display Data Channel (DDC): https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Display_Data_Channel
    5. Ubuntu's swtich to Gnome: http://www.osnews.com/story/29753/Ubuntu_to_switch_back_to_GNOME_drop_Unity
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 321 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #321 · Sabayon Revisited
    00:15 Introduction
    01:46 Bill needs a new desktop computer: build or buy?
    04:57 Larry's upgrade to Ubuntu MATE 17.04
    07:36 Sabayon revisited
    08:46 System resource usage is quite low
    09:57 What is Sabayon?
    10:53 Sabayon facts
    12:57 Package Manager: Rigo
    13:59 Pros and cons
    15:30 Rolling release
    18:45 System requirements
    21:03 Sabayon community
    21:59 Rant: KDE!
    22:49 Replacing KDE with Cinnamon
    23:44 5 Official versions
    25:37 Recommendation
    28:46 Applications available
    31:37 Bill's new rating for Sabayon
    33:14 Ubuntu MATE or Linux Mint still better for a new Linux user
    36:37 Sabayon should give you a pretty good experience as long as you stay away from KDE
    41:58 Ubuntu Gnome vs. MATE
    44:00 Recommend a new machine for Bill
    45:10 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    46:08 End



    Apr 05: #320 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In this episode we have contributons from listeners on backup software for Linux, and questions on browsing networks, running Wine, setting up extra mouse buttons, buggy wifi, optimal partition sizes, and more.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Home networking: http://goinglinux.com/articles/BasicsOfHomeNetworking.html
    2. Mapping trackball buttons: http://spartanideas.msu.edu/2017/01/06/mapping-trackball-buttons/
    3. Xbindkeys: https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Xbindkeys
    4. Remote X11:
      https://www.howtoforge.com/tutorial/putty-remote-x11-desktop-applications/
      http://www.sparxeng.com/blog/software/forward-linux-x11-session-windows
    5. Using xRDP on Ubuntu: http://askubuntu.com/questions/592537/can-i-access-ubuntu-from-windows-remotely
    6. Computrace: https://threatpost.com/millions-of-pcs-affected-by-mysterious-computrace-backdoor-2/107700/
    7. Wine: https://www.winehq.org/
    8. Linkman Pro: https://www.outertech.com/en/bookmark-manager
    9. Coupé https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Coup%C3%A9
    10. Dave Jackson's "School of Podcasting": http://schoolofpodcasting.com/
    11. Cliff Ravenscraft's "Podcast Answer Man" free content and his paid "Podcasting A to Z" program. http://podcastanswerman.com/
    12. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 320 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #320 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:54 320 · Listener Feedback
    02:36 New computers?
    05:23 Mario: Comment on Episode 319
    08:30 Nicholai: Browsing a home network
    10:56 Paul: Computrace?
    15:24 Mike: Remote to Linux from a Surface
    17:40 Bob: Using Wine
    21:43 Bob: Logitec M570 mouse buttons
    24:50 Rainy: Experience with Firefox Ubuntu Gnome
    28:10 Daniel: Installing on a USB drive
    31:05 Chard: Buggy Ubuntu wifi
    34:05 Paul: Optimal home partition size
    40:42 Jim: Lucky Backup
    41:14 Bill's app pickLibreOffice
    43:36 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    44:52 End



    Mar 20: #319 · Backups with Grsync
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Following our recommendations for strategies and methods of backing up your computer, we discuss an old tool, rsync, and it's graphical front-end, grsync. Almost all the options of rsync in a graphical form without the disadvantages of rsync. With the approaching release of the next iteration of Ubuntu and its derivatives, many of us will be looking to upgrade. Before making any major change to your system, a backup is an essential precaution.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Automatic backups using Rsync Bash and Cron: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Rsync-Bash-Cron-Backups_en.htm
    2. Backup Strategies: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Backups.html
    3. Rsync tutorial: http://everythinglinux.org/rsync/
    4. Grsync backups: https://freedompenguin.com/articles/how-to/making-backups-with-grsync/ The Aukland NZ link is no longer available.
    5. Grsync ports for Mac and Windows: http://www.opbyte.it/grsync/download.html
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 319 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #319 · Backups with Grsync
    00:15 Introduction
    00:45 Bill moves to New Mexico
    03:40 Grsync
    04:06 Backup before you upgrade
    04:58 Backup hardware
    07:44 Backup software
    08:40 A graphical front-end for rsync
    09:28 Grsync is cross-platform
    11:35 Almost all the options of rsync in a graphical form...
    11:53 ... without the disadvantages of rsync
    13:53 University of Aukland NZ
    16:08 Piero Orsoni's list of features of grsync
    19:00 Why use an old program like grsync rather than the more modern options?
    21:30 Grsync outputs the rsync commands
    25:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    26:09 End



    Mar 05: #318 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    As always, we receive feedback on previous episodes, but this time we also receive feedback on our feedback on feedback. We have a word of caution for Windows users burning Linux ISO files with ImgBurn, questions on Linux drivers and the differences between distros, suggestions on getting Ubuntu MATE installed, and a Gone Linux story. There is much more feedback in the episode than we can list here, so you will just have to listen. We know you will anyway!

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Gecko Linux: http://geckolinux.github.io/
    2. Kamakshi Media: http://www.kamakshimedia.in/
    3. The manual for HP 15-ab269sa: http://h10032.www1.hp.com/ctg/Manual/c04774324
    4. Installing Linux and UEFI/Secure Boot: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEFI
    5. Matt's work:
      Favorite podcasts on Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iFBjvp2m1Qg
      MrpTech Reviews: http://www.mrptechreviews.com
      MrpTech Podcast: http://podnutz.com/category/mrp-tech-podcast/
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 318 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #318 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:09 David: Feedback on feedback on feedback
    02:30 Troy: A word of caution on ImgBurn
    04:28 Benjamin: A familiar suggestion
    05:08 Charles: Why are there no standard drivers for Linux, like on Windows?
    16:32 Paul: Mint 18 or 17.3?
    18:48 Mario: Congrats on 10 years!
    20:56 Armin: Discovered Linux through BSD
    22:29 Michael: What are the real differences between distros?
    25:52 Amar: Congrats on 10 years
    26:15 Michael: Does Mint MATE come with Orca by default?
    27:41 David: MATE 16.04 does not recognize screen resolution in Virutal Box
    28:56 Michael: Needs some help
    30:35 Matt: Provides a review on video
    31:22 Anders: Suggests Lubuntu
    33:11 Carl: What kind of voodoo witchcraft is this?
    36:12 Jacabo: About the last episode
    38:15 Joshua: Gone Linux!
    41:36 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    42:34 End



    Feb 20: #317 · Linux Distros Reviewed
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    At our listeners' requests, we provide a review of some non-Debian Linux distributions.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Distrowatch: http://distrowatch.com/
    2. Distribution: Sabayon
      Home Page: http://www.sabayon.org/
      Mailing Lists: http://lists.sabayon.org/
      User Forums: http://forum.sabayon.org/
      Alternative User Forums: LinuxQuestions.org http://www.linuxquestions.org/questions/sabayon-86/
      Documentation: http://wiki.sabayon.org/
    3. Distribution: Scientific Linux
      Home Page: https://www.scientificlinux.org/
      Mailing Lists: https://www.scientificlinux.org/community/
      User Forums: http://scientificlinuxforum.org/
      Alternative User Forums: LinuxQuestions.org http://www.linuxquestions.org/questions/linux-distributions-5/
      Documentation: https://www.scientificlinux.org/documentation/
    4. Distribution: openSUSE
      Home Page: http://www.opensuse.org/
      Mailing Lists: http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Communication_channels
      User Forums: http://forums.opensuse.org/
      Alternative User Forums: LinuxQuestions.org http://www.linuxquestions.org/questions/linux-distributions-5/
      Documentation: http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation
    5. Distribution: Fedora Project
      Home Page: https://getfedora.org/
      Mailing Lists: http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Communicate
      User Forums Fedora Forum: http://forums.fedoraforum.org/
      Alternative User Forums: LinuxQuestions.org http://www.linuxquestions.org/questions/fedora-35/
      Documentation: http://docs.fedoraproject.org/
      http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Docs
    6. Distribution: PCLinuxOS
      Home Page: http://www.pclinuxos.com/
      User Forums: http://www.pclinuxos.com/forum
      Alternative User Forums: LinuxQuestions.org http://www.linuxquestions.org/questions/linux-distributions-5/
    7. Distribution: ArchBang Linux
      Home Page: http://www.archbang.org/
      User Forums: http://bbs.archbang.org/
      Alternative User Forums: LinuxQuestions.org http://www.linuxquestions.org/questions/linux-distributions-5/
      Documentation: http://wiki.archbang.org/
    8. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 317 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #317 · Linux Distros Reviewed
    00:15 Introduction
    00:59 Rain in the desert
    02:03 A review of non-Debian Linux distributions
    03:01 RPM vs. DEB
    07:12 Sabayon
    17:51 Scientific Linux
    25:20 openSuSE
    35:53 Fedora
    43:01 PCLinuxOS
    50:10 ArchBang
    53:52 So... did Bill switch to an RPM distribution?
    60:29 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    61:29 End



    Feb 05: #316 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill's frustration with SecureBoot on an Asus netbook nudges him toward a computer with Linux pre-installed. Michael needs help burning a Sonar LiveDVD on Windows. David provides a 3-part email. Tony is burning DVDs. Chandra would like to see more content on RPM distros.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Burning ISO: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/BurningIsoHowto#Burning_the_ISO_on_to_a_DVD
    2. Make a Live CD, DVD, or USB: http://goinglinux.com/articles/BurnACD.html Second hard drive: http://support.system76.com/articles/extra-drive/
    3. Moving home directory: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Partitioning/Home/Moving
    4. How to burn a DVD with Brasero (hint: install DVDAuthor first) and other programs. http://askubuntu.com/questions/9575/how-do-i-use-brasero-to-burn-a-movie-in-dvd-format
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 316 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #316 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:08 Will Secure Boot drive Bill to System76?
    02:34 Cloud-based software enables Linux
    04:41 How the cloud helps eliminate license fees for operating systems as well as applications
    08:12 How cloud software improves data security
    10:29 Michael: Burning a Live DVD in Windows 10
    16:24 David: Installing and mounting additional drives
    30:50 Tony: Burn YouTube videos to DVD
    32:49 Chandra: More on Fedora, SuSE, and RPM-based distros
    38:26 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    39:21 End



    Jan 20: #315 · 10th Anniversary Episode
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We celebrate 10 years of the Going Linux podcast, and review some significant happenings for Linux in 2016.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Quoted in InfoWorld: http://www.infoworld.com/article/2835035/why-you-should-buy-computers-with-linux-preinstalled.html
    2. Wayland: https://wayland.freedesktop.org/
    3. FirefoxOS: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Firefox_OS
    4. Microsoft Loves Linux: https://techcrunch.com/2016/11/16/microsoft-joins-the-linux-foundation/
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 315 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #315 · 10th Anniversary Episode
    00:15 Introduction
    00:42 10 years in review
    01:39 6 years of Computer America
    02:57 The year of change for Bill
    04:02 Ubuntu includes support for ZFS
    04:59 Open source licensing
    08:15 Creative Commons licensing
    11:44 Linux kernel license
    13:52 10 years of co-hosts
    20:18 Another pay increase for Bill!
    20:51 10 years of Larry
    22:55 Notable accomplishments
    25:14 2016 Review
    25:53 Fedora is first to ship with Wayland
    29:42 Firefox OS
    31:56 Mythbuntu shuts down
    34:00 Microsoft loves Linux
    42:04 KDE turns 20
    42:45 Linux turns 25
    46:47 Bill's favorite Linux
    48:30 Larry's favorite Linux
    53:38 2016: A good year for Linux
    55:19 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    56:52 End



    Jan 05: #314 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    As is our tradition, our first episode of the year is Listener Feedback. We discuss screensharing, backups, and multi-booting. Nathan shares his "Gone Linux" story.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. SynchThing: https://syncthing.net/
    2. Cryptomator: https://cryptomator.org/
    3. Team Viewer: https://www.teamviewer.com/en/download/linux/?os=linux
    4. Open Source screen sharing: http://alternativeto.net/software/screen-sharing/?license=opensource
    5. System76 article: Install an extra drive. http://support.system76.com/articles/extra-drive/
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 314 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #314 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:12 Llewellyn: Screen sharing across platforms
    04:47 Dion: Backups
    06:39 David: Recommendations for multi-boot
    09:49 Gone Linux: Nathan
    11:27 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    12:35 End

    2016 Episodes:
    Dec 20: #313 · Getting Support for Linux Computers
    Dec 05: #312 · Listener Feedback
    Nov 20: #311 · Controlling a Remote Desktop
    Nov 05: #310 · Listener Feedback
    Oct 20: #309 · Today's Security Technology
    Oct 05: #308 · Listener Feedback
    Sep 20: #307 · Today's Backup Technology
    Sep 05: #306 · Listener Feedback
    Aug 20: #305 · Gaming on Linux revisited
    Aug 05: #304 · Listener Feedback
    Jul 20: #303 · Hacked!
    Jul 05: #302 · Listener Feedback
    Jun 20: #301 · Open Source for Online Media
    Jun 05: #300 · Listener Feedback
    May 20: #299 · Assistive Technology
    May 05: #298 · Listener Feedback
    Apr 20: #297 · Choosing distribution for an older computer
    Apr 05: #296 · Listener Feedback
    Mar 20: #295 · Linux on ThinkPads
    Mar 05: #294 · Listener Feedback
    Feb 20: #293 · Distro Review
    Feb 05: #292 · Listener Feedback
    Jan 20: #291 · Year End Review
    Jan 05: #290 · Listener Feedback


    Dec 20: #313 · Getting Support for Linux Computers
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    You can get help for your Linux computer in many ways. In this episode we provide some details about each kind of support. Many of the answers to your questions are available on your distribution's website. Often, the fastest and easiest way to get answers to your questions about how to use Linux and its applications is to ask in the distribution's community forum.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Helping Ubuntu MATE users:
      http://goinglinux.com/articles/UbuntuMATEHelp_en.htm
    2. Ubuntu MATE User Guide PDF version:
      http://goinglinux.com/resources/Ubuntu%20MATE%20User%20Guide.pdf
    3. Online version:
      http://goinglinux.com/ubuntu-mate-web/index.html
    4. Sonar GNU/Linux User Guide:
      http://goinglinux.com/resources/Sonar%20Gnome%202014.1.pdf
    5. Official Ubuntu Desktop Guide: https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/ubuntu-help/index.html
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 313 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #313 · Getting Support for Linux Computers
    00:15 Introduction
    01:12 How to get help when you are using Linux
    01:47 Use the F1 key for onboard help
    03:14 Official websites
    03:21 Community help
    05:10 RTFM
    05:53 Search in the discussion forums
    06:40 Examples of communities you can browse for answers
    08:23 You may find your answer in another distribution's forum
    11:25 Using search engines like Google
    11:42 Enterprise level support
    12:59 Contract support for Linux
    14:17 Support from your Linux computer manufacturer
    15:11 Getting support for Open Source and Linux applications
    16:10 Listen to podcasts for support
    17:22 Onboard help for Linux applications
    22:59 Application-specific support
    23:32 Help at the command line
    25:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    26:41 End



    Dec 05: #312 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In this episode, Bill and Larry discuss feedback about backups, partitioning, cron jobs, Scrivener, the Windows MBR, and more.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Timeshift: https://launchpad.net/timeshift
    2. Rsync: http://rsync.samba.org/
    3. Hard Links: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hard_link
    4. Rsnapshot: http://www.rsnapshot.org/
    5. BackIn Time: http://backintime.le-web.org/
    6. Timevault: https://wiki.ubuntu.com/TimeVault
    7. Scivener: https://www.literatureandlatte.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=33&t=32709&sid=ef21ae7bcad3b12847ccc4280e83f248
    8. Audacity Timer Recording: http://manual.audacityteam.org/man/timer_record.html
    9. Cron Tutorial: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Scripts_en.htm
    10. Edit Master Boot Record with Linux: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record#Editing.2Freplacing_MBR_contents
    11. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 312 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #312 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    02:14 Lyle: Test your backups!
    05:39 Andrew: Partitioning and email
    07:45 Jim: Launch Audacity in recording mode
    10:09 Allan: Scrivener
    13:58 Nathan: Converting others to Linux
    18:31 Ambrose: MBR Filter
    26:30 Application pick: Firefox
    30:09 Application pick: Yelp
    32:30 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    33:52 End



    Nov 20: #311 · Controlling a Remote Desktop
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Remote desktop technology for Linux has progressed since we first discussed it in 2010. Our recommendations have changed as a result. Now we recommend X2Go, which is more secure and more flexible. In this episode Larry describes how to install and use X2Go.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Our Remote Desktop article http://goinglinux.com/articles/RemoteDesktop.html
    2. Our Installing Apps article http://goinglinux.com/articles/InstallingLinuxApplications_en.htm
    3. X2Go Wiki http://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goserver
    4. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 311 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #311 · Controlling a Remote Desktop
    00:15 Introduction
    01:13 Connecting to, and controlling a remote computer using X2Go
    02:32 Installing X2Go
    03:03 Installing the X2Go Server
    04:59 Installing the X2Go Client
    06:35 Setting up an X2Go session
    10:10 Using X2Go
    12:18 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    13:18 End



    Nov 05: #310 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill and Larry solve the world's Linux issues... well the ones provided via our listener feedback anyway! From printers to ThinkPads and from marketing Linux to backups and processors, we discuss it all, and more.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. 12 Button Mouse: http://www.razerzone.com/gaming-mice/razer-naga
    2. Scribus: https://www.scribus.net/
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 310 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #310 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:52 Larry needs more coffee
    02:25 Snake: Partitioning a new hard drive
    05:33 Tony: Email issues
    09:24 JackDeth: Printers and Linux
    14:46 Steve: ThinkPads on Linux
    21:34 Marcio: New listener
    22:18 JackDeth: 12-button mouse
    23:58 Paul: Marketing Linux computers
    30:42 Troy: Backups for small businesses
    35:22 Ken: AMD processors and Linux
    40:14 Eduardo: Securing backups
    45:03 Madison: Gone Linux
    54:24 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    55:33 End



    Oct 20: #309 · Today's Security Technology
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In today's world of Internet insecurity, it's more important than ever to maximize your safety and privacy, both on line and off. That's why we think that you should use a computer that runs Linux -- because it's safe. Well it's safer, at least, than the two other most popular operating systems, Microsoft's Windows and Apple's MacOS. In this episode we provide an overview as well as some specific recommendations.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Our article: http://goinglinux.com/articles/BasicLinuxSecurityGuidelines_en.htm
    2. Wikipedia: Linux Malware https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linux_malware
    3. Security: The Linux Advantage http://goinglinux.com/articles/Security-TheLinuxAdvantage_en.htm
    4. Use Linux because it’s safe: (see the additional reading section) http://goinglinux.com/articles/DontUseLinuxBecauseItsFree_en.htm
    5. Microsoft - Windows 10 data collection isn’t a security risk:
      http://www.pcworld.com/article/2997213/privacy/microsoft-doesnt-see-windows-10s-mandatory-data-collection-as-a-privacy-risk.html
    6. Microsoft - Data collection is necessary:
      http://www.computerworld.com/article/2968288/microsoft-windows/windows-10-makes-diagnostic-data-collection-compulsory.html
    7. Microsoft retail license:
      https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/Useterms/Retail/Windows/10/UseTerms_Retail_Windows_10_English.htm
    8. Linux:
      https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linux_kernel
    9. Ubuntu License agreement:
      https://www.ubuntu.com/about/about-ubuntu/licensing
    10. Ubuntu: https://wiki.ubuntu.com/BasicSecurity
    11. openSUSE: https://doc.opensuse.org/documentation/leap/security/html/book.security/index.html
    12. Fedora: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/SecurityBasics
    13. Arch: https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/security
    14. CentOS: http://wiki.centos.org/HowTos/OS_Protection
    15. Sabayon: https://wiki.sabayon.org/?title=En:Security
    16. Canonical's malware list: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Linuxvirus
    17. An antivirus company saying you need antivirus software on Linux: https://blogs.sophos.com/2015/03/26/dont-believe-these-four-myths-about-linux-security/
    18. Mike Tech Show Podcast #595 http://mikenation.net/2016/10/06/mike-tech-show-podcast-595-10-06-16/
    19. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 309 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #309 · Today's Security Technology
    00:15 Introduction
    01:38 Bill has AI overload
    03:44 The area of security changes so fast
    04:07 Why Linux is safer
    04:53 By default, Linux users do not run as administrators
    06:36 Get software from trusted sources
    07:04 Super User vs. Root
    09:16 Linux requires your password to install sofware
    10:14 Updates on Linux are never installed without your permission and always require your password
    11:23 Good passwords are important
    11:59 If you share your computer, setup a guest account
    12:43 How is Linux setup to be more secure?
    16:49 Passwords: A help or a hinderance for security?
    17:42 Browser security
    18:09 Tracking and cookies
    22:08 Data collection by your operating system
    23:15 How much information IS Windows 10 collecting about you?
    26:22 ... and what are they doing with it?
    28:27 Paranoia or just appropriately cautious?
    29:24 Should you know what's in an update and have the choice of whether to install it or not?
    31:49 Security patch release timing
    34:19 Data collection and virtual assistants
    39:30 Encrypting your data
    43:21 Our basic Linux security recommendations
    45:12 Use antivirus if you touch Windows files
    46:05 Enable your software firewall
    46:42 Stay updated
    47:11 Use strong passwords
    47:47 Make backups regularly
    47:50 Install only from trusted sources
    48:23 Use security-related browser plug-ins
    48:56 Use common sense - be aware
    52:53 Windows security recommendations
    54:20 Run this list of software preventatively
    56:05 Run this list of programs weekly
    56:39 Run these programs monthly
    60:37 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    62:03 End



    Oct 05: #308 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Commercial software licenses are a total FRAUD! That's how our feedback starts this month. We get into the difficulties of installing Ubuntu on a dual-boot system with Win10, audio technical details, full-disk encryption, and much, much more. We even have a Gone Linux story.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Hardware compatibility resources: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Resources_en.htm#hardware-compatibility
    2. Accessing BIOS and UEFI to install Linux: http://www.isunshare.com/windows-password/four-methods-to-access-uefi-bios-setup.html
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 308 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #308 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:52 Bill is off
    01:13 Charlie: Commercial software licenses are a total FRAUD!
    07:09 Scott: Network manager shows only strongest access points
    11:25 Bob: Is full disk encryption really encrypting the whole disk in a dual-boot system?
    19:50 Richard: Dual booting with Windows 10 is not always easy
    22:40 Paul: Building a new computer and looking for a Linux MOBO
    25:16 Göran: Writing bash scripts
    26:38 Nancy: Audio is perfect now
    27:27 John: Thank you! VNC to Ubuntu MATE with VPN
    28:38 Bruce: More in-depth on audio
    32:41 Dylan: Gone Linux
    36:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    37:59 End



    Sep 20: #307 · Today's Backup Technology
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We've talked about backups and backup software in at least three previous episodes, but it's been a while. The last time we produced a full-fledged episode was in 2008! We take a fresh look at backups and some of the current applications and methods available today.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Backup Strategies for your computer http://goinglinux.com/articles/Backups.html
    2. Using Mint's Backup Tool before upgrading: https://community.linuxmint.com/tutorial/view/2
    3. Using Deja Dup (Ubuntu-MATE's Backups application): https://www.linuxvoice.com/deja-dup-backup-for-everyone/
    4. Ubuntu Backup alternatives: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/BackupYourSystem
    5. Simple Backup: http://www.ubuntugeek.com/backup-and-restore-your-ubuntu-system-using-sbackup.html
    6. Rsync: http://everythinglinux.org/rsync/
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 307 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #307 · Today's Backup Technology
    00:15 Introduction
    02:03 Backup Technologies 02:56 How do I know what and where to backup
    11:07 Backing up your computer is cheap disaster recovery
    16:56 How often should I backup?
    21:05 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    23:08 End



    Sep 05: #306 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    This month's topics include Virutal Box on Ubuntu, remote into Ubuntu, installing netbeans, the dangers of rm, Mint vs. Ubuntu, wireless printing, network shares and feedback on past episodes.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Instructables: http://instructables.com
    2. Good Old Games http://www.gog.com
    3. The blog "Linux North": https://linuxnorth.wordpress.com/2016/07/02/verifying-the-linux-mint-18-iso-file/#more-1478
    4. CastBack: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.qijaz221.zcast
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 306 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #306 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    03:01 Galen: Feedback on 303
    15:52 John: Asks about VirtualBox and Ubuntu
    19:52 John: Audio issues
    23:09 Joe: It's my co-worker's fault! I've gone Linux
    25:18 Greg: Replies to a question in Episode 304
    27:53 John: VNC to Ubuntu with VPN
    34:55 Marlo: Netbeans on Ubuntu 16.04
    36:48 Brock: The dangers of the rm command
    41:31 Augustin: App suggestion CastBack
    45:24 Richard: Mint vs. Ubuntu
    48:31 Alec: Audio issues with the podcast
    50:50: Nancy: More on audio problems
    52:13 Paul: Wireless printing on Linux
    55:12 Paul: Verifying the Mint 18 ISO
    57:58 Dries: Network shares
    60:40 Jeff: Feedback from Episode 305
    62:07 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    63:25 End



    Aug 20: #305 · Gaming on Linux revisited
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We take a fresh look at gaming on Linux, including the state of Steam and some of the native Linux game titles.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 305 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #305 · Gaming on Linux revisited
    00:15 Introduction
    00:46 Billl's audio
    04:11 Gaming on Linux
    09:26 Gaming with Wine
    12:12 Installing games with Steam
    12:36 DOS gaming
    13:57 No physical media
    18:12 How difficult is it to install Steam on Linux?
    19:06 Graphics on Linux?
    20:56 Sound on Linux
    25:41 Bill's favorite games?
    25:53 Team Fortress 2
    26:16 Flight Gear
    27:51 vs. X-plane
    31:27 Free software
    38:01 Pokemon Go!
    39:41 Some games you may not have heard about
    43:56 Getting started with gaming on Linux
    46:17 What else you should know about Linux gaming
    53:14 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    54:32 End



    Aug 05: #304 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill completes his move and finds another cloud service. We receive a suggestion from Gus, and a correction from Angelo. We answer questions on TMP partitions and desktop selections. Steve lets us know about Wordpress.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. KXStudio:http://kxstudio.linuxaudio.org/
    2. Virtual Machine Manager: https://virt-manager.org/
    3. TMP folder issues:
      Firefox article: https://support.mozilla.org/en-US/questions/929051
      Fstab considerations: https://wiki.openwrt.org/doc/uci/fstab
    4. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 304 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #304 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:53 Welcome to California
    02:28 Gus: Provides a suggestion
    04:01 Angelo: It's not political correctness
    05:15 Paul: TMP file size too small
    11:05 Darren: Which desktop?
    13:41 Steve: Regarding Wordpress
    19:15 Bill finds another cloud service
    24:39 Gone Linux: Greg
    29:07 Application Pick: Virtual Machine Manager
    34:23 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    35:16 End



    Jul 20: #303 · Hacked!
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Did you know that Charles Tendell has his own radio show? Yep. He's on 1690 AM, KDMT Denver's Money Talk. And I was a guest on his show in June. Yep. I'm back on live radio! You can subscribe to his podcast at http://thecharlestendellshow.com/. Yep. He has one of those, too!

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Hacked! The Charles Tendell Show: http://thecharlestendellshow.com/
    2. Ubuntu-MATE: http://ubuntu-mate.org
    3. Installing Linux Video http://goinglinux.com/screencasts.html#glsc004
    4. System76 Linux computers http://system76.com
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 303 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #303 · Hacked!
    00:15 Introduction
    02:39 Welcome to the Charles Tendell Show
    04:16 Who is Larry Bushey?
    05:44 What is Linux?
    07:02 Where do you find Linux?
    07:43 Linux is more secure.
    09:53 It's not as terrifying as you think
    11:27 Which Linux is right for you?
    14:24 Why would I do more work to install Linux
    16:45 Does it work with my software
    19:17 How easy is it to switch?
    19:45 Installing Linux
    26:08 How did Linux get its name?
    28:03 Will it make my computer better?
    31:55 The reasons for switching to Linux
    33:10 The government is the problem
    35:55 Why is the government still running on floppy-based and green screen computers?
    37:29 Linux is widely adopted, but it has no money for advertising
    38:52 Dispelling old myths
    40:03 Linux 'just works' buy from System76
    41:58 Or install it on an older computer
    43:42 Email Charles to get a free USB disk to try Linux
    45:45 Chromebooks run Linux
    47:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    49:13 End



    Jul 05: #302 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    What are the best Linux certifications to get? Software replacement for a multi-button mouse -- gestures. Linux compatible printers. Follow-ups from previous show topics. A new Linux distro. And much, much more...

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. RedHat certification:
      https://www.redhat.com/en/services/certification
    2. SUSE certification:
      https://training.suse.com/
    3. LPI certification:
      https://www.lpi.org/certification/
    4. Grsync:
      http://www.makeuseof.com/tag/grsync-simple-gui-rsync-easily-linux/
    5. EasyStroke:
      https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sOWXAyOde18
    6. Gnome extensions:
      https://extensions.gnome.org/extension/584/taskbar/
      https://extensions.gnome.org/extension/265/deepin-enhanced-dock/
    7. Gecko: http://geckolinux.github.io http://distrowatch.com/geckolinux
    8. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 302 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #302 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:51 No voice mail lately
    01:12 Cliff: Certifications
    05:07 Martyn: Backups on Linux
    08:01 Frank: Software pick - Easystroke
    09:09 Scott: Can't send a fax
    12:24 Gus: Has suggestion for window previews
    12:48 Tony: Topic suggestion?
    14:59 Richard returns!
    16:22 Richard: Thanks
    22:38 Sam: Please review Gecko Linux
    29:11 Scott: ThinkPads and converts
    33:05 Michael: Compatibility
    34:27 Gone Linux: Nathan older computers
    36:44 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    38:37 End



    Jun 20: #301 · Open Source for Online Media
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Today we discuss Open Source software and services to meet your online media needs. It may be totally free software or it might be a application running on some service you paid for. But it all has one thing in common. Everything we discuss is using, in some part, an Open Source application or service.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/terms
    2. Wordpress:
      https://WordPress.org https://en.wordpress.com/tos/
      https://WordPress.com https://en.wordpress.com/tos/
    3. CryBook: https://themetix.com/crybook/
    4. FileZilla: https://filezilla-project.org/
    5. TeamSpeak: http://TeamSpeak.com
    6. Mumble: https://wiki.mumble.info/wiki/Main_Page
    7. theMaker: http://www.makercms.org/
    8. BlueGriffon: http://bluegriffon.org
    9. VeraCrypt: https://veracrypt.codeplex.com/
    10. Atom - A hackable Text editor: https://atom.io/
    11. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 301 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #301 · Open Source for Online Media
    01:33 Alternatives to Facebook
    03:06 Wordpress
    15:23 The Maker
    20:16 Blue Griffon
    21:26 TeamSpeak
    22:29 Mumble
    26:03 Don't overlook your web host
    29:08 FileZilla
    29:46 Encrypting stored files
    30:37 With open source you have choices
    32:59 Application pick: Atom
    35:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    36:41 End



    Jun 05: #300 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Aidan wants previews, Tony crashes, Will doubts Linux, Michael likes it light, Sean likes Puppy, Frank is unhappy and Angelo corrects some misinformation.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Firefox kills Flash support: http://www.zdnet.com/article/firefox-now-blocks-all-versions-of-flash-player-by-default/
    2. Improving Your Life - The Linux Advantage: Improving Your Life - The Linux Advantage: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Community-TheLinuxAdvantage_en.htm
    3. Beauty - The Linux Advantage: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Beauty-TheLinuxAdvantage_en.htm
    4. Security - The Linux Advantage: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Security-TheLinuxAdvantage_en.htm
    5. Community - The Linux Advantage: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Community-TheLinuxAdvantage_en.htm
    6. Puppy Linux: http://puppylinux.org/
    7. Vector Linux: http://vectorlinux.com/
    8. Knoppix: http://knopper.net/knoppix-info/index-en.html
    9. Tiny Core Linux: http://tinycorelinux.net/
    10. Old “hidden Amazon spyware” article: http://www.webupd8.org/2013/10/how-to-disable-amazon-shopping.html
    11. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 300 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux 300 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:06 Aidan: Window previews with Mutter
    03:51 Tony: Flash crash
    06:07 Will: Why now, go Linux?
    13:17 Michael: What about Linux Lite
    15:15 Sean: What no Puppy?
    17:38 Frank: Unhappy with Mint and Ubuntu
    25:34 Angelo: Misinformation about Assistive Technology
    31:19 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    32:31 End



    May 20: #299 · Assistive Technology
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Ever wonder what it's like to work on a Linux distribution? We discuss that, and much, much more in our interview with Kendell Clark, one of the three developers of Sonar/GNU Linux. Sonar is a Linux distribution focused on assistive technology trying to give the best experience for everyone that depends on accessible software.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Sonar Linux: http://sonargnulinux.com
    2. Gnome accessibility https://wiki.gnome.org/Accessibility
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 299 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux 299 · Assistive Technology
    00:15 Introduction
    00:48 Welcome Kendell Clark
    01:12 What's going on with Sonar?
    03:24 Sonar overview
    04:43 Sonar's assistive technology
    06:58 Sonar developers
    07:35 Latest release
    10:25 New Sonar MATE version
    11:47 A Cinnamon version on the horizon
    13:38 The challenges of developing a distro
    15:42 Accessibility software on Windows
    18:59 The ongoing expense of using accessibility software on Windows
    20:59 Chosen few get financial assistance - but for Windows only
    23:29 The challenge of accessibility awareness
    25:43 Government assistance comes with significant limits and restrictions
    26:58 Why Linux for the disabled?
    27:43 The challenges of sotware updates
    30:05 The challenges with audio communication software
    36:03 About fanboy rants
    37:58 What's in the future for Sonar?
    41:29 The Sonar project needs more people!
    43:18 How to help the project
    44:39 What you can do to help upstream
    49:16 Cooperation with the Windows accessibility community? Nope.
    50:23 Accessibility on OSX?
    53:32 Accessibility improvements in Windows 10?
    54:08 Challenges helping others switch to Linux
    57:47 On coming back to Linux later
    59:22 Chrome is not accessible
    62:23 Other browsers?
    63:27 Other applications?
    64:20 Accessibility doesn't 'just work' on Windows
    65:22 With Sonar, it just works
    66:31 Substituting better applications
    68:26 Mycroft on Sonar?
    70:18 Sonar is not just for the disabled
    72:08 Anyone can help with the project
    74:21 Gnome accessibility
    75:02 Managing expectations
    79:13 ARM devices for sale pre-installed with Sonar
    82:18 Linux is an equal opportunity operating system
    89:17 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    90:18 End



    May 05: #298 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We have plenty of feedback on our ThinkPad episode. We are corrected on Puppy Linux and we discuss backups. Lots more, too.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Open FOSS Training https://openfosstraining.com/
    2. Ubuntu-MATE http://ubuntu-mate.org
    3. Puppy Linux Deconstructed: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ymBQPBEVgQI
    4. Krebs on Security: http://krebsonsecurity.com/2012/07/banking-on-a-live-cd/
    5. Running as root http://unix.stackexchange.com/questions/46287/when-does-the-puppy-linux-security-model-make-sense
    6. Using Linux Mint Backup Tool: https://community.linuxmint.com/tutorial/view/2
    7. Brasero for Backups to CD/DVD: https://www.linux.com/news/using-brasero-data-backup-and-iso-burning
    8. HP ePrint site: http://www.hpconnected.com
    9. MyKitaab podcast: http://www.mykitaab.in/podcasts1
    10. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 298 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux 298 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:52 Website outage and recovery
    03:06 OpenFOSSTraining
    04:02 Larry switches to Ubuntu MATE
    04:42 Advanced Power Management with TLP
    08:29 Pierre: Puppy Linux
    11:51 Pedro: Chromebook or used laptop?
    19:34 Ken: Bought a Lenovo T420
    23:11 Amar: Linux on a 9 year old Dell for business
    25:23 George: Is a ThinkPad really the equivalent of a MBP?
    33:49 Martin: Disappointed by ThinkPad episode
    37:14 Tony: Backups on Mint
    42:03 Randy: Brother Printer solution
    44:10 Steve: Windows 10 bash shell
    51:13 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    52:17 End



    Apr 20: #297 · Choosing a distribution for an older computer
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    When you buy a new computer with Windows or OSX pre-installed, you have to deal with planned obsolescence, a 'feature' that is so prevalent with proprietary software. When you replace that limiting OS with Linux, you will have a powerful, modern computer that can be used and updated and upgraded for years without trouble and without cost.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Our article: Choosing A Distrtribution for an Older Computer
    2. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 297 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux 297 · Choosing a distribution for an older computer
    00:15 Introduction
    01:12 Linux Mint got hacked?
    06:53 SKO is finally dead
    09:55 Linux: Why on older hardware?
    10:56 Planned obsolescence
    11:43 Running Linux on your existing computer - old or new
    12:20 Is Ubuntu Unity really a resource hog?
    15:03 Why should you have to tweak your computer before it works?
    20:56 Chrome OS? Really?
    22:09 CloudReady
    26:29 Xubuntu
    32:16 Linux Mint 17.3 Cinnamon or MATE
    37:28 Ubuntu MATE
    41:26 Ubuntu Unity
    44:16 Cub Linux
    46:06 Conclusions
    49:54 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    51:04 End



    Apr 05: #296 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    This time we have comments about our interview with Charles Tendell, overheating fan issues, a fix to softwear rendering mode error, and an expression of amazement with Ubuntu MATE

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 296 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux 296 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:54 Victor: Overheating could be the fan
    02:52 Ken: Bought a T420 thanks to Charles
    04:45 Dominic: Increase swap size to solve suspend/resume issues
    07:42 Richard: Switch to MATE to fix 'software rendering mode' issue
    09:35 Daniel: Where can I get the T420?
    10:42 John: Ubuntu MATE -- WOW!
    11:33 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    12:32 End



    Mar 20: #295 · Linux on ThinkPads
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In this episode, Larry speaks with Charles Tendell about Linux on ThinkPad computers. Charles is an ethical hacker and has successfully adopted the 5 year old ThinkPad T420 as an economical substitute for a new Macbook Pro for his business -- without sacrificing performance or capabilities!

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Elementary: http://elementary.io/
    2. Kali Linux: http://www.kali.org/
    3. ThinkPad T420 http://www.pcworld.com/article/238835/thinkpad_t420_a_classic_workhorse.html
    4. Azorian Cyber Security http://azorian.io
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 295 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux 295 · Linux on ThinkPads
    00:15 Introduction
    00:40 Charles Tendell: Certified Ethical Hacker
    01:59 Why the ThinkPad instead of a Macbook Pro?
    07:07 Comparing specifications: T420 vs. MBP
    12:31 Battery life: WOW!
    16:21 The skeptic decides
    17:25 How the operating system was selected
    19:05 Dispelling the myth that Linux is still only for geeks
    19:44 Why Elementary and Kali Linux?
    22:28 What applications does a hacker use for daily use?
    24:35 How does a hacker use Kali?
    27:17 The T420 har What applications does a hacker use for daily use?dware quality
    28:50 Is the T420 too much computer for the average computer user?
    30:38 T420 for media production
    32:10 T420 Macbook Pro Killer
    32:56 Upgrade recommendations
    33:40 Azorian Cyber Security
    34:13 Charles Tendell on TV
    35:00 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    35:59 End



    Mar 05: #294 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    From power issues to vanishing icons to video drivers, we provide suggestions on what to do. We also hear from listeners about their experiences with ligheweight desktops, LibreOffice, PAE Kernels and computers running Chrome or Chrome-like operating systems.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. IBM Learn Linux 101 HD: http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/library/l-lpic1-102-1/
    2. Rich’s Force PAE recommendation: https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Lubuntu/AdvancedMethods#Pentium_M_and_Celeron_M
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 294 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux 294 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:54 Bill is not available for this episode
    01:06 Ken: Issues with older Dell computer
    06:43 Gus: Lightweight desktops on modern hardware
    08:02 John: LibreOffice saves the day
    09:37 Martyn: An update... one year later
    10:41 Ken: Vanishing icons
    14:00 Ken: Cub Linux
    16:06 Rich: More on PAE
    17:13 Tony: Software rendering mode
    19:23 Gone Linux: Lora's daughter gets a Chromebook
    21:12 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    22:06 End



    Feb 20: #293 · Distro Review
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    This time we break from the traditional format where we review Linux distributions individually. We discuss considerations for choosing a desktop and tackle topics like, 'Does the lightweight Linux desktop still have a place?' and 'Is it a mistake to promote Linux for use on older machines?'

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. X-Apps: http://segfault.linuxmint.com/2016/02/the-first-two-x-apps-are-ready/
    2. Distrowatch: http://www.distrowatch.com
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 293 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux 293 · Distro Review
    00:15 Introduction
    01:19 Distro Review
    05:35 Does the lightweight Linux desktop still have a place?
    10:34 Is it a mistake to promote Linux for use on older machines?
    11:59 The argument for lightweight Linux on new computers
    18:14 Is the forced upgrade to Windows 10 the compelling event to move to Linux?
    20:03 Bill's favorites
    20:52 Larry's favorites
    25:13 This is the 'go to' Linux distribution
    25:47 This is the Linux distribution for more adventuresome users
    29:07 This is the best Linux for new users
    29:48 One more Linux choice for the advanced user
    30:34 Bill's personal picks
    31:35 Choice - Linux lets you choose how you want your computer to work
    34:56 Some considerations when choosing your Linux
    37:03 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    38:24 End



    Feb 05: #292 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    As usual, we have feedback on a wide range of topics, from Kernels to audio software to ham software and browser security. We also discuss laptop battery life, Chromebooks and Ubuntu Studio.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. For Matt’s efforts:
      https://opensource.com/life/16/1/hacking-your-linux-computer-better-listening-experience
    2. Ubuntu Studio: https://ubuntustudio.org/
    3. Internet Archive: http://archive.org
    4. Kernel upgrade for thinkpads:
      https://www.reddit.com/r/thinkpad/comments/2wnnl4/got_a_thinkpad_x250_and_installed_ubuntu_on_it/
    5. Linux in the Hamshack http://lhspodcast.info
    6. Test for Hams: http://www.hamtestonline.com
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 292 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux 292 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    02:32 Mark: How Linux improved my life
    04:14 Glenn: My PC can't run PAE kernels
    06:41 Matt: Should I build my own music layering software
    09:52 Ubuntu Studio
    12:46 Ambrose: Browser security
    16:53 Ken: More Chromebook love
    20:00 Chris: Setting up a podcast
    24:17 Richard: Laptop battery life
    32:53 John: Ham software episode?
    35:50 Are we becoming Linux luddites?
    36:39 Guake Terminal
    39:23 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    40:30 End



    Jan 20: #291 · Year End Review
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Our assessment of the year that was 2015 concludes that it was more of an evolutionary year than a revolutionary year. We look at our own community, a number of stand out distributions, and some factors that have made a difference. We also take a moment to acknowledge the passing of Debian founder Ian Murdock.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Ian Murdock: http://arstechnica.com/information-technology/2015/12/ian-murdock-father-of-debian-dead-at-42/
      https://boingboing.net/2015/12/31/ian-debian-murdock-dies-af.html
    2. Mintcast: http://mintcast.org/
    3. Distrowatch: http://distrowatch.com/
    4. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 291 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux 291 · Year End Review
    00:15 Introduction
    00:42 Happy New Year
    02:35 2015 was evolutionary, not revolutionary
    06:04 Ian Murdock, father of Debian died
    08:52 Our Google+ Community exceeds 1000 members
    11:01 Ubuntu MATE explodes on the scene
    13:47 MATE continues to evolve and improve
    17:39 Linux Mint Cinnamon
    20:02 Cinnamon and Mint tools continue to evolve and improve
    22:17 Ubuntu Studio, Ubuntu Unity, Elementary
    25:04 Chromixium
    26:40 CloudReady
    28:53 Netrunner
    29:49 Web Browsers
    35:47 With ChromeOS, Google has outdone Apple for making the user experience simple and easy
    37:50 Is Windows 10 the nail in the coffin for Linux?
    41:06 Apple OSX: More secure, or just better and hiding vulnerabilities?
    42:15 The systemD controversy
    43:55 The Internet of Things
    47:56 Looking forward: The year of the Linux desktop; privicy & security
    53:07 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    54:40 End



    Jan 05: #290 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We received no emails for this episode, so we read some of the most recent posts from our G+ Community and provide our comments. We discuss the length of our episodes, Libre Office, getting around blocked websites, how local mirrors work in the latest Mint, video cards and Chromebooks.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Going Linux Google+ Community: https://plus.google.com/u/0/communities/105537318379179685035
    2. LibreOffice:
      http://extensions.libreoffice.org/extension-center/vrt-network-equipment/
      http://www.vrt.com.au/downloads/vrt-network-equipment
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 290 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux 290 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    02:31 Jack: Shorter shows and a browser tip
    08:00 Bill: Using VPN to stop website blocking
    09:33 Matt: Use Ubuntu Server to prevent website blocking
    10:27 George: Mint Update Manager - How do local mirrors work?
    12:42 Ken L: Libre Office extensions
    13:48 Ken L: Story time - video glitches
    16:35 Ken B: I love my Chromebook because...
    23:51 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    25:01 End

    2015 Episodes:
    Dec 20: #289 · Improving Your Life: The Linux Advantage
    Dec 05: #288 · Listener Feedback
    Nov 20: #287 · Beauty: The Linux Advantage
    Nov 05: #286 · Listener Feedback
    Oct 20: #285 · Security: The Linux Advantage
    Oct 05: #284 · Listener Feedback
    Sep 20: #283 · Community: The Linux Advantage
    Sep 05: #282 · Listener Feedback
    Aug 20: #281 · Sharing Files Among Multiple Users On One System
    Aug 05: #280 · Listener Feedback
    Jul 20: #279 · Getting Started With Linux
    Jul 05: #278 · Listener Feedback
    Jun 20: #277 · Using VeraCrypt
    Jun 05: #276 · Listener Feedback
    May 20: #275 · Lightweight Linux Distributions Revisited
    May 05: #274 · Listener Feedback
    Apr 20: #273 · Online Meetings with Linux
    Apr 05: #272 · Listener Feedback
    Mar 20: #271 · Distro Review
    Mar 05: #270 · Listener Feedback and Fossdem
    Feb 20: #269 · What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Advanced
    Feb 05: #268 · Listener Feedback
    Jan 20: #267 · What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Introduction
    Jan 05: #266 · Listener Feedback


    Dec 20: #289 · Improving Your Life: The Linux Advantage
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    OK, so it's a bit of a stretch to think of an operating system improving your life. But by the end of this episode I think you'll agree that, if you do it right, using free software can do just that. At the very least, it can save you some money. That would improve your life, wouldn't it?

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Our article on improving your life: http://goinglinux.com/articles/ImprovingYourLife-TheLinuxAdvantage_en.htm
    2. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 289 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux 289 · Improving Your Life: The Linux Advantage
    00:15 Introduction
    01:07 The Linux Advantage Series
    01:17 Use Linux: Improve your life
    02:14 Hidden hassles, hidden costs
    03:36 Life hacks, life upgrades
    03:55 6 ways you can improve your life by using Linux and Open Source software
    05:18 Online classes
    06:18 Free upgrades for life
    07:14 A better computer
    08:05 Continued support after upgrades, for the software and hardware you use
    10:01 Keep your computer longer. Replace the old OS with a new version of Linux
    11:32 Pick: The Chrome browser
    14:28 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    15:45 End



    Dec 05: #288 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We discuss the possibility that the Going Linux podcast is blocked in Uzbekistan! Orca, the screen reader, is now in Linux Mint. We have a Gone Linux story from Michael

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. The Frugal Computer Guy - From XP to Linux playlist: https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLy7Kah3WzqrHrxBGOwGfbWGw1ObL5x0Gx
    2. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 288 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #288 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    02:14 Kevin: Are we blocked in Uzbekistan?
    06:22 Michael: Linux Mint 17.3 will include Orca
    07:46 Gone Linux: Michael, the Frugal Computer Guy
    11:59 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    13:09 End



    Nov 20: #287 · Beauty: The Linux Advantage
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Have you seen today's Linux? It's beautiful! It's modern! And it's always secure and up to date with the latest in popular computer trends! Beauty may be in the eye of the beholder, but no matter your definition of beauty, with the vast array of modern Linux distributions available today, you'll be sure to find one that suits your taste.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Our article on beauty: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Beauty-TheLinuxAdvantage_en.htm
    2. Bodhi: http://www.bodhilinux.com/
    3. Chromixium: http://chromixium.org/
    4. Elementary: http://elementary.io/
    5. Mint Cinnamon: http://www.linuxmint.com/
    6. Peppermint: http://peppermintos.com/
    7. Solus: https://solus-project.com/
    8. Ubuntu MATE: https://ubuntu-mate.org/
    9. Ubuntu Unity: http://www.ubuntu.com/
    Episode 287 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #287 · Beauty: The Linux Advantage
    00:15 Introduction
    01:01 Bill is famous!
    02:40 Our thoughts are with the people of Paris
    03:15 Beauty: The Linux Advantage
    04:36 In the eye of the beholder
    06:37 Improving on perfection
    09:39 The eternal beauty of Linux
    11:21 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    12:18 End



    Nov 05: #286 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Ubuntu MATE is now our official recommended distribution for new users to Linux. We also discuss Internet filtering, Red Shif, hardware recommendations and fixing Chris' issues that appear after installation. And the cliff hanger... will Larry and Bill both switch to Ubuntu MATE?

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Ubuntu MATE: https://ubuntu-mate.org/
    2. Internet filtering - DansGuardian, NxFilter and Pluckeye: Look in your software repositories
    3. RedShift: http://jonls.dk/redshift/
    4. Spinrite: https://www.grc.com/sr/spinrite.htm
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 286 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #286 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:52 Ubuntu MATE 15.10
    03:05 Ubuntu Studio
    06:13 #1 distribution for new users: Ubuntu MATE
    10:15 Nicholas: Internet filter recommendations
    12:42 Fin: f.lux and Red Shift
    13:49 Michael: Computer recommendation
    17:59 Leonid: Is a separate boot partition really necessary?
    22:37 Joe: No show filling banter
    23:57 Chris: Problems after installation
    34:46 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    36:56 End



    Oct 20: #285 · Security: The Linux Advantage
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We have often talked about the Linux operating system being more secure, and better supported than the operating systems preinstalled on most home computer hardware today. At a high level, Linux is more secure, and we detail four reasons for that.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Linux Malware:
      https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linux_malware
    2. Linux Antivirus:
      http://goinglinux.com/articles/AntivirusonLinux_en.htm
    3. Linux Creators:
      http://www.linuxfoundation.org/news-media/infographics/who-writes-linux-2015
    4. Our article on Security:
      http://goinglinux.com/articles/Security-TheLinuxAdvantage_en.htm
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 285 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #285 · Security: The Linux Advantage
    00:15 Introduction
    00:44 Hurricane!
    06:22 Reasons Linux is more secure
    07:21 Reason 1: All updates and upgrades are automatic and from trusted sources.
    11:34 Reason 2: Linux is designed with security in mind
    14:13 Reason 3: Linux doesn't get infections - as a rule
    17:32 Reason 4: Linux users are not administrators by default
    22:49 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    23:47 End



    Oct 05: #284 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Email explanations, VPN success, PowerPC and the FCC banning Linux. They are all part of this month's listener feedback episode.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Knightwise podcast: http://knightwise.com/
    2. KnightWise dot com Google+ community: https://plus.google.com/u/1/communities/110822627684818168563
    3. ThinkPenguin: https://www.thinkpenguin.com/
    4. Save Wifi web site is http://www.savewifi.org
    5. Save Wifi coalition writeup:
      http://prpl.works/2015/09/21/yes-the-fcc-might-ban-your-operating-system/
    6. FCC Proposed Update:
      https://assets.documentcloud.org/documents/2339684/fcc-router-nprm.pdf
    7. The Register:
      http://www.theregister.co.uk/2015/09/05/fcc_software_updates/
    8. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 284 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #284 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:56 Roger: IMAP vs. POP3
    02:17 Jeremy: VPN success
    03:56 Nancy: PowerPC
    09:05 Manso: Keep up the good work
    09:29 Christopher: FCC effectively going to ban Linux?!
    16:53 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    18:04 End



    Sep 20: #283 · Community: The Linux Advantage
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Having an inspiring, engaging, and enjoyable community is the lifeblood of any open source software project. The community provides product and feature ideas, user support, developer talent, documentation, financial support, visionary direction, and cultural norms. All for the benefit of anyone who uses, contributes to, or otherwise supports the project. Community is a 'Linux advantage'.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. The Art of Community (Jono Bacon)
      Website: http://www.artofcommunityonline.org/
      Amazon: http://www.amazon.com/Art-Community-Building-New-Participation-ebook/dp/B008224FMC
    2. Our article on community: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Community-TheLinuxAdvantage_en.htm
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 283 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #283 · Community: The Linux Advantage
    00:15 Introduction
    00:51 Bill encrypts his HDD, then forgets his password. Doh!
    02:24 Demise of the perfect burger
    06:18 Community - The Linux advantage
    07:02 Linux distributions and the Linux Community
    08:20 Open Source licensing
    11:22 Developer Community - Who creates and updates Linux?
    12:11 Linux and Open Source Communities
    14:37 The advantage of Community
    23:51 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    24:53 End



    Sep 05: #282 · Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Knightwise provides a cross-platform tip. Troy answers Jim's question. Tony, Jeremy and George have issues. Al provides a Gone Linux story. And much more.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Knightwise: http://knightwise.com/
    2. VPN2.safelnk.net article: https://jncie.files.wordpress.com/2008/09/350124_thin-client-computing-best-practices-guide-for-ssl-vpn.pdf
    3. Ubuntu Java: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Java
    4. f.lux https://justgetflux.com/
    5. redshift-gtk http://jonls.dk/redshift/
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 282 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #282 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:48 Knightwise: Cross Platform Mind Mapping
    06:54 Jim: Optiplex Bios Issues
    15:42 Troy provides assistance to Jim
    18:06 Tony: Shockwave is crashing
    20:20 Jeremy: VPN issues
    23:11 George: Linux on NUCs
    30:11 Al: Gone Linux
    31:34 Pick: Chrome
    32:49 f.lux
    35:04 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    36:07 End



    Aug 20: #281 · Sharing Files Among Multiple Users On One System
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Have you ever wanted to share music, videos, podcast episodes and other files between different users on the same computer? This is only a consideration if your computer HAS multiple users, but some of our listeners have asked about it, so if you are one of those listeners, this is the episode for you.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. How To Geek article with details: http://www.howtogeek.com/189508/how-to-share-files-between-user-accounts-on-windows-linux-or-os-x/
    2. Users and Permissions:
      http://goinglinux.com/articles/UsersAndPermissions_en.htm
    3. Add users using the command line:
      http://www.tecmint.com/add-users-in-linux/
    4. Adding users to Linux Mint 15 graphically:
      http://itsitrc.blogspot.com/2013/08/adding-user-account-in-linux-mint-15.html
    5. Adding users to Ubuntu graphically:
      http://askubuntu.com/questions/315615/ubuntu-create-user-with-password-in-gui
    6. Knightwise: http://knightwise.com/
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 281 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #281 · Sharing Files Among Multiple Users On One System
    00:15 Introduction
    00:47 Bill has a new recording setup
    02:16 Adventures in Internet setup
    11:30 Sharing files with multiple users on one system
    12:33 Sharing on OSX
    13:32 Sharing on Windows
    15:03 Sharing on Linux
    19:11 The 7 simple steps
    23:21 Create additional users first
    32:21 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    33:18 End



    Aug 05: #280 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We received a lot of feedback on Episode 279 - Getting Started with Linux. Mark is looking for a Linux alternative to Dragon Naturally Speaking. Ambrose finds the fame a burden. Martyn shares a Gone Linux story... and more!

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Alternatives to Dragon NaturallySpeaking: http://alternativeto.net/software/nuance-dragon-naturallyspeaking/
    2. Unity Voice: https://launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/unity-voice
    3. Simon: https://projects.kde.org/projects/extragear/accessibility/simon
    4. CMUSphinx (Pocket Sphinx): https://github.com/cmusphinx
    5. Blather: http://www.jezra.net/projects/blather
    6. Git version control system tutorial: https://www.atlassian.com/git/
    7. BitBucket: https://bitbucket.org/
    8. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 280 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #280 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:51 Welcome back Bill!
    02:02 Mark: Dragon alternatives
    07:53 Alex: Linuxtracker.org
    09:26 David: Episode 279 was excellent summary
    10:57 Knightwise: Episode 279 clears up FUD
    11:16 Martin: Episode 279 is excellent
    11:32 Ambrose: Struggling with fame
    13:42 Tony: Audio balance issues
    16:43 Gone Linux in 6 parts from Martyn
    29:14 Picks: Git and BitBucket
    29:47 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    30:54 End



    Jul 20: #279 - Getting Started With Linux
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    There are literally hundreds of versions of Linux to choose from. Each has its own look and feel. Each is designed with a specific purpose in mind. Each comes pre-packaged with a selection of software applications, and each is the same Linux at the core.

    Having said that, if you ask 10 people which version of Linux is best, you will get at least 12 different answers. :) The recommendations we give in this episode are based on our experience and knowledge. (Larry has been using Linux as his exclusive personal computer operating system for about 10 years.)

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. PC World: Beginners Guide: http://www.pcworld.com/article/2918397/how-to-get-started-with-linux-a-beginners-guide.html
    2. Life Hacker: Getting Started Guide: http://lifehacker.com/5778882/getting-started-with-linux-the-complete-guide
    3. ZD Net Super Computers: http://www.zdnet.com/article/linux-still-rules-supercomputing/
    4. Tech Radar Which is Best?: http://www.techradar.com/us/news/software/operating-systems/windows-vs-linux-which-os-is-best-for-your-business--1265775
    5. Best Linux Distros for 2015: https://www.linux.com/news/software/applications/810295-the-top-11-best-linux-distros-for-2015
    6. Linux FAQs: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Most-Googled-Linux-Questions_en.htm
    7. Finding the Right Distro: http://goinglinux.com/articles/FindingTheRightDistribution_en.htm
    8. Screencasts:
      #005 - Connecting a Linux printer
      #004 - Installing Linux from a LiveCD
      #003 - Burning A Linux CD
    9. Burning ISO: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/BurningIsoHowto
      http://www.everydaylinuxuser.com/2014/05/how-to-create-bootable-linux-mint-usb.html
      http://pcsupport.about.com/od/file-folder/fl/burn-iso-usb.htm
    10. Installing: http://goinglinux.com/articles/InstallLinuxUsingLiveMedia_en.htm
    11. Who Writes Linux? http://www.linuxfoundation.org/news-media/infographics/who-writes-linux-2015
    12. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 279 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #279 · Getting Started With Linux
    00:15 Introduction
    00:55 What is Linux and why should I try it?
    04:05 Misconception: For nerds by nerds
    04:38 Misconception: Linux can not be used as a Windows replacement
    06:15 Choosing the right Linux for you
    08:03 Trying Linux
    09:44 Installing Linux
    10:57 Linux sounds too good to be true!
    13:01 Linux FAQ
    14:48 Linux is more secure
    16:20 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    17:30 End



    Jul 05: #278 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Keneth shares a sharing site. George has concerns. David is doubly honored. Moe, Tim and Richard have issues. Paul offers his thanks and George has gone 100% Linux.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Telikin computer: http://www.telikin.com/
    2. LibreOffice: http://www.libreoffice.org/
    3. OpenOffice: http://openoffice.org
    4. VeraCrypt: https://veracrypt.codeplex.com/
    5. Moe's touchpad article: http://news.yahoo.com/tweak-touchpad-taste-linux-153216645.html
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 278 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #278 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:09 Kenneth: LinuxTracker.org p2p sharing
    02:41 George: Concerns about downloading software
    06:50 Frank: TinyCore
    09:13 David: VeraCrypt shocker
    11:27 Tim: Chrome Remote Desktop not working
    14:40 Moe: Touchpad issues
    21:45 Richard: The X250
    26:03 Paul: Thanks for the help
    26:55 Gone Linux: George LibreOffice vs. OpenOffice
    33:25 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    34:23 End



    Jun 20: #277 - Using VeraCrypt
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    VeraCrypt is High Security Disk Encryption software that picks up from where TrueCrypt left off. The VeraCrypt team has enhanced the security algorithms used for system and partition encryption, improve security and reduced its vulnerability overall. It can mount your old TrueCrypt volumes and allows you to convert TrueCrypt containers and non-system partitions to the VeraCrypt format.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. OpenOffice: http://openoffice.org
    2. Goodbye TrueCrypt: http://www.zdnet.com/article/truecrypt-quits-inexplicable/
    3. Hello VeraCrypt: https://veracrypt.codeplex.com/
    4. VeraCrypt Download: https://veracrypt.codeplex.com/wikipage?title=Downloads IDRIX: https://www.idrix.fr
    5. FLOSS Weekly on VeraCrypt: http://twit.tv/show/floss-weekly/340
    6. VeraCrypt forum: http://sourceforge.net/p/veracrypt/discussion/
    7. Online Documentation: https://veracrypt.codeplex.com/documentation
    8. User Guide (PDF download): https://veracrypt.codeplex.com/downloads/get/1372358
    9. File System comparison: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_file_systems#Supporting_operating_systems
    10. G+ discussion on file system selection: https://plus.google.com/+GeorgeFromtulsa/posts/iBUenrxCW4Q
    11. Our VeraCrypt Screencast Tutorial: http://goinglinux.com/screencasts.html#glsc008
    12. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 277 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #277 · Using VeraCrypt
    00:15 Introduction
    00:44 A new-old office suite to try
    05:18 Listener David suggested an episode on TrueCrypt
    07:34 What is VeraCrypt?
    08:03 System requirements
    08:33 Overview
    09:47 Installing VeraCrypt
    10:26 Cautions when sharing VeraCrypt volumes
    13:47 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    14:51 End



    Jun 05: #276 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill has finally resolved his audio issues. We offer our opinion on software, Gentoo, Ham Radio and Lenovo X250. More on pronouncing "MATE." We offer help on unresponsive script errors and creating a bootable USB drive from OSX.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Mate Desktop: http://mate-desktop.org/
    2. Mate, the beverage and pronunciation: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mate_(beverage)
    3. Unresponsive script error:
      https://support.mozilla.org/en-US/kb/warning-unresponsive-script
    4. Install Ubuntu (or any Linux) on a Mac from a USB stick:
      https://help.ubuntu.com/community/How%20to%20install%20Ubuntu%20on%20MacBook%20using%20USB%20Stick
    5. Lenovo X250 on Ubuntu’s certified hardware program.
      http://www.ubuntu.com/certification/hardware/201501-16339/
    6. Arch Wiki on X250:
      https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Lenovo_ThinkPad_X250
    7. VeraCrypt: https://veracrypt.codeplex.com/
    8. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 276 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #276 · ListenerFeedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:53 Bill has rebuilt his microphone: Back to great audio
    02:34 RIP openSuSE
    03:55 PCLinux OS installer issues
    04:47 Seamonkey
    07:31 Duck Duck Go Search
    09:23 Bill's latest adventures
    12:49 Leonid: Opinion on Gentoo
    13:35 Lyle: Ham Radio
    17:11 David: Bill's noise in recording
    19:11 Richard: Opinion on Lenovo X250
    25:40 Michael: Make bootable Linux USB stick using OSX
    30:30 Michael: New Router
    32:11 Richard: An unresponsive script
    37:16 Linux In The Wild
    40:59 Larry's App Pick: VeraCrypt
    42:47 Bill's App Picks: WordPress, Chirp
    45:15 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    46:46 End



    May 20: #275 - Lightweight Linux Distributions Revisited
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Windows XP is no longer supported and quite a few of the computers that came with XP installed just do not have the specs to run Windows 7 or Windows 8. It's not safe to run an operating system that is no longer supported, so what do you do? Buy a new machine? Or you could try installing a lightweight Linux distribution. We take a fresh look at the array of lightweight distros available today that might make good alternatives for lower-spec machines.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. LXLE http://lxle.net/
    2. Ubuntu Mate https://ubuntu-mate.org/
    3. Lubuntu http://lubuntu.net/
    4. Puppy Linux http://puppylinux.org/
    5. Bodhi Linux http://www.bodhilinux.com/
    6. Tiny Core http://www.tinycorelinux.net/intro.html
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 275 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #275 · Lightweight Linux Distributions Revisited
    00:15 Introduction
    00:43 Bill records on a phone app
    01:33 Bill wants a Cray
    02:59 Bill has SuSE system lockups
    03:51 Blue Griffon and Wordpress
    05:55 Why lightweight Linux distros?
    07:36 The criteria
    08:13 The process
    08:26 LXLE
    12:10 Ubuntu MATE
    15:12 Lubuntu
    17:17 Xubuntu
    18:15 Honorable mentions
    18:26 Puppy Linux
    18:31 Bodi Linux
    19:56 Tiny Core Linux
    23:27 Application pick: Gentoo file manager
    24:04 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    25:00 End



    May 05: #274 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Our fabulous listeners ask the burning questions of the day! They also provide comments on our sound quality, broken hardware, Linux setup, and how they have Gone Linux!

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Skype Install Advice for Jim: http://www.ryankessen.com/2014/08/how-to-install-skype-4-3-on-various-linux-distros/
    2. Evolution: evolutionlinux.com
    3. Arch installation: http://isenmann.blogspot.com/2014/09/an-alternative-way-to-install-pure-arch.html
    4. Stallman on Ubuntu: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CP8CNp-vksc

    5. Veracrypt: https://veracrypt.codeplex.com/
    6. Redshift: www.makeuseof.com/tag/redshift-eyes-sharp-helps-sleep-linux/
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 274 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #274 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:51 10 things that Windows users can do that Linux users can't
    04:48 Jim: 32-bit or 64-bit?
    10:36 Ben: Setup done quickly
    14:57 Michael: Broken CD/DVD drive
    17:54 Sydney: Pronouncing MATE
    19:16 Paul: Recently Bill's audio is too low
    21:17 Gone Linux: Frank
    33:21 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    34:43 End



    Apr 20: #273 - Online Meetings with Linux
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Onine meetings have been popular in business for years. Most applications and services that enable online meetings work well on OSX and Windows, but not all work or work well on Linux. We review and compare important features of some of the most popular solutions and which features of each work on Linux.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. WebRTC:
      http://www.webrtc.org/faq
    2. OpenTokRTC:
      https://opentokrtc.com/
    3. GoToMeeting free:
      https://free.gotomeeting.com
    4. Firefox hello:
      https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/hello/
    5. Skype for web and other options:
      http://www.pcworld.com/article/2859390/how-to-start-chatting-with-webrtc-the-no-hassle-in-browser-voice-and-video-tech.html
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 273 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #273 · Online Meetings with Linux
    00:15 Introduction
    01:44 Online meeting applications
    02:33 Which online meetings work with Linux?
    03:05 Skype installed client
    05:00 Google Hangouts
    06:09 Citrix: GoToMeeting, GoToWebinar, WebEx...
    08:45 WebRTC overview
    09:50 Skype for web
    10:56 Firefox Hello
    11:40 GoToMeeting Free
    13:39 OpenTalk RTC
    14:34 Conclusions
    15:08 The winner is...
    18:19 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    19:15 End



    Apr05: #272 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We hear from the lead developer on Ubuntu MATE. We answer questions about file and boot repair, and we have a Gone Linux story.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. xmodmap tutorial: http://xahlee.info/linux/linux_xmodmap_tutorial.html
    2. System Rescue CD: http://www.sysresccd.org/SystemRescueCd_Homepage
    3. Khan Academy: http://www.khanacademy.org
    4. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 272 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #272 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:50 Len: Facebook?
    04:24 Martin W.: Lead developer on Ubuntu MATE
    07:23 Roger: Boot Repair caveate for Windows 8
    09:07 Martyn: DVD or USB for repair utilities
    11:04 Greg: Asus Transformer and Linux?
    14:26 Jason: Gone Linux
    15:55 Software Pick
    17:22 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    18:26 End



    Mar 20: #271 - Distro Review
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill has prepared a review of several Linux distributions. He also discusses Flight Gear and provides a Gone Linux story.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Peppermint: http://peppermintos.com
    2. Ubuntu MATE: https://ubuntu-mate.org
    3. Elementary: http://elementary.io
    4. OpenSUSE: https://www.opensuse.org
    5. PCLinuxOS: http://www.pclinuxos.com
    6. Mageia: https://www.mageia.org
    7. Fedora: https://getfedora.org
    8. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 271 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #271 · Distro Review
    00:15 Introduction
    02:15 Peppermint
    04:46 Ubuntu MATE
    06:57 Ubuntu 14.04
    09:00 Elementary OS
    11:58 openSuSE
    12:51 PCLinux OS
    13:27 Mageia
    13:52 Fedora
    14:48 Flight Gear
    16:13 Gone Linux story
    18:17 Final comments
    21:39 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    22:40 End



    Mar 05: #270 - Listener Feedback and Fossdem
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We have feedback on migrating to Linux, remote desktop, Linux on SD cards, media keys, and more. We also talk about Spock, we have a Gone Linux story and Knightwise provides an interview with LibreOffice at Fossdem.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. xdotool utility: http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp216
    2. Linux distribution official forums:
      Mint forums: http://forums.linuxmint.com/
      Ubuntu forums: http://ubuntuforums.org/
      Going Linux community: https://plus.google.com/u/0/communities/105537318379179685035
    3. Open Source in Business:
      http://goinglinux.com/articles/OpenSourceInBusiness_en.htm
      http://goinglinux.com/articles/LinuxSoftwareEquivalents_en.htm
      http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp233
    4. RDP:
      http://remmina.sourceforge.net/
    5. TechRadar:
      http://www.techradar.com/us/news/software/applications/7-of-the-best-linux-remote-desktop-clients-716346
    6. Grub:
      https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8lod8sRb_6I
      https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FiJokVR9YaY
      https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i97y5Y2nChs
      https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pmFrEO-kBz8
    7. TrueCrypt on GRC: https://www.grc.com/misc/truecrypt/truecrypt.htm
      VeraCrypt (TrueCrypt fork) https://veracrypt.codeplex.com/
    8. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 270 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #270 · Listener Feedback and Fossdem
    00:15 Introduction
    00:54 Going Linux meetup at SCaLE
    02:15 Leonard Nimoy
    03:42 Dave: Migrating to Linux
    05:56 Ambrose: Disabling multimedia keys
    10:57 Kirill: Remote Desktop
    12:58 Mathijn: Installing Linux on SD cards
    17:40 Andres: Tip to shut down
    18:47 Rob: Truecrypt is still available
    20:11 Tony: Backup issues
    22:00 Greg: Fixed IP addresses
    23:33 David: Lubuntu on an SD card
    25:59 Bob: Gone Linux
    29:54 Knightwise: LibreOffice Interview at Fossdem
    42:05 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    43:50 End



    Feb 20: #269 - What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Advanced
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In our advanced look at what to do when things go wrong on Linux, we describe reinstalling GRUB, using TestDisk to recover deleted partitions, and using BootRepair for a one-button fix for boot problems.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Download TestDisk: http://www.cgsecurity.org/wiki/TestDisk_Download
    2. Our TestDisk Screencast Tutorial: http://goinglinux.com/screencasts.html#glsc009
    3. TestDisk Video:
      https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EncqYP1ijFg
    4. TestDisk Step-By-Step:
      http://www.cgsecurity.org/wiki/TestDisk_Step_By_Step
    5. Fixing GRUB
      Reinstall Grub2 from Mint LiveCD:
      http://community.linuxmint.com/tutorial/view/245
      Ubuntu:
      https://help.ubuntu.com/community/RecoveringUbuntuAfterInstallingWindows
      Videos:
      https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8lod8sRb_6I Nixie Pixel
      https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i97y5Y2nChs
      https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pmFrEO-kBz8
      Command line way:
      http://howtoubuntu.org/how-to-repair-restore-reinstall-grub-2-with-a-ubuntu-live-cd
      Grub Rescue https://www.howtoforge.com/tutorial/repair-linux-boot-with-grub-rescue/
    6. Boot-Repair
      Disk: http://sourceforge.net/p/boot-repair-cd/home/Home/
      From PPA:
      http://www.ubuntugeek.com/boot-repair-a-simple-tool-to-repair-frequent-boot-issues.html
      http://www.howtogeek.com/114884/how-to-repair-grub2-when-ubuntu-wont-boot/
      Ubuntu docs: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Boot-Repair
      Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FiJokVR9YaY
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 269 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #269 · What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Advanced
    00:15 Introduction
    07:28 Reinstall GRUB
    10:24 TestDisk
    19:45 Using bootable BootRepair media
    22:32 Using BootRepair from a bootable Linux distro
    27:42 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    28:42 End



    Feb 05: #268 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    You, our listeners rock! We have a list of corrections you provided, and lots of shared input and ideas around lockups, syncrhonization, backups and optimizing your use of Linux. We even have a 'Linux in the wild' section this time!

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Amazon Glacier clients: http://www.cloudwards.net/best-backup-tools-amazon-glacier/
    2. Moving to Linux.
      http://goinglinux.com/articles/OpenSourceInBusiness_en.htm
      http://goinglinux.com/articles/LinuxSoftwareEquivalents_en.htm
      http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp233
    3. Getting help getting started with Linux:
      Mint forums: http://forums.linuxmint.com/
      Ubuntu forums: http://ubuntuforums.org/
    4. Going Linux community: https://plus.google.com/u/0/communities/105537318379179685035
    5. Youtube videos:
      Youtube DL: http://knightwise.com/kw807-youtube-dl/
      ClipGrab: http://www.omgubuntu.co.uk/2015/01/download-youtube-videos-ubuntu-clipgrab
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 268 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #268 · Listener Feedback
    00:14 Introduction
    00:58 Bill: Broken bones
    03:32 Our Google+ community rocks!
    04:08 Errata
    10:15 Glen: A correction Ctrl+Alt+SysReq
    12:11 Rick: System lockups
    15:43 Tom: Amazon Glacier
    20:14 Michael: Orca Firefox issue
    23:26 Martin: Insynchq
    24:17 Mark: Installing Maker
    27:27 David: Installing Lubuntu on an SD Card
    31:15 Dave: Migrating a small business to Linux
    36:38 JALU: Netrunner clarifications
    38:41 Tony: Saving Youtube videos
    39:41 Ken: Dual monitor issues
    44:18 Michael: Sonar problem solved
    45:44 Linux in the wild
    46:25 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    47:42 End



    Jan 20: #267 - What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Introduction
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Listener Dave suggested this topic. We detail how to recover from a crashed or frozen system. The topics we outline are: How to restart the Cinnamon desktop environment, how to restart the display server, how to restart and how to shut down a partially crashed responsive computer, and how to restart and shut down a completely unresponsive computer. We also walk through recovering accidentally deleted files from your hard drive or removable drive.

    I mistakenly said, "Alt+F3" to start a full-screen terminal session. That is not correct. It's "Ctrl+Alt+F3" that you press. To ensure that all is clear, here are the commands I mentioned.

    System Request Key
    • Restart Cinnamon: Alt+F2 (run) > “r” > Enter
    • Restart XOrg: Ctrl+Alt+Bksp (if it’s enabled)
    • Restart responsive system: Ctrl+Alt+F3 > sudo reboot > Enter
    • Shut down responsive system: Ctrl+Alt+F3 > sudo halt > Enter
    • Restart unresponsive system: Ctrl+Alt+SysRq and then slowly type r-e-i-s-u-b while continuing to hold down the Ctrl and Alt keys
      (No need to hold down the SysRq key.)
    • Shut down unresponsive system (last resort) Press and hold the power button for 2 seconds.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. PhotoRec: http://www.cgsecurity.org/wiki/PhotoRec
    2. Download TestDisk: http://www.cgsecurity.org/wiki/TestDisk_Download
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 267 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #267 · What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Introduction
    00:17 Introduction
    00:48 Just Larry
    02:38 Examples from Linux Mint
    03:33 How to restart Cinnamon
    05:35 How to restart X
    10:14 How to restart a responsive computer from the command line
    12:38 How to shut down a responsive computer from the command line
    13:46 How to restart an unresponsive computer
    18:05 How to force shut down an unresponsive computer
    20:26 How to recover accidentally deleted files
    25:52 Using PhotoRec step-by-step
    35:11 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    36:30 End



    Jan 05: #266 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    As always, we start a new year with your feedback. The Grinch escapes Bill's grasp, Jared helps with printing, Michael asks about Mint versions, Greg wants encryption, Charles gets a new computer and Ken makes a recording.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. TrueCrypt fork - CipherShed: https://ciphershed.org/about/
    2. PIA VPN + OpenVPN on Netrunner: http://forums.netrunner-os.com/showthread.php?tid=16543&highlight=vpn
    3. PIA VPN Linux beta: https://www.privateinternetaccess.com/forum/discussion/comment/13850/#Comment_13850 ISO Master: http://www.littlesvr.ca/isomaster/
    4. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 266 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #266 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:54 Happy New Year
    05:18 Bill and the Grinch
    06:29 Jared: Setting up a Linux printer
    11:37 Michael: Which version of Mint?
    17:25 Greg: TrueCrypt alternatives
    24:14 Jesse: A VPN for Netrunner
    28:37 Charles: Linux pre-installed
    32:10 Ken: Making voice recordings
    36:06 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    37:42 End

    2014 Episodes:
    Dec 20: #265 - 2014 Year End Review
    Dec 19: #264 - Computer America #80
    Dec 05: #263 - Listener Feedback
    Nov 22: #262 - Computer America #79
    Nov 20: #261 - Getting to Know KDE
    Nov 05: #260 - Listener Feedback
    Oct 20: #259 - Assistive Technology-Advanced
    Oct 17: #258 - Computer America #78
    Oct 05: #257 - Listener Feedback
    Sep 20: #256 - Assistive Technology-Introduction
    Sep 19: #255 - Computer America #77
    Sep 05: #254 - Listener Feedback
    Aug 24: #253 - Computer America #76
    Aug 11: #252 - Sonar Gnu/Linux
    Aug 05: #251 - Listener Feedback
    Jul 24: #250 - Introducing Open Source in Business
    Jul 19: #249 - Computer America #75
    Jul 05: #248 - Listener Feedback
    Jun 20: #247 - Setting up a VPN on Linux
    Jun 19: #246 - Computer America #74
    Jun 05: #245 - Listener Feedback
    May 20: #244 - Computer America #73
    May 05: #243 - Listener Feedback
    Apr 20: #242 - Cross-platform Chromebook Apps and Extensions
    Apr 16: #241 - Computer America #72
    Apr 05: #240 - Listener Feedback
    Mar 20: #239 - How Linux Is Put Together
    Mar 19: #238 - Computer America #71
    Mar 05: #237 - Listener Feedback
    Feb 24: #236 - An Interview With Door-To-Door Geek
    Feb 19: #235 - Computer America #70
    Feb 05: #234 - Listener Feedback
    Jan 21: #233 - Linux Software Equivalents in Business
    Jan 21: #232 - Computer America #69
    Jan 05: #231 - Listener Feedback


    Dec 20: #265 - 2014 Year End Review
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In this, our year end show, we review a few Linux distributions, look at the top of the list on Distrowatch, and comment on some of the significant Linux-related happenings throughout the year.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Distrowatch: http://www.distrowatch.com
    2. Google Drive client options: http://www.howtogeek.com/196635/an-official-google-drive-for-linux-is-here-sort-of-maybe-this-is-all-well-ever-get/
    3. Why no Google Drive native client? http://www.howtogeek.com/196635/an-official-google-drive-for-linux-is-here-sort-of-maybe-this-is-all-well-ever-get/
    4. Netflix on Linux well sort of..... http://www.pcworld.com/article/2824623/ubuntu-linux-gets-netflix-without-weird-workarounds.html
    5. Redhat and Centos join up! http://www.redhat.com/en/about/press-releases/red-hat-and-centos-join-forces
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 265 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #265 · 2014 Year End Review
    00:15 Introduction
    05:49 Open Suse mini review
    17:19 Google Drive options
    27:03 2014 distro news
    27:22 Linux Mint
    35:14 Microsoft loves Linux
    35:42 Top 5 on Distrowatch
    36:35 Mageia
    37:54 Devuan
    41:32 RedHat gets buddy-buddy with CentOS
    45:26 Netflix on Linux
    48:19 Shout out to other podcasts
    53:20 Sonar GNU/Linux
    56:28 Farewell Computer America
    60:33 The future of Going Linux
    61:59 Was 2014 the year of the Linux desktop?
    65:27 Predictions for 2015
    69:04 Application pick
    71:39 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    72:46 End



    Dec 19: #264 - Computer America #80
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: Applications for Linux That I Use Every Day - And They’re Not Just For Linux! Some of the best Linux software is cross-platform. That means it runs on Windows, OSX and sometimes the ChromeOS, Android and iOS, too. This show contains over 20 applications that I use on a regular basis to manage my personal, podcasting and professional life.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Chrome: https://www.google.com/chrome/browser/
    2. LastPass: https://lastpass.com
    3. Gmail: https://gmail.com
    4. Google Calendar: https://www.google.com/calendar
    5. Audacity: http://audacity.sourceforge.net
    6. LibreOffice: http://www.libreoffice.org
    7. Maker: http://www.makercms.org/
    8. BlueGriffon: http://bluegriffon.org
    9. Gimp: http://www.gimp.org
    10. Filezilla: http://filezilla-project.org
    11. HP ePrint: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HP_ePrint
    12. Synergy: http://synergy-project.org/
    13. VNC: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Virtual_Network_Computing
    14. Skype: http://www.skype.com
    15. Google Hangouts: https://www.google.com/hangouts
    16. Lightworks: http://www.lwks.com/
    17. VLC: http://videolan.org/vlc
    18. Plain Text Email for multiple clients: http://www.maketecheasier.com/read-email-in-plain-text/
    19. Point Linux: http://pointlinux.org/
    20. Text Editor: Whatever is the default
    21. File Sharing & Sync: Google Drive, Dropbox, Box
    22. Collaboration: Skype Chat, Google Chat, Salesforce Chatter
    23. Screenshots: Shutter, SnagIt Google app
    24. Screencasts/Video: RecordMyDesktop (Linux), SnagIt Google app (everywhere), Google Hangouts (groups)
    25. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 264 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #264 · Computer America #80
    00:15 Introduction
    01:12 Craig, Ben and Larry are joined by Marcel Gagne
    02:32 Introducing: Marcel Gagne
    05:11 Topic: Applications for Linux That I Use Every Day - And They’re Not Just For Linux!
    06:17 Chrome browser
    15:09 LastPass
    18:29 Gmail
    26:53 Cloud File Sync Services
    29:21 Google Calendar
    29:54 Audacity
    31:47 LibreOffice
    34:31 Charles Tendell calls in
    37:51 Maker
    39:00 BlueGriffon
    40:04 Gimp
    42:55 Inkscape
    44:11 Filezilla
    44:53 HP ePrint
    48:17 Synergy
    50:10 Marcel's Christmas message
    57:51 VNC
    58:37 Skype
    59:00 Google Hangouts
    59:13 Lightworks
    59:43 VLC
    60:03 ... and the rest
    63:04 Living n the cloud
    65:42 Michael: Backups question
    68:33 Jonathan: About Charles
    70:30 Michael: Getting Orca to read webpages better
    74:06 Jim: Leaving computers on all the time
    82:04 Sleep mode vs. Hibernation
    86:19 David: Leaving computers on all the time? Really?
    87:58 John: Point Linux
    89:41 Just another Linux distribution
    92:03 Jim: Alternative search engine
    95:56 Does Larry need a Kickstarter campaign?
    97:06 Brandon: Thanks us for Sonar
    98:14 Pass the spaghetti
    98:55 What? Me, prepare?
    100:07 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    102:36 End



    Dec 05: #263 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We have old topics, new topics, questions, "Gone Linux" stories and application picks. This month, we have it all!

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Perspective on BleachBit:
      http://www.howtogeek.com/forum/topic/is-bleachbit-a-good-system-cleaner-better-than-ccleaner
    2. Our article that includes how to setup TRIM: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Optimize_Linux_For_SSD_Drive_en.htm
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 263 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #263 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    03:12 Richard: An old dead topic
    04:18 Chard: Disk cleaning
    08:32 Jim: An update and some questions
    20:38 Brandon: Up and running with Sonar
    23:33 Steve: Gone Linux
    26:38 Conky Manager
    30:21 In-place upgrades
    34:42 MATE Desktop
    37:05 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    38:13 End



    Nov 22: #262 - Computer America #79
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Larry's second last appearance as the regular Linux correspondent on Computer America. Topic: The computer operating system doesn't matter anymore... so you should use Linux! Call me 'cheap' or just 'frugal' but I don't like spending money without a good reason. As long as you have an Internet connection and a browser, why do you need a specific computer? You don't need an expensive computer. Even a modest one with a good Internet connection can run cloud applications quickly -- because most, if not all, of the processing takes place on the Internet.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. On-line Office products: http://www.tomsitpro.com/articles/cloud-office-suites,2-690.html
    2. Auphonic: https://auphonic.com/
    3. AnyMeeting: https://www.anymeeting.com
    4. BigBluebutton: http://bigbluebutton.org/
    5. Fuze: https://www.fuze.com
    6. Google Hangouts: http://www.google.com/+/learnmore/hangouts/
    7. Skype for the web: http://venturebeat.com/2014/11/14/microsoft-launches-skype-for-web-in-beta-plugin-free-video-chat-that-works-in-all-major-browsers/
    8. Google Drive: https://support.google.com/drive
    9. Stallman on Ubuntu: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CP8CNp-vksc
    10. AntiX Linux: http://distrowatch.com/table.php?distribution=antix
    11. Learn Python for free: http://codecademy.com
    12. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 262 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #262 · Computer America #79
    00:15 Introduction
    03:56 Announcement
    06:33 Topic: The computer operating system doesn't matter anymore... so you should use Linux!
    52:45 Frank: Feedback in five parts
    61:51 Learning Python
    64:21 Software recommendations
    68:43 About the show
    72:53 Thanks
    75:02 Jack: Good work on 261, Bill
    76:53 Charles: Does the Galago Pro stand up to everyday use
    89:12 Ken: Linux pre-installed
    92:40 Michael: Setting up Ubuntu and Orca
    94:56 Jack: ssh and Internet connections
    100:55 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    102:11 End



    Nov 20: #261 - Getting to Know KDE
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill recorded, edited and produced the body of this episode about KDE. He reviews some distributions that feature KDE. He highlights the differences in how KDE is implemented in each of those distributions.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 261 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #261 · Getting to Know KDE
    00:15 Introduction
    00:43 Bill does the episode production
    03:55 Bill breaks the studio
    04:36 What would you like to hear next?
    06:23 Getting to know KDE
    07:20 Background
    07:38 KDE on Kubuntu 14.10
    08:41 KDE on OpenSuSE 13.2
    10:36 KDE on Fedora 20
    12:12 KDE on PCLinuxOS
    13:36 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    14:57 End



    Nov 05: #260 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    This month, Paul has a complaint, Ryan and Vic have recommendations and Matt and Michael comment on Orca. Check it out! Ryan has a podcast, too! And more...

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Play iTunes content on Linux - tunesviewer: http://tunesviewer.sourceforge.net/
    2. Auphonic: https://auphonic.com/
    3. Ryan's podcast - Honest, open and vulnerable podcast: http://hovpodcast.wordpress.com/
    4. Sonar: http://sonargnulinux.com
    5. Vinux: http://vinuxproject.org/
    6. Kali: http://www.kali.org/
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 260 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #260 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:08 TWC under promises and over delivers. Twice!
    11:10 Paul: A complaint
    16:28 Vic: Tunesviewer
    20:06 Mesh networks
    23:36 Ryan: Gone Linux story and Auphonic
    32:20 Matt: Kali has Orca now
    34:48 Michael: Orca 'on' by default?
    44:16 Ken: Buying Linux pre-installed
    46:11 Steve: Gone Linux
    51:08 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    52:03 End



    Oct 20: #259 - Assistive Technology-Advanced
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In today's episode, a more in-depth look at assistive technology for desktop computers. Assistive technology is designed to provide assistance to people with disabilities and impairments to help them improve or maintain the capabilities that their condition is preventing. Looking at the assistive technology in Sonar Linux as an example, we describe some of the assistive software that is available for almost any Linux distribution.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Sonar: http://sonargnulinux.com
    2. Computers for Sonar: http://sonargnulinux.com/?page_id=102
    3. Sonar Getting Started Guide: http://sonargnulinux.com/?p=230
    4. OpenDyslexic font: http://opendyslexic.org/
    5. eViacam: http://eviacam.sourceforge.net
    6. eViacam help: http://eviacam.sourceforge.net/help/en/contents.htm
    7. Orca screen reader: https://help.gnome.org/users/orca/stable/
    8. Orca documentation: https://help.gnome.org/users/orca/stable/#reading
    9. Orca key bindings: https://help.gnome.org/users/orca/stable/howto_key_bindings.html.en
    10. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 259 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #259 · Assistive Technology-Advanced
    00:15 Introduction
    00:49 New podcast recording and editing machine
    04:46 Assistive technology
    06:50 Screen Magnification
    08:19 On-screen keyboard
    09:18 Head and eye-tracking software
    11:18 Screen reader
    15:03 Keyboard shortcuts
    18:14 Usability of web browsers
    22:10 Multi-language
    23:20 Voice recognition in Sonar
    24:30 The Sonar "Getting Started Guide"
    25:29 How to help the project
    27:43 Accessibility on other distributions
    28:51 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    29:49 End



    Oct 17: #258 - Computer America #78
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: Apple was right! The magic of hardware and operating system made for each other. Everything just works when a computer's hardware and software are designed to work together.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Article -Hardware Designed For Linux: http://goinglinux.com/articles/HardwareDesignedForLinux_en.htm
    2. System76: http://system76.com
    3. System76 14.1” Galago UltraPro: https://system76.com/laptops/model/galu1
    4. Ubuntu: http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop
    5. Linux Mint: http://www.linuxmint.com/
    6. Zareason 14.1” UltraLap 440: http://zareason.com/shop/UltraLap-440.html
    7. Ken’s comments on G+: https://plus.google.com/113185965726696368763/posts/BvRKgoi3Stt
    8. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 258 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #258 · Computer America #78
    00:15 Introduction
    03:19 Topic: Apple was right! The magic of hardware and operating system made for each other
    23:21 What does the System76 driver do?
    30:15 The reason Windows comes pre-installed
    51:35 The reason OSX comes pre-installed
    57:58 The reason to get a computer with Linux pre-installed
    59:43 Why do we tinker with a computer?
    70:33 Ken: Wait! You buy a new computer pre-installed with Linux, then replace the OS?
    78:20 Joe: Backups?
    87:38 Paul: Bill's mention of encryption
    92:06 Ken: Netflix unlocked for Linux?
    94:57 Rainy: Problems with AntennaPod
    98.59 Rob: Nemo media columns extension problem
    100:52 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    122:43 End



    Oct 05: #257 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We've received a lot of email from our listeners around the latest trend in Linux: Security concerns! We discuss the Bash bug, pasting commands into a terminal, and how malicious shell scripts can cause damage. We also discuss speech synthesis and speech recognition, photo management and more.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Bash bug (Shellshock): https://web.nvd.nist.gov/view/vuln/detail?vulnId=CVE-2014-6271
      Shellshock already exploited by Metasploit: http://www.csoonline.com/article/2687265/application-security/remote-exploit-in-bash-cve-2014-6271.html
      How to protect yourself. https://plus.google.com/113185965726696368763/posts/9tG6XxSeF5Z
    2. AntennaPod problems: https://plus.google.com/113185965726696368763/posts/ZDbvdDYLqPG
    3. Encrypted hard drive: http://www.howtogeek.com/116297/how-to-recover-an-encrypted-home-directory-on-ubuntu/?PageSpeed=noscript
    4. Way too many things to do after installing Linux: http://sites.google.com/site/easylinuxtipsproject/mint-cinnamon-first
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 257 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #257 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:02 Still running Sabayon
    01:14 Paul: Shellshock
    04:15 How to test
    04:57 Are you vulnerable?
    06:51 Free OSs beat Google and Apple to a patch
    07:30 How will this affect you?
    08:23 The real risk is you!
    10:00 The bigger problem
    11:19 Will virus protection help?
    11:41 How does a shell script cause damage?
    14:30 Paul: Pasting commands from forums
    19:16 Rainy: Problem with AntennaPod
    22:05 Angelo: More of screen readers
    26:06 Michael: Speech synthesis and recognition
    29:44 Shoji: Photo programs
    32:48 Paul: So much to do after installing!
    36:09 Paul: Linux firewalls
    40:05 Stay secure -- stay updated.
    40:59 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    41:57 End



    Sep 20: #256 - Assistive Technology-Introduction
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In today's episode, an introduction to assistive technology for desktop computers. Assistive technology is known by several names: Accessible technology, adaptive technology, rehabilitative devices, accessible computing, assistive devices, and more. Whatever it's called, it's designed to provide assistance to people with disabilities and impairments to help them improve or maintain the capabilities that their condition is preventing.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Sonar: http://sonargnulinux.com
    2. Screen Readers: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_screen_readers
    3. OpenDyslexic font: http://opendyslexic.org/
    4. eViacam: http://eviacam.sourceforge.net
    5. Orca screen reader: https://help.gnome.org/users/orca/stable/
    Episode 256 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #256 · Assistive Technology-Introduction
    00:15 Introduction
    00:45 Welcome back Bill!
    05:06 Assistive Technology
    06:02 What is assistive technology?
    08:00 What is assistive technology for computers?
    08:03 Screen Readers
    14:57 Screen magnification
    16:56 OpenDyslexic font
    18:01 Head and eye tracking software
    21:06 On-screen keyboards
    21:45 Not just for the disabled
    23:08 Why is assistive technology important for the disabled?
    24:03 Jonathan Nadeau
    26:13 Next time: Advanced
    26:47 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    27:53 End



    Sep 19: #255 - Computer America #77
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: The state of accessibility in Linux. "There are 1 billion people in the world with some type of disability. 360 million of these people are blind and have low vision. 90% of these people live in developing countries. How are they accessing technology you and I take for granted everyday? The problem is they're not. There is proprietary software for accessible technology but it is extremely expensive and out of reach of the people that need to use it in order to access a computer. Did you know that 80% of blind people in the United States are unemployed? That's why this is very important."

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 255 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #255 · Computer America #77
    00:15 Introduction
    01:08 Hello and welcome
    06:24 Topic: The state of Accessibility in Linux
    08:30 Why does the box shuts when installing applications in Fedora?
    10:43 Jaws on 5 systems
    12:18 Definition: Accessibility
    13:33 Is open source accessibility expensive, like Windows accessibility programs tend to be?
    17:09 Why is Jaws so expensive?
    19:43 Assistive technology
    23:15 Why is assistive technology important?
    26:22 Why make a complete operating system for people with disabilities?
    29:28 Google and Apple have done great work in text to speech and speech to text
    30:12 Interview with Spencer Hunley
    32:02 Examples of open source assistive technology
    32:38 Orca screen reader
    36:39 Screen magnifier
    37:48 On-screen keyboard
    38:37 eViacam head and eye tracking
    41:01 Dasher text entry interface
    42:48 OpenDyslexic font
    47:22 eViacam details
    50:31 Jim: File sharing on a Windows network
    59:00 David: Lubuntu question
    66:22 Arch slay command issue
    70:09 Mario: Wants Tahoma font
    72:58 Steve: 16 hour upgrade from he11!
    82:01 Will: Find the episode listing
    84:11 Curbuntu: AutoKey issues
    90:28 Joe: Are 64-bit drivers still a problem?
    95:43 Curbuntu: A "going mac" question
    99:48 David: Flash is no longer working
    103:38 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    105:08 End



    Sep 05: #254 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We have both feedback from listeners an to listeners in this episode. Alternatives to iTunes for Linux, getting past episodes onto CD/DVD, karaoke software for Linux, and increasing the cursor size are the topics for this month.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 254 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #254 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:54 Stephan: iTunes under Linux
    04:25 Paul: Past episodes on CD, karaoke, increasing cursor size
    09:09 Feedback for our listeners
    11:26 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    12:30 End



    Aug 24: #253 - Computer America #76
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: The most Googled Questions about Linux -- and some answers. We thought we'd try a few searches about our favorite operating system to reveal today's burning questions about Linux. Then we thought we’d answer them for you. We typed these four phrases into Google and waited for the suggestions to pop up.
    why is linux
    can linux
    does linux
    will linux

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Our article: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Most-Googled-Linux-Questions_en.htm
    2. The oddest places you'll find Linux: http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp199
    3. Why arguing that Windows is better... makes you look silly: http://www.linux.com/news/software/applications/768257-why-arguing-that-windows-is-better-than-linux-makes-you-look-silly
    4. exFAT (Microsoft proprietary file system for flash drives): http://askubuntu.com/questions/370398/how-to-get-a-drive-formatted-with-exfat-working
    5. Netflix: http://www.omgubuntu.co.uk/2014/08/netflix-linux-html5-support-plugins
    6. Steam: http://www.omgubuntu.co.uk/2014/08/steam-linux-client-new-look-update
    7. Linux Enterprise Support: (Oracle, Red Hat, Suse) https://www.google.com/search?btnG=1&pws=0&q=linux+enterprise+support
    8. Wine App Database: https://appdb.winehq.org/
    9. Minecraft on Linux: http://www.everydaylinuxuser.com/2013/12/how-to-install-minecraft-for-ubuntu.html
    10. Linux Journal's link bait: http://www.linuxjournal.com/content/linux-security-threats-rise
    11. Keyboard Remapping:
      https://pqrs.org/macosx/keyremap4macbook/pckeyboardhack.html.en
      https://pqrs.org/macosx/keyremap4macbook/
    12. Package repository for OSX: http://brew.sh/
    13. Sonar 2014.1 http://sonargnulinux.com
    14. Synergy - share one keyboard and mouse with multiple computers http://goinglinux.com/articles/UsingSynergyOnLinuxAndWindows_en.htm
    15. Getting to GRUB: http://askubuntu.com/questions/16042/how-to-get-to-the-grub-menu-at-boot-time
    16. Checking an MD5 Sum: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/HowToMD5SUM
    17. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 253 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #253 · Computer America #76
    00:15 Introduction
    02:50 IRC Chat Room
    05:57 Topic: The most Googled questions about Linux
    10:00 Why is Linux better?
    16:09 Why is Linux more secure?
    23:57 Why is Linux free?
    28:43 News Tips Bulletin Review
    31:36 Why is Linux better than Windows?
    32:12 Why is Linux faster than Windows?
    35:02 Can Linux read NTFS?
    36:51 Can Linux run Windows games?
    43:33 Can Linux read exFAT?
    44:40 Can Linux get Viruses?
    49:34 Does Minecraft work on Linux?
    50:41 Does iTunes work on Linux?
    52:59 Does Netflix work on Linux
    53:45 Does Steam work on Linux
    58:29 Will Linux overtake Windows?
    61:06 Will Linux run on a Mac
    64:41 Will Linux run on my computer?
    65:33 Will Linux run Windows games?
    66:29 Will: OSX tips
    68:42 Will Linux make me better looking?
    70:17 Richard: Upgrade issues
    73:08 Del: Can I burn 64-bit on 32-bit?
    77:53 Jonathan: Sonar GNU/Linux
    73:57 Matt: Do you like Synergy?
    76:06 News Tips Bulletin Review
    79:27 Bill: Bootloader trouble
    83:32 Andrew: Gone Linux story
    87:17 Amy: Handling file formats in a Linux-only office
    94:40 'Back in my day...'
    111:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    114:26 End



    Aug 11: #252 - Sonar Gnu/Linux
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Jonathan Nadeau announces and discusses the release of Sonar 2014.1 on our podcast. Sonar has moved from being based off of Ubuntu to now being based off of Manjaro Linux and this is the first release using Manjaro as it's base. Toward the end of the interview, Jonathan mentions a new Sonar flavor. Raspberry!

    Now Sonar will always have the latest and greatest in assistive technology for it's users. Sonar uses Gnome as it's default desktop but we will be releaseing a Mate version in a few. weeks. Sonar has been working very close with the Mate team and they had done a lot of work to assure the accessibility of the Mate desktop. They hope to have a Mate release in a few weeks. Here are some of the features of Sonar 2014.1

    Gnome 3.12
    Orca screen reader for blind users.
    Screen magnification for low vision users
    A font to use for people with dyslexia
    On screen keyboards for people with low motor skills.
    Eye/head tracking software to move the cursor on the screen with a webcam.

    This is the best release of Sonar yet.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Sonar GNU/Linux website: http://www.sonargnulinux.com
    2. Sonar on Manjaro Forums: https://forum.manjaro.org/index.php?board=17.0
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 252 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #252 · Sonar Gnu/Linux
    00:15 Introduction
    03:44 Release of Sonar 2014.1
    04:43 What is Sonar?
    05:13 Orca screen reader
    05:55 Screen magnification
    06:20 On-screen keyboard features
    07:55 eViaCam eye-tracking
    08:59 How do Manjaro and Arch Linux fit in?
    11:27 Why the switch to Manjaro?
    15:47 Sonar on the Manjaro forum
    16:24 Full-time lead developer Kyle Brouhard
    18:52 Jonathan's work with Easter Seals Boston
    21:48 What is "Computers for Sonar?"
    24:33 What about hardware with EUEFI/Secure Boot?
    27:19 Donate a computer for Sonar
    27:57 Gnome and MATE versions
    30:28 Sonar Pi?
    31:35 How to join and donate
    32:28 Getting involved with Sonar
    34:03 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    35:10 End



    Aug 05: #251 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We help our listeners with upgrade issues, backup suggestions, and installation issues. We also have both a "Gone Linux" story and a "Linux in the Wild" story. Our application pick, yEd, is for anyone who needs to make flow diagrams, process diagrams, network diagrams, etc.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Clonezilla Article: http://goinglinux.com/articles/ClonezillaLive_en.htm
    2. Episode 29: http://shownotes.goinglinux.com#glp029
    3. Episode 31: http://shownotes.goinglinux.com#glp031
    4. yEd Graph Editor: http://www.yworks.com/en/products_yed_about.html
    5. Adam Fowler’s talk (YouTube) https://t.co/TpFoH4Rzjy
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 251 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #251 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:58 Solo
    01:13 Richard: Upgrading issues
    04:36 Rajesh: Software for making mirror backups
    08:19 Gomez: (Re)installing packages from a list
    13:39 Walter: Gone Linux
    16:09 Greg: Linux in the Wild
    17:18 Software Pick: yEd
    20:04 Linux distro review
    20:57 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    21:53 End



    Jul 24: #250 - Introducing Open Source in Business
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In a previous episode, Troy provided us with his (and his company's) recommendations on which applications are best accepted by his Small Business customers switching to Linux. In fact, we wrote an article on the website detailing the list. Today, we thought we'd discuss some things to consider when attempting to get Linux and Open Source software adopted in your company.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Episode 233: http://shownotes.goinglinux.com#glp233
    2. Our article: Open Source Software in Business
    3. Troy’s recommendations:
      http://goinglinux.com/articles/LinuxSoftwareEquivalents_en.htm
      http://shownotes.goinglinux.com#glp233
    4. OpenSource.com article:
      http://opensource.com/business/14/5/negotiate-open-source-on-the-job
    5. What Open Source means to me:
      https://github.com/nickdesaulniers/What-Open-Source-Means-To-Me
    6. Linux Foundation 2013 Report
      http://www.linuxfoundation.org/publications/linux-foundation/linux-adoption-trends-end-user-report-2013
    7. Katherine Noyes PC World:
      http://www.pcworld.com/article/2035651/open-source-is-taking-over-the-software-world-survey-says.html
    8. Black Duck Future of Open Source:
      http://www.blackducksoftware.com/news/releases/2014-future-open-source-survey-results-revealed
    9. 16 wierdest places you can find Linux:
      http://www.computerworld.com/slideshow/detail/142210/16-weirdest-places-you-can-find-Linux
    10. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 250 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #250 · Introducing Open Source in Business
    00:15 Introduction
    01:28 Making the argument
    02:37 Delivering the right message
    07:11 Convincing the right people
    08:28 6 key advantages to use to make your case for open source
    09:33 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    10:41 End



    Jul 19: #249 - Computer America #75
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: Linux and total world domination... at least in the world of super computers! During the show, the Java-based chat room crashes 5 times on Craig and he has had enough. Charles takes on the challenge, finds a new chat room, configures it, moves all the listeners to it, and has it up and running before the end of the show. In fact, he goes from concept to fully-functional and live in about an hour. We answer a few Linux questions, solve some problems, listen to a "gone Linux" story and a "Linux in the wild" story as well.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Top 500 List
      The list: http://www.top500.org/lists/
      Slice and dice: http://www.top500.org/statistics/list/
    2. ZDNet on today’s super computers:
      http://www.zdnet.com/linux-dominates-supercomputers-as-never-before-7000030890/#ftag=RSS510d04f
    3. Lunduke in Linux.com on the super computers:
      http://www.linux.com/news/hardware/servers/780158-the-linux-supercomputers-we-secretly-fear-will-become-sentient
    4. Vic’s out-of-date reference to dpkg problems:
      http://podcast.ubuntu-uk.org/2009/07/23/s02e09-the-dimensions-of-time/
    5. Pete from OpenSmallBusinessSolutions.com (video tutorials) has provided our listeners with a $10 discount by using the discount code "goinglinux". http://www.opensmallbusinesssolutions.com
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 249 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #249 · Computer America #75
    00:15 Introduction

    01:36 Tech troubles in broadcast land
    01:56 New night - third Thursday
    04:34 Topic: Linux and total world domination
    05:51 The Linux operating system has 97% of the market
    24:48 Too... many... chat... windows...
    28:21 Audience says... "This topic is boring!"
    30:58 The java-based chat crashes 5 times on Craig
    31:24 Mission for Charles - Find new chat software
    33:10 Charles convices Craig to use IRC (yay!)
    34:02 Charles starts to build it - while we are on the air!
    35:16 Charles has it running
    36:02 Running Portal on a super computer
    36:43 Charles finishes the new chat room
    37:33 The members of the existing chat room move to the new one
    39:07 It works!
    41:38 The new chat room runs Linux!
    52:00 Vic: Upgrading
    62:04 Kevin: NAS or NOT?
    70:00 Fiddling with the new chat...
    73:34 Tom: Partitioning problems
    74:37 More chat tweaks...
    79:28 The new Computer America HTML5 IRC chat room (running Linux) is LIVE!
    83:02 Pete - opensmallbusinesssolutions.com - a discount code!
    86:44 Walter: Microsoft-less
    90:35 John: Trouble with Mint17
    95:50 Greg: Linux in the wild
    97:48 Englebert: Switched to Linux
    100:50 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    102:45 End



    Jul 05: #248 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In this episode we discuss file synchronization, installing on EFI machines and answer your questions about backports, where to start, and more.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Sync Thing instructions: https://plus.google.com/113185965726696368763/posts/fX8uU6Sgx2H
    2. Mint Backup: Go to step D1.2 in this tutorial. http://community.linuxmint.com/tutorial/view/2
    3. Install Mint on EFI machine: http://community.linuxmint.com/tutorial/view/1643
    4. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 248 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #248 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:03 Bill tries Spideroak
    04:17 SyncThing
    05:43 Dropbox is now more liberal?
    06:06 OneDrive gives you more space for free
    09:21 The return of Resonant Frequency
    11:09 Robert: PCLinux OS issues
    14:54 Richard: When to use backports
    20:34 Bruce: Audio quality and other things
    27:10 Craig: A question for new listeners to the podcast
    31:12 Amy: Doing her part for open source, talks backups
    37:27 Mark: A recommendation for Bill
    39:49 Mint17 supports EFI in the installer
    42:40 Computer America appearance changes
    43:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    44:36 End



    Jun 20: #247 - Setting up a VPN on Linux
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In episode 244, Computer America 73, we discussed setting up a particular VPN (Virtual Private Network) That VPN is ProXPN, but there are many other VPN options and in this episode we talk about some of those options. We discuss some of the common settings for using a VPN on some of the most popular Linux distributions.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. GNU Gluco Control: http://www.opensourcediabetes.org/index.php
    2. ProXPN on Linux:
      https://support.proxpn.com/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/52/7/pptp-on-linux
      https://support.proxpn.com/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/53/7/pptp-on-linux-additional-info
    3. Cinnamon PPA for Ubuntu to close:
      http://www.omgubuntu.co.uk/2014/05/ubuntu-cinnamon-desktop-ppa-retired
    4. Shutter 0.91 released:
      http://www.omgubuntu.co.uk/2014/06/shutter-0-91-new-icon
    5. Configuring VPN:
      http://www.cyberciti.biz/tips/howto-configure-ubuntu-fedora-linux-pptp-client.html
    6. Fix grayed out VPN settings:
      http://www.blackmoreops.com/2014/06/05/enable-vpn-kali-linux/
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 247 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #247 · Setting up a VPN on Linux
    00:15 Introduction
    00:41 Skype fails again!
    02:42 Bill moves to Ubuntu 14.04
    03:23 CQRLog
    03:46 gnuGlucoControl
    06:00 Bill crashed Manjaro/Arch
    08:13 Sabayon does well in our upcoming review
    09:59 Cinnamon Repositories Closing
    14:13 What is a VPN?
    15:34 Why use a VPN?
    22:53 How do I set-up a VPN?
    25:58 openVPN
    32:31 Does using a VPN affect your connection speed
    34:07 Zenmate VPN extension for Chrome
    36:58 Shutter
    40:34 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    41:35 End



    Jun 19: #246 - Computer America #74
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: "10 things to do after installing Linux Mint 17"

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Going Linux Article: http://goinglinux.com/articles/InitialSetupLinuxMint17_en.htm
    2. Binary Tides has 20 things to do: http://www.binarytides.com/better-linux-mint-17-cinnamon/
    3. Broadcom fix: http://forums.linuxmint.com/viewtopic.php?f=49&t=169434&p=870973&hilit=broadcom#p870973
    4. Installing Apps: Use dpkg to backup and restore installed apps: http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp245
    5. Cloud Storage:
      Episode 215 http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp215
      Dropbox: https://www.dropbox.com
      SpiderOak: https://spideroak.com
      OneDrive (formerly SkyDrive): http://onedrive.live.com
      Google Drive: https://drive.google.com
    6. SyncThing Peer-to-peer file sharing (based on bittorrent sync):
      http://www.webupd8.org/2014/06/syncthing-open-source-bittorrent-sync.html
    7. Podcast Simple-Chapters http://podlove.org/simple-chapters/
      Podcast Feature Comparison Matrix (see column R)
      https://docs.google.com/spreadsheet/ccc?key=0AjVIXWN8HnOedEpwZllJV0RRMmtqbUFrSmJ5ZFVSekE
    8. Fixing Robb’s boot issue:
      http://askubuntu.com/questions/174682/the-disk-drive-boot-efi-is-not-ready-yet-or-not-present-error
    9. Optimize for SSD: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Optimize_Linux_For_SSD_Drive_en.htm
    10. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 246 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #246 · Computer America #74
    00:15 Introduction
    111:03 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    112:05 End



    Jun 05: #245 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Linux on laptops, how to upgrade Linux Mint, GRUB, passwords and chapters for the podcast are all topics this month.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. simple-chapters: http://podlove.org/simple-chapters/
    2. Use the command line to save the list as a file named "selections_file.txt":
      dpkg --get-selections > selections_file.txt
      Then, after you have completed the re-install, you use the command:
      dpkg --set-selections < selections_file.txt
      to tell the package manager that you want to install the files.
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 245 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #245 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:08 Bill: Still running Crunchbang
    03:42 Jason: About upgrades
    15:45 Chris: Linux on an older laptop
    21:29 Kevin: KeePass(X)
    23:01 Gus: A GRUB suggestion
    24:49 Nils: Podcast chapters
    28:03 Linux in the wild
    31:39 Renew a ham radio license using Linux
    34:03 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    35:05 End



    May 20: #244 - Computer America #73
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: Setting up a VPN on the new Linux Mint 17. We discuss setting up proXPN and other VPN solutions on Mint. We review the new features of Mint 17, as presented in the Release Candidate (RC). We read listener email and Google+ community posts.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. ProXPN Linux Setup:
      Thanks to Ferdy at the 24x7 help desk for these instructions.
      No client download is necessary for Linux Mint, Ubuntu and most other versions of Linux. You do need the premium account, so use the Computer America discount code. (COMPAM)
      1. Access your Networking settings from System Settings Manager.
      2. Once you click Add or the plus sign to add a new connection you will be taken to a screen which lets you setup the connection.
      3. If you are asked to select an Interface, choose “VPN” and click Create.
      4. Next, select the connection type. Select "Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP) and click Create.
      5. In the VPN panel under the General add the VPN node of your choice into the Gateway:
        Here is a complete list of PPTP VPN hostnames (locations)for Premium proXPN accounts:
        UK 78.157.207.134 pptp-uk1.proxpn.com
        Seattle 216.18.231.181 pptp-se1.proxpn.com
        Singapore 223.27.170.53 pptp-sg1a.proxpn.com
        NY1 173.231.141.116 pptp-ny1a.proxpn.com
        NY2 50.7.71.84 pptp-bny1.proxpn.com
        NL 213.179.213.7 pptp-nl1.proxpn.com
        Miami 50.7.67.42 pptp-mfl.proxpn.com
        LA 64.27.29.68 pptp-la1.proxpn.com
        Dallas 107.6.100.5 pptp-d1.proxpn.com
        Czech 50.7.207.238 pptp-cz.proxpn.com
      6. Under optional, enter first your email address then your password.
      7. Click Advanced and make sure that Use Point-to-Point encryption (MPPE) and Allow stateful encryption under Security and Compression are checked then click OK.
      8. Click Save.
    2. ProXPN on Linux:
      https://support.proxpn.com/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/52/7/pptp-on-linux https://support.proxpn.com/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/53/7/pptp-on-linux-additional-info
    3. Configuring VPN:
      http://www.cyberciti.biz/tips/howto-configure-ubuntu-fedora-linux-pptp-client.html
    4. Cinnamon features overview:
      http://www.linuxmint.com/rel_qiana_cinnamon_whatsnew.php
    5. MATE feaatures overview:
      http://www.linuxmint.com/rel_qiana_mate_whatsnew.php
    6. MPRIS Specification http://specifications.freedesktop.org/mpris-spec/latest/index.html
    7. Other VPN Software: openvpn http://openvpn.net,
      vpnc (Cisco specific) http://www.unix-ag.uni-kl.de/~massar/vpnc/
    8. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 244 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #244 · Computer America #73
    00:15 Introduction
    03:33 New segment
    07:57 Topic: Setting up a VPN on the new Linux Mint 17
    10:03 proXPN discount code COMPAM
    12:10 proXPN is cross-platform, runs on Linux but is not supported on Linux
    12:48 Linux Mint 17 RC
    13:22 What is a VPN?
    15:40 Must use PPTP for Linux and Android
    17:25 openvpn
    18:55 Network Manager has PPTP settings built-in
    21:29 How does a VPN protect me?
    26:46 Are "incognito mode" and/or TOR alternatives to VPN?
    28:27 The proXPN interview
    29:22 News tips bulletin
    36:25 Linux Mint 17 RC in VirtualBox
    39:03 Long Term Support: New Mint philosophy
    43:28 Improvements in this version of Mint
    47:23 Setting up a VPN in NetworkManager
    52:19 Improvements in Cinnamon 2.2
    58:03 Lee asks for advice “Moving Mother-in-law Off of Windows XP”
    64:03 Gnome 3
    65:49 Thor asked for help on G+
    74:15 Nancy wants some advice with her Macbook
    84:36 London minute
    87:43 Coherence and Seamless Mode
    79:40 Mark has a recommendation for Mint users
    93:50 JackDeth: A message for Charles
    98:53 Andrew: Linux on Chromebooks
    105:16 Jack: BURG instead of GRUB
    109:08 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    113:02 End



    May 05: #243 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Our listeners and members of our Google Plus community have given us a list of questions to answer, and we do just that. Moving to Linux, installing Mint, storing passwords securely, and partitioning issues are just some of the topics we discuss.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Screencast Installing Mint 7: http://goinglinux.com/screencasts.html#glsc004
    2. Brother printer drivers for Linux: http://support.brother.com/g/b/downloadhowto.aspx?c=us&lang=en&prod=mfc7420_all&os=128&dlid=dlf006893_000&flang=4&type3=625
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 243 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #243 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:33 Robert: Video for Installing Mint
    05:10 Robert: Storing Passwords Securely
    10:34 John: Help moving his family to Linux
    13:46 John: Solution to Brother MFC printer issue
    15:55 Thor: Trying Arch Linux
    18:23 Lee: Moving Mother-in-law from Windows XP to Linux
    23:32 Nancy: Moving Linux from Lenovo to Macbook
    33:17 Sumedh: Struggling with Partitions
    39:07 Bob: Has a Windows install that is no longer "Genuine"
    45:13 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    46:13 End



    Apr 20: #242 - Cross-platform Chromebook Apps and Extensions
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    The Chrome operating system from Google is based on Linux. This unique OS runs on Chromebook hardware and has a wide variety of Apps (applications) and Extensions available in the Chrome Store. We describe some of our favorites and provide some links to others so that you can try them for yourself.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Knightwise "Chrome week":
      http://knightwise.com/chrome-week-our-favourite-chrome-extensions-part-1/
      http://knightwise.com/chrome-week-our-favourite-chrome-apps-part-2/
    2. Online Voice Recorder: https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/voice-recorder/jehegmanppiacmmpiifhjalpkigpcida?hl=en-US&utm_source=chrome-ntp-launcher
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 241 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #242 · Cross-platform Chromebook Apps and Extensions
    00:15 Introduction
    00:43 Bill's latest distro: CrunchBang
    01:39 Vacations (sort of)
    02:17 Not dead yet!
    03:39 Chromebook: cross-platform apps and extensions
    08:09 VNC Viewer
    09:51 Chrome Remote Desktop
    11:00 Text
    11:42 Google Keep
    13:13 Voice Recorder
    17:04 CloudConvert
    18:46 Google+
    20:12 Google Hangouts
    22:08 LastPass
    25:27 Stitcher
    28:05 Feedly
    28:50 Box.com
    30:21 Dropbox
    30:57 SnagIt
    34:18 Gmail Offline
    39:19 Other resources
    40:12 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    41:42 End



    Apr 16: #241 - Computer America #72
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: “Everything I learned about switching from Windows to the Mac I learned from Linux.” Larry gets a new job, a new computer and a new OS for work. OSX! Today we talk about moving from OSX to Linux -- the similarities and the differences.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. GnuTLS Bug
      The bug explained: http://www.linux.com/news/featured-blogs/203-konstantin-ryabitsev/765302-what-is-the-gnutls-bug-and-how-to-protect-linux-system-from-it

      According to ZDNet (http://www.zdnet.com/gnutls-big-internal-bugs-few-real-world-problems-7000027041/) you can either upgrade to the latest GnuTLS version (3.2.12) or apply the GnuTLS 2.12.x patch.
    2. Heartbleed: Sites vulnerable to Heartbleed (openSSL): http://venturebeat.com/2014/04/12/all-the-passwords-you-should-change-because-of-heartbleed-in-one-handy-graphic/
    3. Office on Linux:
      Installing MS Office using Wine, Crossover software, or Virtual Machine. http://www.howtogeek.com/171565/how-to-install-microsoft-office-on-linux/
      Cross-platform opitons: OpenOffice, LibreOffice, Google Apps.
    4. One mouse, one keyboard, many computers. Synergy: http://goinglinux.com/articles/UsingSynergyOnLinuxAndWindows_en.htm
    5. Printer driver wizard for HP users: http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install_wizard/index.html
    6. Canonical shuts down Ubuntu One: http://blog.canonical.com/2014/04/02/shutting-down-ubuntu-one-file-services/
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 241 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #241 · Computer America #72
    00:15 Introduction
    03:44 Larry's secret
    07:22 Follow along
    08:08 Topic: Everything I learned about switching from Windows to the Mac I learned from Linux
    58:43 Mike: I'm spooked!
    63:51 Brian: Office on Linux?
    76:37 Kenneth: Attempting, unsuccessfully, to go all Linux
    84:15 Open ports are a risk, even on Linux.
    102:21 Kenneth: More on Office for Linux
    105:30 Kelly: Printing tip for Al from 234
    107:05 Ken: A tip for users of HP printers
    108:25 Ken: Canonical says 'goodbye' to UbuntuOne
    109:42 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    111:06 End



    Apr 05: #240 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill was unable to record for this episode. Larry answers listener emails, responds to posts on Google+, and provides feedback of his own. From system directories to mouse buttons to Chromebook podcasts, as always, this month's feedback touches on the things that you have said are important to you.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Arch on binaries: https://mailman.archlinux.org/pipermail/arch-dev-public/2012-March/022625.html
    2. Logitech Mouse Settings:
      Logitech mouse tweaking utility: logitech-applet (cli)
      http://pwr.github.io/Solaar/
      Key bindings: xbindkeys (cli) xbindkeys-config (gui)
      http://askubuntu.com/questions/152297/how-to-configure-extra-buttons-in-logitech-mouse
      http://blog.hanschen.org/2009/10/13/mouse-shortcuts-with-xbindkeys/
    3. Practical Chrome: http://www.practicalchrome.com/
      tunein link: http://tunein.com/radio/Practical-Chrome-p575267/
    4. Chrome Show: http://gigaom.com/2013/04/17/gigaom-chrome-show-the-weekly-podcast-pivots-to-all-things-chrome/
      feed: http://gigaom.com/tag/chrome-show/feed/
    5. ZDNet on GnuTLS bug: http://www.zdnet.com/gnutls-big-internal-bugs-few-real-world-problems-7000027041/
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 240 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #240 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:53 Bill is unable to record today
    01:04 Lone Marmot: Podcast 239
    01:31 David: 239 was wonderful
    02:22 Michael: Binary and library file locations may be moving
    04:17 Scott: Mapping mouse buttons
    05:38 Matt: Has become a Chromebook owner
    07:03 Andrew: Linux on Chromebooks
    10:53 Mike: Is a little spooked by GnuTLS bug
    12:45 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    13:50 End



    Mar 20: #239 - How Linux Is Put Together
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Many of us use Linux everyday, well the ones that have switched anyway. But do we really know how the system works and how it is put together? We get the disk or usb key and we install it and everything just works for the most part. So in this episode we take some time to talk about how the Linux system is put together.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Rames Natarajan: http://www.thegeekstuff.com/2010/09/linux-file-system-structure
    2. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 239 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #239 · How Linux Is Put Together
    00:15 Introduction
    00:45 Chromebook corner
    05:34 Bill's latest: Salax
    06:47 Rant: DRM on DVDs
    09:36 Attribution: Ramesh Natarajan
    11:53 root directory (/)
    12:15 root user's home (/root)
    13:25 user binaries (/bin)
    14:16 system binaries (/sbin)
    14:47 configuration files (/etc)
    17:22 device files (/dev)
    18:22 process information (/proc)
    19:41 variable files (/var)
    20:42 temporary files (/tmp)
    21:12 user programs (/usr)
    22:38 home (/home)
    23:52 boot loader files (/boot)
    24:40 system libraries (/lib)
    26:28 optional add-on applications (/opt)
    27:52 mount directory (/mnt)
    28:37 removable media drives (/media)
    29:49 service data (/srv)
    31:15 dynamic link libraries (/dll)
    32:38 Linux is designed to make sense
    33:34 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    35:23 End



    Mar 19: #238 - Computer America #71
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: 7 Reasons To Switch To Linux In April. With Windows XP's end of life, now might be the time to make the switch to the Linux operating system. Don't buy new hardware just to continue to run Windows! Install Linux on your XP machine and extend it's life. Of course we answer listener questions from email and the Google+ community.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. OMG Ubuntu: Four Reasons Why XP Users Should Switch to Lubuntu this April http://www.omgubuntu.co.uk/2014/02/four-reasons-why-windows-xp-users-should-switch-to-lubuntu-this-april?utm_source=feedly&utm_reader=feedly&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=four-reasons-why-windows-xp-users-should-switch-to-lubuntu-this-april
    2. PC World: 3 easy Linux alternatives for Windows XP refugees who don't want a new PC http://www.pcworld.com/article/2107641/3-easy-linux-alternatives-for-windows-xp-refugees-who-dont-want-a-new-pc.html
    3. Linux in the Wild (sort of…): https://mail.google.com/mail/u/1/?ui=2&ik=38207a46fb&view=att&th=1446628914ae5cf3&attid=0.1&disp=safe&realattid=1460963364899389440-local0&zw
    4. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 238 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #238 · Computer America #71
    00:15 Introduction
    03:53 7 Reasons to switch to Linux in April
    54:21 Scott comments on Going Linux episode 236
    63:54 Ken asked about printers and Linux
    68:46 Jim has a simple request
    70:20 Daniel has wifi and bluetooth issue
    79:24 Jeremy of the “Linux Startup” wants our opinion
    84:24 Patricia: Distros for modern laptops
    86:25 Charles provided a photo of “Linux in the Wild”
    87:33 Jack has a comment about my appearances on Computer America
    91:11 Paul asks about system D
    97:20 John provided a topic suggestion
    103:06 Rich wonders about RAM
    106:37 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    107:55 End



    Mar 05: #237 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Tom? What ever happened to Tom, the cohost of Going Linux from 2007-2012? Listen to find out, and to hear how you can send him a message. This episode also includes a review of file systems, and discussions on such topics as swap space, system D, fixing Linux, and streaming music players.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. TechSNAP and BSD Now: http://www.jupiterbroadcasting.com
    2. Mintcast on systemD http://lwn.net/Articles/572805/
    3. Who fixes Linux? http://fossforce.com/2014/01/maintenance-achilles-heel-linux/
    4. cmd.fm https://cmd.fm/
    5. Great little radio player: http://sourceforge.net/projects/glrp/
    6. Shuttleworth blog: http://www.markshuttleworth.com/
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 237 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #237 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:35 Update on Tom: Listen for contact info
    05:15 Door-to-Door Geek: Swap space
    09:03 Andrew: File systems
    09:27 EXT4
    10:12 BTRFS
    11:22 ZFS
    12:34 FAT, FAT32
    13:38 NTFS
    18:06 Len: Shownotes correction
    19:02 Paul: System D
    24:08 John: A G+ commented about fixing Linux
    26:25 Paul: Who fixes Linux?
    28:33 Application pick: Great little radio player
    30:26 Application pick: cmd.fm
    33:28 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    34:29 End



    Feb 24: #236 - An Interview With Door-To-Door Geek
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Steve McLaughlin (Door-To-Door Geek) is our guest. "Door" is the owner of the Podnutz podcast network. Bill interviews Door and gets some insights on his network, a run-down on some of the shows and some inside information on how he makes his show sound so good.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Podnutz: http://podnutz.com
    2. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 236 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #236 · An Interview with Door-To-Door Geek
    00:15 Introduction
    06:06 Bill rants: Silverlight -- WHY!?
    12:38 Door-To-Door Geek
    70:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    71:05 End



    Feb 19: #235 - Computer America #70
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: "Who are the people behind Linux?" Charles reveal's Craig's past as an entertainer. Over 80% of code contributed by people who are paid for their work. The top 10 sponsors of the Linux kernel are all corporations. “Contributions from the mobile and embedded industries continue to increase. Linaro, Samsung, and TI, for example, together contributed 4.4% of the changes in the previous version of this paper; for the period up to 3.10, they contributed almost 11% of all changes.” There is a new Linux kernel release every 70 days. Releases are chunked into “patches” On average: 10,000 patches per release. That’s over 7 changes per hour!

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Linux Foundation Who Writes Linux 2013 Report: “Linux Kernel Development: How Fast It is Going, Who is Doing It, What They are Doing, and Who is Sponsoring It”
      http://www.linuxfoundation.org/publications/linux-foundation/who-writes-linux-2013
    2. Stephen Cass article in IEEE Spectrum:
      http://spectrum.ieee.org/computing/software/whos-writing-linux
    3. Linux Foundation infographic:
      http://www.linuxfoundation.org/news-media/infographics/who-writes-linux-2013
    4. How to setup a 1080P HDTV as a monitor using a VGA cable: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Connect_to_HDTV_1080P_using_VGA_en.htm
    5. Looking for Linux-compatible scanners or other hardware?
      http://goinglinux.com/articles/Resources_en.htm#hardware-compatibility
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 235 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #235 · Computer America #70
    00:15 Introduction
    12:17 Topic: Who are the people behind Linux?
    16:24 Victor: Which Linux distro is the best?
    26:32 London Minute
    47:32 Steve: Zorin OS is great
    54:32 Craig Crossman: Nightclub singer
    59:37 Tony: Monitor issues
    63:36 Computer America live video
    65:37 Matt: Multiple desktops
    72:39 Jonathan: Northeast Linux Fest
    76:55 Hunter: Gone Linux - Fedora style
    78:52 Lee: Opinion on Manjaro and rolling releases
    72:03 Mark: Which scanner should I get?
    84:06 Another London Minute
    90:49 Carlos: Additional info on swap space
    98:11 Paul: Long term support vs. community support
    105:08 Jared: Show idea - Tomato and DD-WRT
    109:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    111:12 End



    Feb 05: #234 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill's distro hopping leads him away from Linux. We discuss browser performance. Cody has gone Linux and has some advice. Rich asks about the swap space rule of thumb. Al has trouble printing. (Maybe you can help.) Kevin comments on our year end show and Kelly can't play media.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Open Dyslexic Font: http://opendyslexic.org/
    2. RAM and Swap partition for SSDs: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Optimize_Linux_For_SSD_Drive_en.htm
    3. Playing media on Ubuntu:
      https://help.ubuntu.com/community/RestrictedFormats/BluRayAndHDDVD
      http://forums.linuxmint.com/viewtopic.php?f=47&t=153529&p=798296&hilit=play+a+commercial+dvd+movie#p798296
    4. Kelly’s blog: http://roadkell.com
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 234 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #234 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:56 Bill's latest: PC-BSD
    01:55 zfs vs. btr fs
    04:21 Chrome performance issues?
    07:17 Tips for improving browser performance
    09:16 Cody: Gone Linux advice
    12:37 Gus: Comments about software
    14:55 Rich: Why is swap space 2x the amount of RAM?
    22:43 Swap space with an SSD
    25:22 Al: Print sharing problem
    32:39 Kevin: Deserving organizations
    35:29 Kelly: Media playback in Mint 16
    40:17 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    41:55 End



    Jan 21: #233 - Linux Software Equivalents in Business
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    This episode was suggested by Troy, a regular listener both of the Podcast and of the Computer America episodes. Troy is known as "JackDeth" in the Computer America Chat room. Troy provided the suggestion… and the show notes. He did all the work for us!
    Although there are other applications that could be recommended, and those other applications may be the default for your particular Linux distribution, the applications mentioned in this episode are the ones recommended by Troy and his business.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Home & Business Computer Services http://www.hbcs.com
    2. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 233 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #233 · Linux Software Equivalents in Business
    00:15 Introduction
    01:56 Troy is the honorary "Chief Executive Minion" for this episode
    05:25 PDF Reader: KPDF
    06:15 Vector Graphic Design: Inkscape
    06:49 Photo editing: GIMP, Cinepaint, myPaint
    07:14 Page Layout: Scribus
    07:48 Photo workflow: Darktable
    08:05 Chat: Pigeon, Empathy, Chatzilla
    09:06 Media Player: Banshee, Rythmbox, Audacious, Amarok
    09:48 Photo management and organization: Digikam, F-spot, Shortwell, Darktable, Picasa
    10:17 Office Suites: LibreOffice, OpenOffice
    10:46 Web authoring: Bluefish, Kompozer, nVu
    11:45 Web browsers: Firefox, Opera, Chromium, Google Chrome
    12:25 Email: Evolution, Thunderbird
    13:20 Paint: TuxPaint, myPaint
    14:00 CD-DVD Burning: Brasero
    15:42 Feed readers: Akgregator, Feedly
    16:41 Text editors: Gedit, Kate
    18:02 Disk partioners: GParted
    18:51 Personal Finance: GNUCash, KMyMoney
    19:30 Torrent: KTorrent, Transmission
    20:01 Video Players: VLC, Totem
    21:07 Audio production: Audacity
    21:27 Video editing: Cinellera, Keno, Open Shot, VideoLAN Movie Creator
    21:58 FTP transfer: Filezilla
    22:20 Music ripping: Sound Juicer
    22:49 Tethering DSLR cameras: Entagle http://entangle-photo.org/
    23:40 Scanning: Xsane
    24:21 Remote desktop: KRDC, Vinagre
    24:53 HP Print Driver: HP Universal Print Driver for Linux
    25:51 Desktop notes: Tomboy notes
    26:32 Video format conversion: Handbrake, make MKV
    27:07 Backup: Simple Backup, Deja Dupe, Back In Time
    27:36 Virtual Machines: VirtualBox
    29:25 Record desktop sessions: Desktop Recorder
    30:01 Beautiful user interface: Compiz, Cairo Dock
    32:02 Thanks Troy!
    32:21 Hacks, tips and tweaks: Plex
    40:10 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    41:10 End



    Jan 21: #232 Computer America #69
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: "Should I dual-boot Linux with Windows or Mac?" In this episode we answer these questions: What is dual-booting? Why would I want to dual-boot? What are the alternatives?

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Dual Booting Tutorials:
      Introduction (audio) http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp227
      Advanced (audio) http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp229
    2. Partitioning step-by-step (video) http://goinglinux.com/screencasts.html#glsc007
    3. Ubuntu dual-booting instructions: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WindowsDualBoot
    4. Q&A about dual-booting with UEFI: http://community.linuxmint.com/tutorial/view/858
    5. Swap Space explained: http://www.linux.com/news/software/applications/8208-all-about-linux-swap-space
    6. Make a backup with CloneZilla: http://clonezilla.org
    7. Linux on PPC Macs: http://knightwise.com/the-knightwise-com-podcast-3-04-linux-on-ppc-macs/
    8. Installing Ubuntu on a Macbook Air: http://www.maketecheasier.com/install-ubuntu-12-10-in-macbook-air/
    9. Scroogled??
      MS scroogled website: http://www.scroogled.com/chromebook
      The folks at howtogeek.com wrote a rebutal on behalf of the chromebooks http://www.howtogeek.com/179535/why-microsofts-scroogled-ads-are-wrong-about-chromebooks/
    10. Simple Screen Recorder: http://www.webupd8.org/2013/06/simplescreenrecorder-powerful-screen.html
    11. Dual monitor setup: https://wiki.ubuntu.com/X/Config/Resolution/#How_to_setup_a_dual_monitor
    12. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 232 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #232 · Computer America #69
    00:15 Introduction
    02:43 Topic: Should I dual-boot Linux with Windows or Mac? 05:12 Tu: Should I try Unix, Linux or Ubuntu?
    17:45 What is dual-booting?
    19:26 Why would I want to dual-boot?
    21:06 What are the alternatives?
    27:33 Crossman: "I find, really, no reason left to run Windows"
    36:26 The cloud option
    39:08 Backup, backup, backup!
    40:47 What are “partitions” and do I need them?
    41:25 Partitioning looks complicated. Do I really have to do it?
    43:16 Is it really difficult to install Linux on a Win8 PC?
    46:38 What about installing Linux on a Mac?
    54:11 Uwe: Done with Linux
    59:29 Tom fills us in on Zorin OS
    64:16 Victor won’t get “scroogled”
    85:04 Bill discovered that his new computer came with UEFI and Secure Boot, but with Secure Boot DISABLED. Ben commented
    85:42 Gus provided a suggestion for screen capture
    87:59 Paul has gone Linux, but is a little frustrated
    94:21 John is in “virtual” trouble:
    99:55 Tony is using Mint 16 and is looking for monitor help
    104:52 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    118:38 End



    Jan 05: #231 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Robert has issues with wifi on Elementary. John wants to know about burning an ISO, Andrew asks about connecting his phone. David asks a few questions. Hunter gets Ubuntu running using Wubi. Mel asks about Linux on a smart phone, and much much more.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. BotSync https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.botsync&hl=en
    2. Sonar Project http://sonar-project.org/
    3. Kali Linux: http://www.kali.org/
    4. Linux Deploy: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.meefik.linuxdeploy&hl=en
    5. Kazam: http://launchpad.net/kazam
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 231 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #231 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:56 Chromebooks
    02:21 Windows 8 tablet 04:31 Robert: Wifi issues with Luna
    08:00 John: Burning an ISO
    12:24 Andrew: Connecting a phone to Linux
    16:44 Hunter: Wubi for Fedora or Arch in Virtual Box
    20:43 David: Installing a dedicated home partition
    27:55 Mel: Linux Deploy
    30:17 Application Pick: Kazam
    32:59 PC Linux OS (again!)
    33:21 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    34:24 End

    2013 Episodes:
    Dec 28: #230 - 2013 Year in Review
    Dec 20: #229 - Dual-booting-Advanced
    Dec 05: #228 - Listener Feedback
    Nov 20: #227 - Dual Booting-Introduction
    Nov 19: #226 - Computer America #68
    Nov 05: #225 - Listener Feedback
    Oct 20: #224 - Open Source Licenses-Advanced
    Oct 16: #223 - Computer America #67
    Oct 05: #222 - Listener Feedback
    Sep 20: #221 - Open Source Licenses-Introduction
    Sep 19: #220 - Computer America #66
    Sep 05: #219 - Listener Feedback
    Aug 21: #218 - Computer America #65
    Aug 20: #217 - Cross-platform Web Page Editors
    Aug 05: #216 - Listener Feedback
    Jul 20: #215 - Cloud Storage
    Jul 17: #214 - Computer America #64
    Jul 05: #213 - Listener Feedback
    Jun 20: #212 - Customizing Linux-Advanced
    Jun 19: #211 - Computer America #63
    Jun 05: #210 - Listener Feedback
    May 26: #209 - Computer America #62
    May 20: #208 - Reviews of Sabayon 11 and Open SuSE 12.3
    May 05: #207 - Listener Feedback
    Apr 20: #206 - Steam and Team Fortress
    Apr 16: #205 - Computer America #61
    Apr 05: #204 - Listener Feedback
    Mar 20: #203 - Customizing Linux-Introduction
    Mar 19: #202 - Computer America #60
    Mar 05: #201 - Listener Feedback
    Feb 20: #200 - Linux 2012 in Review
    Feb 19: #199 - Computer America #59
    Feb 05: #198 - Listener Feedback
    Jan 21: #197 - Audio Files-Advanced
    Jan 19: #196 - Computer America #58
    Jan 05: #195 - Solid-State Drives on Linux


    Dec 28: #230 2013 Year in Review
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In this special episode, we review Linux news, highlights and advancements for the year 2013. We even offer a few predictions for the coming 2014. We discuss some of the most promising Linux distributions, Steam OS, making money in Open Source, notable organizations and a Linux distribution that comes with its own hardware: Chrome OS.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Redhat till making money 348 million up 17% fourth quarter
      http://investors.redhat.com/releasedetail.cfm?ReleaseID=751668
    2. Desktop differences
      http://blog.cooperteam.net/2013/03/artistic-differences.html
    3. UEFI tutorial: http://www.ilovefreesoftware.com/17/tutorial/what-is-uefi.html
    4. Linux Community organizations
      1. http://www.fsf.org/ - Free Software Foundation
      2. http://www.linuxfoundation.org/ - Linux Foundation
      3. https://www.eff.org/ -Electronic Frontier Foundation
      4. http://theacf.co/ - The Accessible Computing Foundation
    5. Sonar project: http://sonargnulinux.com/
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 230 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #230 · 2013 Year in Review
    00:15 Introduction
    00:42 2013 Review
    01:53 A new world record for PCLinuxOS
    02:49 New technology before year end
    03:37 Steam Box
    04:23 Chromebook
    10:44 News, highlights and advancements
    11:44 Active Linux distributions
    21:38 Steam
    26:24 Invisible Linux
    29:19 Ubuntu Community
    36:54 Linux Mint's increase in popularity
    38:12 Making money with Open Source
    39:54 The battle of the dispay technologies
    41:18 $32 Million Kickstarter for a phone
    47:32 UEFI
    56:40 2013 notable orginizations
    57:22 Free Software Foundation
    57:56 The Linux Foundation
    58:23 Electronic Frontier Foundation
    59:12 The Accessible Computing Foundation
    61:22 2014 predictions
    61:40 More screencasts
    62:32 Chromebook corner
    65:16 The year of the Linux desktop :)
    68:18 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    70:02 End



    Dec 20: #229 Dual-booting-Advanced
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We complete our two-episode series on dual-booting by discussing how to manually partion your hard drive to prepare it for the installation of your second operating system. To be sure, you don't need to manually partition your drive with most modern distributions of Linux. Most installers these days will make sensible partitioning decisions for you and perform the partitioning automatically. We discuss why you might want to do the work yourself, and we walk you through the process step-by-step. Look for our upcoming screencast (glsc007) for the video version of these instructions.

    We are proud to introduce our new "Hacks, tips and tweaks" segment from knightwise.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Wikipedia’s list of partitioning tools: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_disk_partitioning_software
    2. Partitioning Scheme http://www.howtogeek.com/howto/35676/how-to-choose-a-partition-scheme-for-your-linux-pc/
    3. Hacks, tips and tweaks from Knightwise http://knightwise.com
    4. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 229 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #229 · Dual-booting-Advanced
    00:15 Introduction
    00:47 Maxx
    03:44 Bill's latest OS - dual booted of course
    04:49 Mint 16... problems?
    07:17 Problem 1: Skype
    09:20 Problem 2: Audio default device
    13:03 Manual Partitioning for dual-booting
    15:36 Command line partitioning tools
    18:00 Graphical partitioning tools
    19:48 Based on the libparted library
    20:24 Partitioners during installation
    21:39 Default vs. manual partitioning
    23:13 Partitioning manually
    33:16 Step 2: Unmount
    34:54 Step 3: Make the Windows partition smaller
    38:19 Step 4: Choose where to put /home and which file system to use
    39:35 Step 5: Decide how many partitions to create
    41:05 Step 6: Create a root (or boot) partition
    44:35 Step 7: Create a swap partition
    47:15 Step 8: Create a home partition
    48:51 Step 9: Apply the changes
    49:43 Step 10: Be patient and let all the operations complete
    50:26 View the final results
    51:18 Advantages of a separate home partition
    55:04 New segment
    56:56 Hacks, tips and tweaks
    65:49 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    66:54 End



    Dec 05: #228 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Skype causes issues with newer distributions. Adam tells us how to pronounce "Ubuntu." More advice on Sansa devices. Al has gone Linux and Michael has seen Linux in the wild. This and much, much more... all this week on the Going Linux show! (Why does that last sentence seem familiar?)

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Brackets http://brackets.io
    2. Sansa MTP
      http://vh.transmit.net/post/10114881759/using-a-sandisk-sansa-fuze-wit
      http://forums.sandisk.com/t5/Sansa-Fuze/Fuze-won-t-mount-in-Ubuntu/td-p/231278
    3. ampache https://github.com/ampache/ampache/
    4. WattOS http://distrowatch.com/table.php?distribution=wattos
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 228 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #228 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:46 Send us feedback
    01:48 Google+: Our community forums
    03:06 Bill's great openSUSE adventure
    03:16 Pulse audio latency fix for Skype
    04:27 Steam on openSUSE
    04:59 Smooth UEFI install with openSUSE
    08:23 Why the switch to openSUSE?
    10:33 The profit motive
    12:07 Robert: How to install Software Center on Zorin
    18:50 Steve: Brackets HTML Editor
    23:13 Adam: It's oo-boon-too!
    26:37 Israel: Ubuntu problems
    32:14 Jeff: Helping Paul with Sansa
    33:15 Aaron: More Sansa info
    34:34 Bert: Advice for Andrew
    35:43 Gus: More advice for Andrew
    37:01 Richard: Sent a Windows Weekly compilation
    40:06 Michael: Linux in the Wild
    43:38 Al: Gone Linux
    48:05 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    51:27 End



    Nov 20: #227 Dual Booting-Introduction
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Dual booting sounds like it's something difficult or scary, and it's not. Bill and Larry provide a definition and an introduction to the topic, along with why dual booting is an important topic. They also discuss examples and why it might be something that you would want to do. Oh, and we provide an overview of "how-to" of course.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Solaar: http://pwr.github.io/Solaar/index.html
    2. Tutorial on community.linuxmint.com http://community.linuxmint.com/tutorial/view/1459
    3. Web Upd8: http://www.webupd8.org/2013/07/pair-unpair-logitech-unifying-devices.html
    4. Supported Devices: http://pwr.github.io/Solaar/devices.html
    5. Ubuntu dual-booting instructions: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WindowsDualBoot
    6. Q&A about dual-booting with UEFI: http://community.linuxmint.com/tutorial/view/858
    7. Swap Space explained: http://www.linux.com/news/software/applications/8208-all-about-linux-swap-space
    8. CloneZilla: http://clonezilla.org
    9. The Sonar Project http://SonarGnuLinux.com
    10. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 227 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #227 · Dual Booting-Introduction
    00:15 Introduction
    00:47 "Hi" from Tom
    01:51 SonarGnuLinux
    03:37 Our thoughts are in the Philippines
    04:27 Definition: Dual Booting
    06:04 How might I use dual booting
    07:44 Why is dual booting important
    09:22 What's the difference between dual booting and a wubi installation?
    15:43 Dual booting and malware considerations
    19:28 Where do I start?
    20:37 Back up, back up, back up!
    23:26 Clonezilla
    26:44 Make sure Windows is installed first
    28:21 Installation variations between distributions
    34:38 Dual booting using two drives
    40:57 Installation guides
    43:03 UEFI and SecureBoot
    50:42 Buying a computer with Linux pre-installed
    56:10 In summary...
    56:49 Additional resources
    61:18 Pick: Unifying Receiver pairing tool for Linux - Solaar
    65:59 Pick: TerraSync
    69:11 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    70:44 End



    Nov 19: #226 Computer America #68
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: When a Linux Distro Dies. We talk about the retirement of Puppy Linux's Barry Kauler and the announcement by SolusOS's Ikey Doherty that he can no longer continue that project. As always, we have plenty of email from listeners to both the Going Linux podcast and Larry's guest appearances on the Computer America radio show.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Internet Archive - SolusOS: http://web.archive.org/web/20131024224256/http://solusos.com/
    2. Linux Advocates - SolusOS founder moves on: http://www.linuxadvocates.com/2013/10/solusos-sunsets-as-ikey-doherty-rises.html
    3. Network World: http://www.networkworld.com/news/2013/102513-beginner-friendly-linux-distro-solusos-to-275262.html
    4. Puppy Linux founder, Barry Kauler, resigns: http://bkhome.org/blog2/?viewDetailed=00361
    5. Skype to discontinue API in December: https://support.skype.com/en/faq/FA12349/skype-says-my-application-will-stop-working-with-skype-in-december-2013-why-is-that
    6. Skype Call Recorder for Linux: http://atdot.ch/scr/
    7. Free Software Foundation site FAQs http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-faq.html#DoesTheGPLAllowMoney
    8. Fedora’s “Spot” Callaway's presentation from a while back: http://www.montanalinux.org/lfnw2011-video-tom-callaway-licensing.html
    9. Van Lnindberg’s “Intellectual Property and Open Source: A Practical Guide to Protecting Code” http://www.amazon.com/Intellectual-Property-Open-Source-Protecting/dp/0596517963
    10. National Vulnerability Database: nvd.nist.gov
    11. James’ question on the Going Linux Podcast Google+ Community page: https://plus.google.com/113599082345201151467/posts/3H8mbYWR8az
    12. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 226 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #226 · Computer America #68
    00:15 Introduction
    01:41 Charles gets harassed
    04:53 Topic: When a Linux Distro Dies
    06:41 Open Source
    09:29 Hacking vs. the media definition
    14:09 Puppy Linux
    19:01 Desktop environments
    21:57 SolusOS
    31:24 Spin-off distributions
    38:36 Unlike with proprietary software, Open Source projects never die
    47:06 When you HAVE to use Windows
    54:05 Linux device drivers and updates
    66:21 Ray: SolusOS
    71:00 James: Why does Going Linux focus on Ubuntu
    74:18 Gomez: Linux security updates
    83:43 Converting an XP laptop to Linux
    86:23 Robert: Going on an email diet
    89:07 Kevin: Open Source Licences comments
    92:46 Charles' perspective on Free licenses
    95:14 What does Larry have against the GPLv3?
    99:39 Tivoization
    103:06 Richard: The switch to openSuSE
    104:31 Open Build Service
    108:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    110:33 End



    Nov 05: #225 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill has switched to openSuSE. Larry tries a replacement for iGoogle. Jonathan and Göran comment on our open source licensing episodes and we provide Andrew some advice on setting up a dance studio. There's a lot more in this episode, but you have to listen to find out what. (Yes, I said a dance studio!)

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Iron Key: http://www.ironkey.com/en-US/
    2. 2011 blog post by David Lohmeyer "Using Dropbox and Keepass to Synchronize Passwords while Staying Secure" http://www.vilepickle.com/blog/2011/04/19/00105-using-Dropbox-and-keepass-synchronize-passwords-while-staying-secure
    3. John's KeePass-Dropbox how-to:
      http://johnwatne.dyndns.org/?p=491
      http://minnesotanice-john.blogspot.com/2013/10/using-keepass-with-dropbox-for-cross_9.html
    4. Own Cloud http://owncloud.org/
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 225 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #225 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:01 Version 8.1 issues
    02:11 openSuSE: Bill's most recent most popular distro
    08:32 iGoogle replacement: NetVibes
    11:55 Victor: Pen Drive Linux security and Raspberry Pi
    22:47 Jonathan: GPLv3 and the Linux Kernel
    27:00 Paul: A reply to our answer to his question
    31:27 Andrew: Asks advice on his idea
    41:22 John: Feedback on cloud storage
    47:08 Göran: Comments on our licensing intro
    49:32 David: Linux in the wild
    53:55 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    55:50 End



    Oct 20: #224 Open Sources Licenses-Advanced
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill and Larry discuss Open Source and "Free" software licenses in a little more depth. This is a very deep subject, so we think we are still just scratching the surface. We do, however, discuss some examples and reasons for choosing one license over another, from both the user's perspective and the developer-distributor perspective. We underline the distinction made by the FSF regarding the GNU Public License (GPL) that its licenses are written to protect the freedoms of the software user by putting restrictions on the software developer.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. OSI Individual Memberships: http://www.fsf.org/associate/dues.html
    2. FSF http://fsf.org
    3. LGPL http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html
    4. GPLv3 http://www.tldrlegal.com/license/gnu-general-public-license-v3-(gpl-3)
    5. GPLv2 http://www.tldrlegal.com/license/gnu-general-public-license-v2-(gpl-2)
    6. TLDR Legal (license comparisons) http://www.tldrlegal.com/
    7. OpenSource.org http://opensource.org/licenses
    8. EULA Defined http://www.linfo.org/eula.html
    9. Creative Commons Attribution 3.0http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/
    10. Copy Left http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/
    11. The LGPL on TLDR Legal http://www.tldrlegal.com/license/gnu-lesser-general-public-license-v3-(lgpl-3.0)
    12. The WTF You Want Public License http://www.tldrlegal.com/license/WTFPL
    13. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 224 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #224 · Open Source Licenses-Advanced
    00:15 Introduction
    04:29 Our focus
    07:42 GPLv2 license
    18:32 Licenses for non-software works
    19:21 GFDL license
    19:59 Creative Commons license
    22:24 GPLv3 license
    29:00 LGPLv3 license
    34:51 Website for comparing open source licenses
    39:19 Differences of opinion on the GPL
    48:50 Is the GPLv3 holding back adoption of open source software?
    52:05 Microsoft Public license
    52:45 MIT and BSD licenses for additional freedom - for developer-users
    55:43 WTF You Want To Public License Version 2
    56:54 Public Domain and Copyright
    57:29 License compatibility
    59:52 Why you need to be careful how you license your software
    61:12 Apache license
    62:36 Do you think we still need the GPL?
    65:07 A licensing example
    69:19 Is the political posturing holding back open source?
    70:21 Do you agree to this license?
    73:47 The choice is yours
    76:13 When you have no choice
    80:12 Meeting half way
    84:38 Military Drones
    86:43 Google Docs
    89:47 Choosing the best tool for the job
    92:12 True cross-platform features are not "Free"
    94:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    96:00 End



    Oct 16: #223 Computer America #67
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Craig's new co-host is regular guest Charles Tendell, certified ethical hacker -- and Linux user! This episode is packed with surprises. The topic is "25 Reasons to Switch to Linux" but we take a lot of conversational diversions about Linux, random Windows errors and lots more. This episode is a Skype recording of the Saturday BlogTalkRadio show rather than the regular live show. That's why it's longer and more information-packed than normal.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. 25 Reasons to Convert to Linux: http://www.linfo.org/reasons_to_convert.html
    2. Unusual places you'll find Linux: http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp199
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 223 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #223 · Computer America #67
    00:15 Introduction
    03:43 Charles Tendell: Certified Ethical Hacker
    07:41 Topic: 25 Reasons to Convert to Linux
    08:53 Reasons for Nancy
    12:44 1. It's free
    19:28 2. It's Free
    30:47 3. High quality support
    37:12 4. You are not at the mercy of the software publisher
    41:52 5. Little risk of obsolescence
    42:59 6. Upgrades are never forced
    44:50 7. No upgrade fees
    45:26 8. No onerous requirement to track licenses
    47:04 9. Far superior security
    48:47 10. Resistent to system crashes
    51:29 11. There are applications for almost anything
    52:58 12. Each distro is unique
    53:26 13. Configure Linux the way you want
    53:40 14. Applications conform to industry-wide standards
    54:03 15. Linux runs faster on the same hardware
    54:09 16. Linux is compatible with other OSs
    54:23 17. Very high ethical standards
    54:51 18. No forced hardware upgrades
    54:55 19. Use Linux on almost any processor
    55:06 20. Open source - no secrets
    56:45 Unusual places you'll find Linux
    57:24 Random Windows errors
    61:33 Mike: VMWare player
    68:14 John: VirtualBox
    74:10 Richard: Moving to Unity
    78:38 Paul: Sansa malfunction
    86:18 Alfred: Printing problem
    94:31 Charles Tendell on Linux Mint
    98:58 Larry says "SolusOS" but means "Elementary OS"
    102:00 Jay: Help for KYengineer
    107:04 Ben: Switching Desktop Environments
    110:53 End



    Oct 05: #222 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Robert suffers from the Ubuntu forums hack. Kevin and Fuzzy provide some feedback on Open Source licenses. Emails on a new Linux website and Unetbootin. A useful tip for cross-platform mobile text messaging.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Tiger’s All About Linux website: http://www.taalinux.com
    2. Pantheon on Ubuntu http://askubuntu.com/questions/66757/how-do-i-install-the-pantheon-desktop-environment
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 222 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #222 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    02:02 Robert: Hacked
    04:02 Kevin: Feedback on our Open Source licenses
    11:54 Fuzzy: Background on the GPL
    13:30 Andrew: New website about Linux
    15:45 Roy: Mixed success with unetbootin
    21:27 David: "Linux in the wild"
    23:00 Tip: MightyText
    25:02 Pantheon
    27:41 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    29:39 End



    Sep 20: #221 Open Source Licenses-Introduction
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In this episode we discuss the world of Open Source Licenses. If you run Linux you have had dealings with a Open Source Project, you have heard the term License. For a selected list of licenses, we attempt to answer: What is it? How does it affect you? What does it allow you to do or not do? We cover the basics to give you a idea what all this means.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Free Software Foundation http://fsf.org
    2. Open Source Initiative http://opensource.org/licenses
    3. Apache License, Version 2.0 http://www.apache.org/licenses/
    4. The BSD 2-Clause License http://opensource.org/licenses/BSD-2-Clause
    5. The BSD 3-Clause License http://opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
    6. GNU General Public License Versions http://opensource.org/licenses/gpl-license
    7. The GNU General Public License (GPL-2.0) http://opensource.org/licenses/GPL-2.0
    8. GNU General Public License, version 3 (GPL-3.0) http://opensource.org/licenses/GPL-3.0
    9. The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 (LGPL-2.1) http://opensource.org/licenses/LGPL-2.1
    10. The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3.0 (LGPL-3.0) http://opensource.org/licenses/LGPL-3.0
    11. The MIT License (MIT) http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT
    12. Open Source at Apple http://www.apple.com/opensource/
    13. mintStick: http://segfault.linuxmint.com/2013/08/usb-stick-formatter/
    14. Pen Drive Linux http://www.pendrivelinux.com/
    15. Unetbootin http://unetbootin.sourceforge.net/
    16. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 221 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #221 · Open Source Licenses-Introduction
    00:15 Introduction
    00:48 Technical difficulties out of the gate
    01:28 Linux malware revisited
    13:01 Do I really need to be a computer geek to use Linux?
    16:52 Open Source Licenses
    17:50 Definition: "Open Source License"
    19:39 Free Redistribution
    20:39 Source Code
    22:54 Derived Works
    25:14 Integrity of the Author's Source Code
    27:42 No Discrimination Against Persons or Groups
    28:51 No Discrimination Against Fields of Endeavor
    30:29 Distribution of License
    30:57 License Must Not Be Specific to a Product
    31:59 License Must Not Restrict Other Software
    33:46 Licens Must Be Technology-Neutral
    34:37 Why is the license "stuff" important?
    36:17 Some of the most popular Open Source licenses
    36:37 Apache License Version 2.0
    38:34 The BSD 3-Clause License
    38:50 The BSD 2-Clause License
    39:10 GNU General Public License Versions
    39:37 LGPL Licenses
    39:58 The MIT License
    43:02 Open Source in commercial products
    44:32 Examples: LibreOffice and Apache OpenOffice
    45:35 Example: WordPress
    45:55 Example: The Linux Kernel
    46:44 Example: Asterisk
    49:29 Pick: mintStick
    52:34 Picks: Pendrive Linux and Unetbootin
    55:54 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    57:43 End



    Sep 18: #220 Computer America #66
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Grayson Hamilton is Craig Crossman's co-host while Larry talks about what you can do with your Linux computer. There are lots of links in the show notes to specific Linux software applications that you will want to explore as well. As always, there are plenty of emails as well.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. PeppermintFour Linux http://peppermintos.com/
    2. Gaming http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linux_gaming
    3. Shotwell http://www.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/
    4. Digikam http://www.digikam.org/
    5. Darktable http://www.darktable.org/
    6. Openshot http://www.openshot.org/
    7. Lightworks http://www.lwks.com/
    8. Shotcut http://www.shotcut.org/
    9. Kdenlive http://userbase.kde.org/Kdenlive
    10. Ardour http://ardour.org/
    11. Jokosher http://www.jokosher.org/, http://sourceforge.net/projects/jokosher.mirror/
    12. Audacity http://audacity.sourceforge.net/
    13. Apache OpenOffice Writer http://www.openoffice.org/product/writer.html
    14. LibreOffice Writer http://www.libreoffice.org/features/writer/
    15. Scribus http://www.scribus.net
    16. KWord http://kde.org/applications/office/kword/
    17. LibreOffice Impress http://www.libreoffice.org/features/impress/
    18. Apache OpenOffice Impress http://www.openoffice.org/product/impress.html
    19. KPresenter http://kde.org/applications/office/kpresenter/
    20. Guacamole http://guac-dev.org/
    21. Splashtop http://www.splashtop.com/home
    22. Automatic updates http://goinglinux.com/articles/AutomaticUpdates_en.htm
    23. Remote Desktop http://goinglinux.com/articles/RemoteDesktop.html
    24. Customize http://goinglinux.com/articles/CustomizeYourDesktop_en.htm
    25. Vision & Hearing - text to speech and speech to text (Orca, Simon http://accessiblecomputingfoundation.org/accessible-programs)
    26. Physical and Motor Skills (on-screen keyboard, sticky keys, slow keys, and bounce keys)
    27. Accessible Computing Foundation http://accessiblecomputingfoundation.org/
    28. theMaker: http://www.makercms.org/
    29. Android banking trojan: http://www.informationweek.com/security/vulnerabilities/android-trojan-banking-app-targets-maste/240159509
    30. Gegeek: http://gegeek.com/
    31. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 220 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #220 · Computer America #66
    00:15 Introduction
    03:54 Topic: "What can I do with my Linux Computer"
    08:34 Be social
    15:23 Play games
    30:37 Photo editing and photo management
    31:56 Video production
    32:58 Audio production
    39:17 Norman has some further comments on “Linux Malware”
    43:09 Clay in Myrtle Beach comments on our website redesign
    52:22 Uwe writes to us from Germany
    62:16 Gus commented on listener Nancy’s comments on wanting some reasons to use Linux
    66:14 Andrew in Perth, Australia comments on “NancyGate”
    70:43 Robert just sent us this for a future episode
    73:02 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    74:59 End



    Sep 05: #219 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill and Larry answer your questions and revisit some previous topics like using Audacity, cloud storage and "Nancy-gate." New topics include BitTorrentSync, Own Cloud, a new 'Linux in the Wild' segment, and how to pronounce 'Drachenblut.'

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Show Notes Links: Our Audacity Screencasts (001, 002 and 006.) http://screencasts.goinglinux.com
    2. Bit Torrent Sync: http://labs.bittorrent.com/experiments/sync.html
    3. Linux Basement review and tutorial: http://linuxbasement.com/content/lb-episode-82-sync-games
    4. WebUpd8 on bittorrent sync: http://www.webupd8.org/2013/07/bittorrent-sync-beta-adds-file.html
    5. Owncloud: TurnKey Linux appliance http://www.turnkeylinux.org/owncloud
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 219 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #219 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:45 OLF 2013
    05:12 Robert: Audacity screencasts
    10:05 Robert: Something went wrong with UNETBOOTIN
    15:22 The origins of "Lord Drachenblut"
    17:54 Door-to-door Geek: FAIL
    20:03 Andrew: Review of BitTorrentSync
    24:06 David: Perfect timing
    26:31 Gus: Another comment on Nancy's comments
    29:43 Dave: Topic Suggestion
    31:14 TheMaker: Great results!
    35:44 Gone Linux: Andrew
    38:22 Charles: Linux in the Wild
    40:00 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    41:33 End



    Aug 21: #218 Computer America #65
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    David Perry is Craig Crossman's cohost as Larry discusses malware on Linux. David's experience as a malware expert comes in handy. His recent adoption of 3 Raspberry Pi computers shows that he's not just a Windows guy. This is not your average CA episode.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Linux Insider Article: http://www.linuxinsider.com/rsstory/78748.html
    2. RSA’s Security Blog: https://blogs.rsa.com/thieves-reaching-for-linux-hand-of-thief-trojan-targets-linux-inth3wild/
    3. NetMarketShare: http://www.netmarketshare.com/operating-system-market-share.aspx?qprid=8&qpcustomd=0
    4. Tech Republic: http://www.techrepublic.com/blog/linux-and-open-source/hand-of-thief-malware-could-be-dangerous-if-you-install-it/
    5. Linux Journal on Worms (not trojans) http://www.linuxjournal.com/content/worms-and-linux
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 218 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #218 · Computer America #65
    00:43 Guest co-host David Perry
    05:00 Linux Malware: Hand of Thief Trojan
    06:27 Definition: Trojan
    16:19 Caitlin: Have bank robbery rates reduced because of cybercrime?
    21:43 What can I do about the Trojan?
    27:42 Protect yourself from Hand of Thief
    29:29 David Perry: "Switching to Linux will make you many hundreds of times more secure than any anti-virus software can make your Windows machine"
    36:16 More on Linux malware
    45:57 The Raspberry Pi
    55:33 Chris: Wifi on an old Dell
    60:15 Linux: faster to boot, faster to run, faster to shut down, and sharper screen image
    62:13 Dave: A suggest topic for the show
    65:38 Paul: Not so fast with Mint 15
    68:04 David Perry gets back into Linux
    70:32 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    71:27 End



    Aug 20: #217 Cross-platform Web Page Editors
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We've redesign the Going Linux website! It's cleaner, more modern, easier to maintain and responsive to to the smaller screens of mobile devices. In this episode, we discuss a number of cross-platform web page editors and the decision process that lead us to choose one to replace the KompoZer editor that has served us well for over 8 years.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Wikipedia comparison: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_HTML_editors
    2. Top ten reviews: http://website-creation-software-review.toptenreviews.com/
    3. Cyber Librarian on KW Videoblog: http://knightwise.com/kw-videoblog-for-7-6-cyberpunk-librarian-tells-us-about-cross-platform-sliding-at-work/
    4. BlueGriffon:
      http://bluegriffon.org (application)
      http://www.bluegriffon.com/ (add-ons)
    5. FLOSS Weekly 254: http://twit.tv/show/floss-weekly/254
    6. theMaker: http://www.makercms.org/
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 217 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #217 · Cross-platform Web Page Editors
    00:49 In our last episode...
    01:14 Going Linux website redesign
    02:56 The search for web authoring software
    04:19 How we got here
    07:12 The search begins
    08:54 The decision process
    09:19 Establishing the requirements
    09:40 The "must-have" criteria
    09:43 No blogging software
    10:23 Must be cross-platform
    11:21 Ability to edit CSS and HTML manually
    11:45 Free of charge
    12:10 Open source
    12:37 Not cloud only
    13:23 Currently supported and actively developed
    13:55 Support for CSS and HTML5
    14:44 Optional: Content Management System (cms)
    16:08 WYSIWYG
    17:49 FTP uploader
    18:32 The list of contenders
    20:15 Elimination round 1
    20:32 Amaya
    20:41 Aptana
    20:55 Arachnophilia
    21:07 Bluefish
    21:18 BlueGriffon
    21:44 KompoZer
    22:06 Magetta
    22:19 Seamonkey Composer
    22:30 LibreOffice and OpenOffice.org
    24:41 The Maker
    26:00 Elimination round 2
    26:53 The final two
    26:58 BlueGriffon
    28:24 The final decision
    29:45 Decision for: The Maker
    30:28 Using The Maker
    39:52 goinglinux.com makeover
    42:08 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    45:26 End



    Aug 05: #216 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    As expected, Nancy's request for reasons to use Linux and JALU's response have created a bit of response from our listeners. And we hear from Nancy herself! Lord Drachenblut describes how Samba 4 makes Linux work in an Active Directory environment and suggests Zentyal Linux. Victor has a warning about shared home partitions. Dogphlap recommends xdotool. We talk about how Microsoft seems to be intentionally making Microsoft Office tell users that standards-compliant open document formats are broken and need repair. Imagine that! Much, much more...

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Customize Your Linux Desktop: http://goinglinux.com/articles/CustomizeYourDesktop.html
    2. Matt's article, on Knightwise's blog, about sharing Home Partitions: http://knightwise.com/the-perfect-partition-setup-for-a-multibooting-system/
    3. Samba 4: http://www.zdnet.com/samba-4-released-brings-free-alternative-to-active-directory-7000008654/
    4. Zentyal Linux Small Business Server http://www.zentyal.org/
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 216 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #216 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    02:02 Ham Radio logging software on Debian
    04:10 Change your passwords
    04:34 Ubuntu forums security issues
    05:21 Victor: Caution. Sharing home partitions on different distros is a bad idea!
    11:37 Matt (Lord Drachenblut): Linux compatibility with Active Directory
    18:22 Knightwise: Defending Nancy, and freedom without a capital “F”
    25:54 Nancy: You're doing it wrong!
    33:49 David: Additional feedback related to Nancy’s message
    35:25 Open Source Office user interface polish
    39:19 MS Office 2010 treats LibreOffice files like they are damaged
    42:19 Greg: Samba 4’s free alternative to Active Directory
    46:39 The difference between proprietary and open source software
    50:44 Dogphlap: xdotool
    53:13 Wayland vs. Mir
    56:45 Thad: Licensing and working cross-platform
    60:42 MS Office vs. LibreOffice: New intentional incompatibility?
    64:04 Paul: Printer problems
    70:00 Debian 7
    71:45 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    73:27 End



    Jul 20: #215 Cloud Storage
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Cloud storage can serve as a backup or just a place for you to share stuff with other people. We tried to pick the most popular ones in use today. This is not an exhaustive list, but should give you an idea of the landscape. We discuss your options, compare prices and identify why each is different from the other. We even help you choose the right one for you.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Soma FM http://soma.fm
    2. Dropbox: https://www.dropbox.com
    3. Ubuntu One: https://one.ubuntu.com
    4. Box.com: https://www.box.com
    5. SpiderOak: https://spideroak.com
    6. SkyDrive: https://skydrive.live.com
    7. Google Drive: https://drive.google.com
    8. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 215 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #215 · Cloud Storage
    00:15 Introduction
    00:43 Cloud Storage
    01:36 SomaFM.com
    05:01 Online storage and how you can use it on Linux
    05:56 How we use Dropbox
    06:36 What is cloud storage? Why might I use it?
    12:06 Share publicly as well as privately
    14:57 Available storage
    16:26 Dropbox
    19:46 Spideroak
    27:28 Ubuntu One
    33:05 SkyDrive
    37:38 Box.com
    42:26 Google Drive
    43:41 What is a 'client?'
    47:16 Chromebooks
    53:04 Google Drive pricing
    56:30 Which one should I choose?
    59:23 What's the catch?
    62:42 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    64:48 End



    Jul 17: #214 Computer America #64
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: Customizing your Linux desktop. We discuss the topic from episode 212 but the Computer America hosts put their own spin on things. Of course, we discuss listener emails in hour 2.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Customize Your Linux Desktop: http://goinglinux.com/articles/CustomizeYourDesktop.html
    2. Linux Mint “spices”: http://cinnamon.linuxmint.com/
    3. 5 Tweaks to Make After Installing an SSD Drive: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Optimize_Linux_For_SSD_Drive.html
    4. Comodo Antivirus For Linux: http://www.comodo.com/home/internet-security/antivirus-for-linux.php
    5. Great programming interactive courses for newbies:
      http://learnstreet.com
      http://codeacademy.com
    6. An independent Android Market: http://aptoide.com
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 214 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #214 · Computer America #64
    00:15 Introduction
    38:00 Rich has questions on using SSD drives
    43:21 David is making the switch
    46:57 Sebastian from Poland provides some useful links
    50:57 Bernd from Germany writes about our most recent episodes
    55:30 Changes in Gmail inbox: Tabs!
    58:02 Tony from New Jersey asks about screen resolution
    62:23 Paul comments on our comments about fixing window/Ubuntu/linux dual boot loader
    67:51 willhayes: Which distribution do you use?
    68:39 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    71:57 End



    Jul 05: #213 Customizing Linux-Advanced
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    The fastest super computers are running the Linux operating system. Bill wants to use the newest super computer for playing Team Fortress. We recommend distributions, help solve dual boot and wifi issues, and hear a rant. Gus and Knighwise provide configuration and software tips.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Kupfer: https://live.gnome.org/Kupfer
    2. Reinstall the Windows MBR:
      Microsoft technical article: http://support.microsoft.com/kb/927392
    3. No installation disks?: http://windows7themes.net/how-to-fix-mbr-in-windows-7.html
    4. Hardware compatibility with Linux:
      http://goinglinux.com/articles/Resources.html#hardware-compatibility
    5. gconftool-2 must be installed for this to work.
      COMMAND:

      gconftool-2 --type Boolean --set /apps/docky-2/Docky/Items/DockyItem/ShowDockyItem False

    6. Conky-Colors Page:
      http://gnome-look.org/content/show.php/?content=92328
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 213 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #213 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:57 Bill wants to use the newest super computer for playing Team Fortress
    02:27 Gerjon provides a translation from Dutch
    04:20 Knightwise: Kupfer
    10:04 No9To5Blogger: Ultimate Edition and PPAs
    18:01 Robert: Getting the message out
    19:47 Kees: Linux in a big company?
    33:20 Rene: Which Mint?
    40:18 Dave: Dual booting woes
    48:11 Gus: Configuration tips
    51:03 Andrew: Wifi issues with an older computer
    55:42 JALU: Takes issue with Nanci's attitude.
    69:11 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    70:54 End



    Jun 20: #212 Customizing Linux-Advanced
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill is back with an idea for a new utility. In this episode we discuss more advanced ways you can customize your Linux desktop. From themes to system monitors to docks and from to applets to special effects, we talk about customizing the user interface of different distributions, and provide lots of links. We also discuss 7-inch and 10-inch tablet computers with Lubuntu Linux pre-installed. Not mentioned in the show is our own article: Customizing your Linux Desktop. How did we miss that?

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Gnome-Look: http://gnome-look.org
    2. KDE-Look: http://kde-look.org/
    3. Gnome Project: http://www.gnome.org/
    4. Gnome Extensions: https://extensions.gnome.org/
    5. Xfce customize: http://customize.org/xfce
    6. Make Linux Mint 14/ 13 (Cinnamon) look like Windows 7: http://community.linuxmint.com/tutorial/view/1173
    7. Win2-7 Theme: http://gnome-look.org/content/show.php/Win2-7+Pack?content=113264
    8. Adwaita Cupertino SL Theme: http://gnome-look.org/content/show.php/Adwaita+Cupertino?content=147061
    9. Conky: http://conky.sourceforge.net
    10. Cairo Dock: http://glx-dock.org/
    11. Docky: http://wiki.go-docky.com/index.php?title=Welcome_to_the_Docky_wiki
    12. Plank: http://wiki.go-docky.com/?title=Plank:Introduction
    13. Cinnamon spices: http://cinnamon-spices.linuxmint.com
    14. Screenlets: https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/screenlets/
    15. Desklets: http://www.gdesklets.de/ (not the same site as the desklets in Cinnamon)
    16. XFCE on Arch: https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Xfce
    17. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 212 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #212 · Customizing Linux-Advanced
    00:15 Introduction
    00:47 Bill is back
    02:04 Anarchy Online
    05:05 Eye candy downsides
    06:50 Themes
    12:38 Conky
    15:25 Bill's Wife "Agro Monitor"
    16:39 Docky
    17:57 Plank
    18:51 Cairo Dock
    20:24 Applets
    25:24 Screenlets and Desklets
    26:57 Extensions
    28:47 XFCE Customizations
    29:15 Where to find desktop customizations
    31:23 Installing proprietary drivers for special effects
    36:21 Looking at Arch Linux
    37:34 Tweaking KDE
    38:11 Testing Internet Explorer on Linux
    39:43 Extensions for accessibility
    41:06 Compiz!
    44:50 Accessibility is free on Linux
    45:35 Just the beginning
    46:09 PengPod
    51:55 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    53:41 Knighwise.com
    54:48 End



    Jun 19: #211 Computer America #63
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: How to buy Linux pre-installed. If you are buying a Mac, you buy one with the MacOS pre-installed. If you are buying a Windows PC, you buy one with Windows 8 pre-installed. If you are buying a Chromebook, you buy one with the ChromeOS pre-installed. It only makes sense that if you buy a computer to run Linux, that you buy one with Linux pre-installed.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Making a Linux CD or DVD (video): http://goinglinux.com/screencasts.html#glsc003
    2. Installing Linux (video): http://goinglinux.com/screencasts.html#glsc001
    3. Installing applications: http://goinglinux.com/articles/InstallingLinuxApplications.html
    4. System76: https://www.system76.com
    5. ZaReason: http://zareason.com
    6. Emperor Linux: http://emperorlinux.com/
    7. Stealth: http://www.stealth.com/portables.htm
    8. ThinkPenguin: http://www.thinkpenguin.com/
    9. Telikin: http://www.telikin.com/
    10. Raspberry Pi: http://www.raspberrypi.org/
    11. Compulab: http://www.fit-pc.com/web/
    12. Linux pre-loaded (including outside the US): http://linuxpreloaded.com/
    13. Point Linux: http://pointlinux.org
    14. Ultimate Edition is based on the original Ubuntu 12.04 BEFORE it had the UEFI installer. https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEFI
    15. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 211 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #211 · Computer America #63
    00:15 Introduction
    03:28 Topic: How to buy Linux pre-installed
    08:43 Richard: Tired of infection, wants to look at Linux
    23:12 System76
    25:33 ZaReason
    28:22 Stealth
    30:43 ThinkPenguin
    31:13 Emperor Linux
    31:28 Dell - just one model
    31:48 Linux Now
    32:20 Linux Emporium
    32:32 Tiny Green PC
    32:50 Compulab
    33:21 Telikin
    33:39 Rasberry Pi
    35:16 Ray Technology
    36:18 Would you really recommend buying Linux pre-installed?
    41:06 Emails
    42:02 Frank: Already moved to System76
    46:44 Kevin: Making a choice to by Linux pre-installed
    54:25 Robert: You are getting the message out
    56:55 Rene: Distributions for Hams
    62:02 Robert: Switching to Ultimate Edition
    65:54 Jenni: Criticism for Larry (and for Computer America)
    70:07 Year of the Linux "cloud-top"
    73:42 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    74:36 End



    June 05: #210 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We shouldn't be using or recommending Linux Mint? Trying Mageia, another cohost and "Gone Linux"

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Link to Clem’s political post: http://abriefhistory.org/?p=774
    2. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 210 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #210 · Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:04 Bob: Have you checked out Mageia?
    09:29 Anonymous: We shouldn't use or recommend Linux Mint
    12:34 Gus: A similar question
    13:06 Andy: Gone Linux
    18:38 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    20:24 End



    May 26: #209 Computer America #62
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: The year of the Linux desktop is here NOW!. We discuss how the Chromebook and Google Chrome has made this the "Year of the Linux desktop." Linux has taken over, not the Windows desktop operating system, but has replaced running applications on any computer operating system with Linux-backed applications in the browser.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. InfoWorld article by Simon Phipps: http://www.infoworld.com/d/open-source-software/the-linux-desktop-already-the-new-normal-217818?page=0,0&source=footer
    2. Macbook Pro Retina: 227 dpi, 2560x1600 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Retina_Display
    3. Chromebook Pixel: 239 dpi, 2560x1700 https://play.google.com/store/devices/details?id=chromebook_pixel_wifi
    4. Torrent Sync: http://www.webupd8.org/2013/04/bittorrent-sync-secure-file-sync.html
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 209 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #209 · Computer America #62
    00:15 Introduction
    03:14 Topic: The year of the Linux desktop is here now!
    18:40 Chromebooks
    36:30 Magnum: Misses Tom
    42:02 David: Misses Tom, too
    47:54 Steve: Which distro closely mimics Windows?
    52:18 Andrew: Possible reasons for missing free space
    57:45 Kevin: Looking for a recommendation
    61:31 Daniel: Updater can't find a package
    63:35 Old Macs running Linux
    64:28 Recommendations for Kevin
    66:01 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    68:05 End



    May 20: #208 Reviews of Sabayon 11 and Open SuSE 12.3
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill recorded, edited and produced the reviews for this episode. He provides a high-level overview of Sabayon 11 and Open SuSE 12.3.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Screencast: Using Audacity To Edit Multi-Track Audio
    2. Sabayon: http://www.sabayon.org
    3. Open SuSE: http://www.opensuse.org
    Episode 208 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #208 Reviews of Sabayon 11 and Open SuSE 12.3
    00:15 Introduction
    00:56 Bill produced this review
    05:52 Sabayon 11
    10:48 Open SuSE 12.3
    15:45 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    17:21 End



    May 05: #207 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill tries Fedora with Cinnamon and discovers the true license costs for Windows. We have feedback and ramplings on show 204, and discuss more on UEFI, icons, screen resolutions and desktops.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Gnome 3 (version 3.8) now has a built-in "classic mode". PC World: http://www.pcworld.com/article/2032800/gnome-3-8-delivers-more-privacy-and-a-new-classic-mode.html
    2. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 207 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #207 Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:46 Bill tries Fedora with Cinnamon
    04:08 Bill's new role
    05:27 Paul: My Cinnamon screen resolution gets tiny
    11:19 Ben: Preferred desktops
    16:56 Andrew: Best upgrades for VMs
    24:33 Gordon: Feedback on episode 204
    27:04 Default partitions on Windows PCs
    29:11 Bill discovers the true license costs for Windows
    36:27 Jeff: Irritated with icons
    40:48 Mike: UEFI Secure Boot
    44:32 Jay: Ramblings from show 204
    49:04 Software pick: Clementine
    50:29 Tip: Check your Skype
    53:05 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    54:45 End



    Apr 20: #206 Steam and Team Fortress
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Tom hangs up his adjustable wrench and flies off into the sunset. Bill is promoted to cohost. A shout out to the minCast and to Linux in the Hamshack. Bill reviews Ubuntu Studio and Steam on Linux and shares his experiences running Team Fortress.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Jamendo: http://www.jamendo.com/en/
    2. Rathole Radio: http://ratholeradio.org
    3. Ubuntu Studio: http://ubuntustudio.org/
    4. Ubuntu Forums: http://ubuntuforums.org/
    5. Team Fortress: http://www.teamfortress.com/
    6. Install: http://store.steampowered.com/about/
    7. Community: http://steamcommunity.com/linux
    8. Store: http://store.steampowered.com/browse/linux/
    9. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 206 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #206 Steam and Team Fortress
    00:15 Introduction
    00:42 Tom Retires from podcasting
    02:12 Your indie music library
    05:59 Rathole Radio
    07:44 Ubuntu Studio review
    11:02 mintCast shout out
    13:24 Linux in the Hamshack shout out
    14:17 Installing Steam for Linux
    16:52 Installing Team Fortress
    18:37 Launching Team Fortress
    19:18 A better video driver
    19:55 23 hours later...
    23:24 Starting the game
    23:47 Performance comparison with Windows
    28:23 Which games run on Linux?
    30:04 Bill's rating: 4.5 out of 5
    30:35 The Windows and Linux clients appear to be identical
    31:28 The Steam Community
    33:06 Level up
    35:36 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    37:34 End



    Apr 16: #205 Computer America #61
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: Safe computing with Linux.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Telikin safe touch screen computer for seniors of all ages: http://www.telikin.com/
    2. Common Craft Explains Phishing: http://www.commoncraft.com/video/phishing-scams
    3. Gregory’s post: http://schier.co/post/install-ubuntu-on-asus-p8p67-ws-revolution-motherboard
    4. inetken’s answer for kyengineer: http://forum.linuxbasix.com/viewtopic.php?f=53&t=1365&sid=1aee37c8a6411022f0b4e1946e123e05
    5. The illegal playback issue (Perdu University): http://www.cerias.purdue.edu/site/blog/post/legit-linux-codecs-in-the-us/
    6. Fluendo Playback Pack: http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/complete-set-of-playback-plugins/
    7. Extensions for LibreOffice: http://extensions.libreoffice.org/
    8. Extensions for OpenOffice: http://extensions.openoffice.org/
    9. Ribbon: http://news.cnet.com/8301-17939_109-10305160-2.html
    10. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 205 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #205 Computer America #61
    00:15 Introduction
    04:46 Safe computing with Linux
    36:55 Gregory: UEFI and Secure Boot issues
    46:43 kyengineer: Web server not visible from the Internet
    50:36 Gus: Is playing multimedia on Linux illegal?
    64:22 Ivor: Concern over comments
    65:40 Richard: The Ribbon is not available for LibreOffice
    68:47 Jim: Install Linux from a USB device
    72:42 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    73:25 End



    Apr 05: #204 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill has tried the new openSuSE and has some comments about UEFI and Secure Boot. Bill gets scolded and criticized. Listener David loses half his free space on converting ext3 to ext4 and we don't know why.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Ohio Linux Fest Call for Papers
      http://www.ohiolinux.org/cfp
      news@ohiolinux.org
      https://ohiolinux.org
    2. Feedly: http://www.feedly.com
    3. Pulse: http://www.pulse.me
    4. OldReader: http://theoldreader.com/
    5. Donna Papacosta’s 5 links: http://news.trafcom.com/2013/03/alternatives-to-google-reader
    6. Linux Advert http://archive.org/download/LinuxAdvert/LinuxAdvert-mono.mp3
    7. Palaver:
      http://www.muktware.com/5412/how-get-palaver-speech-recognition-work-ubuntu
      http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pxom292XW_g
    8. Sphinx: http://cmusphinx.sourceforge.net/2010/03/pocketsphinx-0-6-release/
    9. Setting up a home server series from Knightwise:
      http://knightwise.com/the-knightwise-com-podcast-3-05-running-your-own-home-linux-server/
      http://knightwise.com/kw504-sliders-academy-part-one-installing-your-ubuntu-system/
      http://knightwise.com/kw506-sliders-academy-part-2-linux-everywhere/
    10. LAS Google Drive alternative: http://www.jupiterbroadcasting.com/31201/google-docs-alternative-las-s25e06/
    11. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 204 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #204 Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:52 OLF CFP
    02:01 openSuSE
    03:01 Works with UEFI
    04:55 Build service
    06:25 UEFI and Secure Boot
    09:45 Dual booting with Windows 8
    11:53 Scott: Scolding Bill
    13:35 James: Google Reader and generating text from audio
    21:13 kyengineer: Hosting a server from home
    23:50 Nick: The year of Linux from Mum and Dad
    28:03 Saint e: Why order a hard disk from Dell
    29:49 Bruce: A suggestion and a criticism for Bill
    32:13 David: Where is the missing free space after reformatting to ext4?
    37:09 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    38:56 End



    Mar 20: #203 Customizing Linux-Introduction
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    There are many ways to personalize your Linux desktop. We describe how to do this on some of the most popular desktop environments. We cover the basics in this introductory episode. Changing the background, theme, and other things.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. An inspiration: http://knightwise.com/why-like-windows-8-and-why-you-should-not-care/
    2. SolydXK: http://solydxk.com
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 203 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #203 Customizing Linux-Introduction
    00:15 Introduction
    00:50 Engines, bolts, meteors, etc. You know the drill
    02:35 Things that run Linux
    05:35 Larry's 2 year old brand new laptop
    07:34 SolydXK
    10:03 Customizing your Linux desktop: It's about choice
    14:33 Change the wallpaper
    18:24 Change your theme
    26:45 Icons, fonts and other things
    28:27 Accessibility and magnification settings
    31:33 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    33:14 End



    Mar 19: #202 Computer America #60
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    I have said that the greatest barrier to the adoption of Linux for home computing is the lack of advertising. Back in 2009 Ken Starks produced a professional advertisement for Linux that ran on KLBJ AM radio, the Kim Komando show and elsewhere. The links to the original voice track are broken but fortunately I remastered the ad, added some background music and the result is the first link, below. Everything is Creative Commons licensed and all the attribution is on the Internet Archive where we host our files.

    As for print ads or advertising on a website, you may recognize some of the wording, but this fake ad copy illustrates that what the “big boys” say about their OS can apply to Linux as well. We discuss ad copy that might have been used by the Linux Mint distribution if others hadn’t beaten them to it.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Linux Advert http://archive.org/download/LinuxAdvert/LinuxAdvert-mono.mp3
    2. Ken Starks' words http://linuxlock.blogspot.com/2009/09/tux-takes-to-airwve.html
    3. Ashrilyn's "Jungle" http://www.archive.org/details/Ashrilyn
    4. Remove DRM: http://apple.stackexchange.com/questions/33855/how-can-i-remove-drm-from-my-itunes-music-without-transcoding
    5. SharePod: http://www.getsharepod.com/
    6. unetbootin: http://unetbootin.sourceforge.net/
    7. owncloud http://www.owncloud.org
    8. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 202 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #202 Computer America #60
    00:15 Introduction
    05:50 Topic: If Apple wrote ad copy for Linux
    06:37 A Linux Ad for radio and podcasts you can use
    14:13 Apple advertises UNIX
    23:01 Office on Linux
    28:21 What about devices?
    30:02 Printers
    30:49 Running Windows apps
    32:03 Connect to other PCs
    32:46 Easy to use
    36:35 Emails
    37:46 Charles: Linux in the wild
    39:38 Russ: On the edge of the desert in South Africa
    43:30 Eric: Shares an idea
    48:56 Jeff: A software engineer's view of Linux
    55:00 Steve: Using Audacity
    56:53 Tim: Asks about clouds
    60:05 Jay: Gone Linux
    67:22 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    69:36 End



    Mar 05: #201 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Knightwise submits a complaint. Bill loans his Mint laptop and doesn't get it back. Robert wants less authentication, and we receive lots of additional questions and suggestions. What great listeners we have!

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Sonar-project: http://www.sonar-project.org/
    2. Remove DRM: http://apple.stackexchange.com/questions/33855/how-can-i-remove-drm-from-my-itunes-music-without-transcoding
    3. Open format player for iOS: https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/capriccio-free-ultimate-music/id434829018?mt=8
    4. SharePod: http://www.getsharepod.com/
    5. unetbootin: http://unetbootin.sourceforge.net/
    6. PCLinuxOS Forums: http://www.pclinuxos.com/forum/
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 201 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #201 Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:31 Fallout from Tom
    04:26 Bill tries more games
    06:27 Larry's laptop
    07:47 Bill helps a coworker
    10:57 Robert: Too much authentication
    17:17 Gord: Video conversions
    19:09 Mike: How I convert video
    20:59 Jay: Gone Linux
    26:46 Jay: Log permissions and SSD drives
    31:27 Benjamin: Open format player for iOS
    32:46 Sonar Project
    36:40 Andrew: Removing infections in Apples
    39:21 Nancy: Challenge - Things Linux can do that Win and Mac can't
    44:24 David: Edit PDF files
    48:45 Lord Burghley: Live USB Drives
    53:26 Linux acceptance
    56:03 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    57:33 End



    Feb 20: #200 Linux 2012 in Review
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We reminisce about the old days on Going Linux. Leading distributions, our favorite podcasts, and Linux hardware.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Linux Timeline: http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/1b/Linux_Distribution_Timeline.svg
    2. One of the articles with UEFI issues: http://www.linuxinsider.com/rsstory/77278.html
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 200 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #200 Linux 2012 in Review
    00:15 Introduction
    02:03 Tom's engines acting up again
    02:50 Linux professionals make more money
    05:10 Reminiscences of 2012
    06:40 Linux adoption
    10:08 Linux distribution timeline
    11:04 Linux Mint
    14:29 The Cinnamon desktop
    16:27 Mint installs to an SD card
    19:03 SolusOS
    19:34 Ubuntu
    23:55 Slackware and derivatives
    25:50 Debian and derivatives
    28:45 OpenSuSE
    30:44 Is Mandriva dead?
    32:09 Fedora
    33:22 PC LinuxOS
    33:53 Android
    35:20 Linux Podcasts 2012
    39:20 Raspberry Pi
    41:21 Thanks, Linux community
    43:54 Going Linux improvements during 2012
    47:18 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    49:09 End



    Feb 19: #199 Computer America #59
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    LinuxTopic: "The oddest places you'll find Linux and the 10 oddest distros." We also discusss Larry's upcoming 5 year anniversary of appearing on Computer America and Steam on Linux.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Winehq: http://appdb.winehq.org/
    2. Julie Bort’s NetworkWorld slide show from 2010: http://www.networkworld.com/slideshows/2010/040110-odd-linux-open-source-subnet.html#slide1
    3. 10 Exotic Linux distributions: http://www.zdnet.com/photos/exotic-linux-distros-can-come-in-handy/6205307
    4. Wikipedia on Embedded Linux: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Embedded_Linux
    5. DansGuardian web site: http://dansguardian.org/?page=whatisdg
    6. Linux For Devices: http://www.linuxfordevices.com/
    7. Ouya gaming console built on Android: http://www.ouya.tv/
    8. Raspberry Pi - A computer for $25? http://www.raspberrypi.org/
    9. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 199 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #199 Computer America #59
    00:15 Introduction
    02:22 Welcome
    06:12 The oddest places you'll find Linux and the 10 oddest distros
    09:58 Steve: Where to find applications that run in WINE
    41:43 Jan: Helping Slovak Linux users
    50:27 David: Help with Audacity
    54:59 Almost 5 years on CA
    57:08 Chris: Our count is off
    59:40 Scott: Recovering from SD card using Linux
    60:47 Gary: Gone Linux
    63:26 Kevin: Upgrading to Linux
    66:42 Steve: Audacity video tutorials
    68:10 Steam for Linux released
    69:25 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    71:38 End



    Feb 05: #198 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Lots of voice mail this month. Knightwise explains ogg on iOS, Richard Roocroft provides a review of NASLite, Mark needs a zoom tool and David wants an Audacity tutorial. Scott finds something Linux can do that Windows and Mac cannot. Gary has gone Linux!

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Screencast: Using Audacity To Edit Multi-Track Audio http://goinglinux.com/screencasts.html#glsc006
    2. Open Xange: http://distrowatch.com/table.php?distribution=xange
    3. 2007 Vixta review by Linux.com: http://archive09.linux.com/articles/120278
    4. OpenXange Home Page:< http://www.openxange.org redirects to http://bweb.pt/
    5. Zoom the Linux desktop Using Compiz (“super key”+scroll) http://forums.linuxmint.com/viewtopic.php?f=29&t=102527
    6. Universal Access (like windows) and Wheel Mouse Zoom (like Compiz - alt+scroll) http://forums.linuxmint.com/viewtopic.php?f=218&t=101612
    7. Microsoft's secret conversion study: http://www.networkworld.com/news/2013/012213-microsoft-won39t-release-study-that-266025.html?page=1
    8. The oddest places you'll find Linux: http://www.networkworld.com/slideshows/2010/040110-odd-linux-open-source-subnet.html#slide1
    9. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 198 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #198 Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:49 Our screencast on advanced editing with Audacity
    03:00 Tom's mic
    04:16 Bill's Steam
    04:30 Knightwise: ogg on iOS
    08:33 Anonymous: Xange Linux
    12:15 Richard Roocroft: NAS Lite review
    17:56 Mark: Zoom tool
    21:00 David: Request for Audacity tutorials
    25:30 Scott: Linux recovers data from SD card
    27:30 Gary: Gone Linux
    35:00 Pick: gtkRecordMyDesktop
    38:42 Pick: Linux
    39:00 Pick: IRSSI
    39:35 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    41:33 End



    Jan 21: #197 Audio Files-Advanced
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We discuss audio files on Linux in a more in-depth way. We define "compression", "formats", "codecs" and "wrappers" and describe the differences. We also talk about the "best" formats to use on various media players.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Comparison of container formats: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_container_formats
    2. Comparison of audio codecs: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_audio_codecs   
    3. Audio format compatiblity on video players: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_video_player_software#Audio_format_ability
    4. Audio format comparison: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_audio_codecs#External_links
    5. Frequency of hearing for humans: http://hypertextbook.com/facts/2003/ChrisDAmbrose.shtml
    6. Vorbis FAQ: http://www.vorbis.com/faq/
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 197 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #197 Audio Files-Advanced
    00:15 Introduction
    00:51 Bill's audio book adventure
    08:59 Converting formats
    12:56 Audio compression
    18:05 Audio formats vs. codecs
    20:07 Containers or wrappers
    23:58 4 common formats
    24:21 ogg
    26:24 mp3
    26:49 wma
    29:45 flac
    30:11 Our recommendation
    31:33 The best file formats for audio books
    36:01 Audio tools for Linux
    38:46 Formats for Android phones
    39:44 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    44:55 End



    Jan 19: #196 Computer America #58
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: "Why I choose Linux".

    1. Choice (choose the distribution that’s right for you... and the desktop that makes you comfortable)
    2. Cost (free)
    3. Quality (not developed by a handful of developers - thousands of paid and unpaid developers who work on what they love)
    4. Can install it anywhere (there is a distribution for almost any hardware)
    5. Easy (easy to use and install - boot-up & follow the wizard - drivers & applications included)
    6. Convenient (no reboot after installing or upgrading apps, safe apps in “Software Manager” and repositories, no add-ons for OS and apps updates, significantly reduced vendor lock-in)
    7. Current and modern (always up to date thanks to repositories and automated updates)
    8. Longevity (Linux is here for the long term)
    9. Security (choose a superior security model and implementation - security updates for OS and apps built-in)
    10. Support (sponsoring vendor, paid support, free documentation, live support chat, web forums, mailing lists and wikis)
    11. Try before you “buy” (live CD/DVD, USB media, online demos)
    12. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. PC World articles by Katherine Noyes http://www.pcworld.com/article/2023288/make-2013-the-year-you-switch-to-linux.html#jump
      http://www.pcworld.com/article/202452/why_linux_is_more_secure_than_windows.html
    2. Synergy http://goinglinux.com/articles/UsingSynergyOnLinuxAndWindows.html
    3. SSD Drives on Linux http://goinglinux.com/articles/Optimize_Linux_For_SSD_Drive.html
    Episode 196 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #196 Computer America #58
    00:15 Introduction
    02:16 Why I choose Linux
    39:43 Charles: Lazarus
    42:04 Happy Birthday Tom!
    42:48 Clay: Synergy setup
    46:30 Jeff Windows domain integration
    59:58 Ben: Uphill, both ways, in the snow, in sandals
    60:54 Chris: SSD recommendations
    67:42 Paul: Expands on SSDs
    69:58 Steve: Advice for woud-be SSD users
    73:05 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    74:08 End



    Jan 05: #195 Solid-State Drives on Linux
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    You, like Larry, may have decided to upgrade your existing PC and not to buy a new Linux ultrabook with a super-fast solid-state drive. When installing a solid-state drive (SSD) in your Linux machine, there are several things you will need to do to optimize Linux to get the best performance from the drive. We detail the 5 tweaks we have discovered for making SSDs work best under Linux.

    1. Enable the TRIM command to clean up garbage on the drive.
    2. Stop the system from recording every time files are accessed.
    3. Use RAM instead of the SSD drive for storing temp and log files.
    4. Swap more to RAM instead of the SSD.
    5. Prioritize "reads" over "writes".
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Article: 5 Tweaks To Optimize Linux for a Solid State Drive
    2. ZaReason's UltraLap 430
    3. System76 Lemur Ultra
    4. http://apcmag.com/how-to-maximise-ssd-performance-with-linux.htm
    5. http://www.ab9il.net/linux/solid-state-drives1.html
    6. https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Solid_State_Drives
    7. https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Maximizing_performance#Swappiness
    8. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TRIM
    9. http://youtu.be/nXbkoFSHoy0
    10. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 195 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #195 Solid-State Drives on Linux
    00:15 Introduction
    00:45 Happy 2013
    01:21 How I came to install an SSD on a 2 year old noteook
    02:25 ZaReason's UltraLap 430 beats the competition
    02:57 System76 Lemur Ultra is the runner up
    03:15 Why upgrade vs. replace?
    04:59 Researching SSD drives on Linux
    05:52 5 Tweaks to optimize your Linux system for a solid-state drive
    07:06 Edit fstab to enable TRIM and limit writes to the SSD
    09:58 Reduce swappiness
    12:00 Edit GRUB to prioritize "reads" over "writes"
    15:05 SSD makes an HP dm4 into a fast-booting, high-performance dream machine
    15:50 goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, feedback, listen, subscribe
    17:34 End

    2012 Episodes:
    Dec 26: #194 - Audio Files-Introduction
    Dec 19: #193 - Computer America #57
    Dec 14: #192 - Listener Feedback
    Nov 30: #191 - Computer America #56
    Nov 24: #190 - Virtual Machines-Advanced
    Nov 11: #189 - Listener Feedback
    Oct 20: #188 - Virtual Machines-Introduction
    Oct 17: #187 - Computer America #55
    Oct 05: #186 - Listener Feedback
    Sep 20: #185 - At What Cost Freedom?
    Sep 19: #184 - Computer America #54
    Sep 04: #183 - Listener Feedback
    Aug 23: #182 - Computer America #53
    Aug 20: #181 - Avoiding Windows 8
    Aug 05: #180 - Listener Feedback
    Jul 20: #179 - Linux Applications-Advanced
    Jul 19: #178 - Computer America #52
    Jul 05: #177 - Listener Feedback
    Jun 23: #176 - Computer America #51
    Jun 20: #175 - An Interview with Jono Bacon
    Jun 02: #174 - Listener Feedback
    May 19: #173 · Computer America #50
    May 13: #172 - Linux Applications-Introduction
    May 01: #171 - Computer America #49
    Apr 24: #170 - Listener Feedback
    Apr 05: #169 - Computer America #48
    Mar 20: #168 - 32-bit or 64-bit
    Mar 05: #167 - Listener Feedback
    Feb 22: #166 - Computer America #47
    Feb 20: #165 - Switching Linux Desktops
    Feb 05: #164 - Listener Feedback
    Jan 20: #163 - Computer America #46
    Jan 20: #162 - What's Different? Mint 12
    Jan 05: #161 - Listener Feedback



    Dec 26: #194 Audio Files-Introduction
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill and Larry discuss how Linux handles audio files. We differentiate lossy and lossless formats. We discuss several popular file formats and how, on the podcast, we are able to use comments that come to us in unusual formats.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Homework for the next episode:
    2. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Advanced_Audio_Coding
    3. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MP3
    4. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Windows_Media_Audio
    5. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FLAC
    6. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ogg
    7. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WAV
    8. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 194 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #194 Audio Files-Introduction
    00:15 Introduction
    00:56 Bill's adventures in new computing
    03:15 Larry gets an SSD upgrade
    05:34 Upgrades for the holidays
    09:38 Homework for the next episode
    10:32 Handling audio files in Linux
    12:13 Lossless formats
    12:47 Lossy formats
    15:28 Sound quality vs. file size
    17:34 The "best" quality
    18:39 Caveat: Use a format that your device can play
    21:22 Playing audio formats
    22:49 Ripping audio
    26:29 mp3 is the current default cross-platform format
    28:53 Converting and playing unusual formats
    31:14 Linux is superior for audio
    32:52 Our favorite audio formats
    34:08 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    36:26 End



    Dec 19: #193 Computer America #57
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Larry talks to Craig and Ben about why he uses Linux. To "get things done" of course! They also talk about why YOU might use Linux - even without knowing it.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. NAS4Free:
      http://www.nas4free.org/
      http://knightwise.com/kw405-nas4free-as-your-cross-platform-network-filehub/
    2. More Linux podcasts:
      http://goinglinux.com/articles/Resources.html#other-podcasts
    3. Netflix on Linux:
      https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Tfte5su5DIA
    4. Making a VM image larger:
      http://www.howtogeek.com/124622/how-to-enlarge-a-virtual-machines-disk-in-virtualbox-or-vmware/
    5. Troubleshooting installations on Ubuntu:
      https://help.ubuntu.com/community/PackageManagerTroubleshootingProcedure
    6. Failed installation tip from the show notes of Going Linux episode 15.
      http://goinglinux.com/2007shownotes.html#glp015
    7. Every Day Linux: Making the complex simple:
      http://elementopie.com/?q=edl/74
    8. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 193 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #193 Computer America #57
    00:15 Introduction
    03:24 Topic: "Why do I use Linux?"
    14:31 Why you might use Linux
    22:56 Steve: How long has Linux been around?
    31:40 Richard: WOW 64-bit
    36:33 JackDeth: Linux and Active Directory
    39:25 Aaron: Mistakes he made buying a Linux laptop
    43:19 Rich: De-frigging
    4611 Simon: Wants something more advanced
    49:21 Robert: NixiePixel installs Netflex on Linux
    57:06 Chris: Uses a Zune on a Zenbook
    61:21 Göran: VMs and CPUs
    62:15 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    63:24 End



    Dec 14: #192 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We have voice mail, audio feedback and emails this month. We get feedback on processors, virtual machines, malware and Unity. Bill tries Sabayon again, Tom moves back to Firefox and Larry upgrades to Mint 14.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Every Day Linux: Making the complex simple
    2. CloneVDI: https://forums.virtualbox.org/viewtopic.php?f=6&t=22422)
    3. Proxmox VE: http://www.proxmox.com/products/proxmox-ve
    4. Intel IronLake i5 with 2 cores, multithreading: http://ark.intel.com/products/43537/Intel-Core-i5-430M-Processor-3M-Cache-2_26-GHz
    5. Linux rootkit news: http://nakedsecurity.sophos.com/2012/11/27
    6. Ken Leyba: http://smallboxadmin.blogspot.com/2012/12/vmware-workstation-notes.html
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 192 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #192 Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:47 No Audible
    01:33 Going Linux Google+ Community
    06:08 Tom: Back to Firefox from Chrome
    07:38 Bill: Sabayon with MATE
    08:15 Larry: Mint 14
    08:44 Nemo
    09:32 AMC Yoooonity vs. a Packard
    11:47 Anonymous: Resizing VM images
    12:48 "fork saver"?: Multiple cores vs. multiple threads
    14:43 Thor: Alt-click-drag
    16:14 Ken: Inspired to try VMware
    16:47 Eric: Clone VDI and other comments
    20:52 Joran: More processor feedback
    22:36 Bill: Pet peevesd
    29:02 Nancy: Theoretical Linux malware
    30:45 Greg: VLC fix?
    32:15 John: Can I delete the image file?
    35:40 John: Feedback for David
    38:28 Bill: Which hard drive?
    43:14 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    45:09 End



    Nov 30: #191 Computer America #56
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: "Linux not doing what you want? You're doing it wrong!" This month Ben looks at a System76 Gaming Laptop, Craig notices changes in Firefox, Microsoft gets it wrong and Canonical gets it right. Is Canonical's vision of the future of Ubuntu something like LCARS?

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Linux Mint 14 has been released! http://blog.linuxmint.com/?p=2216
    2. Ubuntu packages: http://packages.ubuntu.com/
    3. System Profiler and Benchmarking: HardInfo: a.k.a. "System Information" http://wiki.hardinfo.org/HomePage
    4. HardInfo screencast (demo): http://wiki.hardinfo.org/Screencast
    5. HAL Device Manager: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/DeviceManager
    6. Ubuntu Enables Audacity Record Streaming Audio http://forum.linuxbasix.com/viewtopic.php?f=4&t=884
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 191 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #191 Computer America #56
    00:15 Introduction
    00:47 Welcome
    01:43 Firefox 17 Update
    02:54 Linux Mint 14 release
    03:19 Ben looks at the System76 Bonobo gaming laptop
    04:37 Craig notices a change in behavior in Firefox
    05:59 Linux not doing what you want? You're doing it wrong!
    11:01 Microsoft is doing it wrong!
    11:40 Microsoft: Building a single UI for all devices
    12:05 Canonical: A single OS that adapts it's UI to the device
    13:32 The future of Linux is SNG
    17:14 Star WHAT?
    17:41 Video training
    19:11 Steve: How do I determine if my computer is Linux-ready?
    23:01 Computers with Linux pre-installed
    24:29 Menu differences
    27:40 Closing a window
    29:23 Finding an application
    31:11 Package search
    32:30 Installing an application
    33:05 Software updates
    33:50 Getting support
    34:22 Upgrading your Operating System
    36:34 Ken: Glad to hear his email on the show
    40:32 Tom: How to stream audio
    44:02 Peter: Comments on VM episode
    45:54 Havier: Performance tests
    60:59 Scott: Linux on a Mac
    64:21 Pagal: Windows games under WINE
    66:22 inetken: rEFIt related to using graphics
    67:14 Ray: Comments on the UI
    68:46 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    50:02 End



    Nov 24: #190 Virtual Machines-Advanced
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    A more advanced look at virtual machines. We discuss the virtual machine that is built-in to the Linux kernel, KVM, and Bill describes some of his adventures with VMware. We discuss the differences between "CPU" and "Core" and how that relates to "multi-threading". Curbuntu provides us with a real life example and wonders how to make a virtual machine larger. We also lament the disappearance of the Linux Basement podcast.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Forum posts on virtual machines: http://forum.linuxbasix.com/viewtopic.php?f=53&t=1230
    2. Converting a hardware installation into a virtual machine: http://www.vmware.com/products/converter/
    3. KVM: http://www.linux-kvm.org
      KVM tutorials: http://www.howtoforge.com/virtualization-with-kvm-on-ubuntu-12.10
    4. Enabling automatic updates:
      Automating Updates using Aptitude and Cron
      http://knightwise.com/automate-your-ubuntu-updates-with-a-simple-command
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 190 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #190 Virtual Machines-Advanced
    00:15 Introduction
    00:45 VLC Leakage
    03:27 Removing bolts again
    04:25 The KVM virtual machine
    08:50 Virtual Machine (VM) review
    10:17 Virtualizing a hardware installation
    14:56 Improving virtual machine performance
    15:24 CPU vs. Core vs. multi-threading
    22:25 Other hardware considerations
    25:30 A real world example from Curbuntu
    26:32 Increasing the virtual machine image size
    31:18 Windows license considerations
    38:57 Trying VMware
    40:33 Try KVM - it's already in Linux
    41:40 Linux Basement, where are you?
    43:14 Tip: Enabling automatic updates
    45:48 Running cron jobs as system administrator (root)
    48:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    50:02 End



    Nov 11: #189 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We dust off some old voice messages and old emails, and we address a few newer topics as well. We revisit some old topics like "73", freshclam, and virtual environments. We talk about Ubuntu 12.10.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. VMWare: Windows, Linux http://www.vmware.com
    2. VMWare Fusion: Mac http://www.vmware.com/products/fusion/overview.html
    3. Oracle VirtualBox: Mac, Windows, https://www.virtualbox.org/
    4. VMWare: Windows, Linux http://www.vmware.com
    5. Parallels: Mac, Windows, Linux http://www.parallels.com/
    6. PCLinux OS forum: http://pclosmag.com/html/Issues/201205/page11.html
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 189 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #189 Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    03:03 Ubuntu 12.10: New Shopping Lens
    10:53 Troy: VirtualBox guest editions
    14:24 Bob: Likes Unity now
    17:54 Jarrod: Downside to installing multiple desktop environments
    20:58 Steve: A fascinating suggestion
    24:42 Charles: 73 again
    26:11 Bob: A VM correction
    27:27 Karim: Freshclam suggestion
    29:18 Jenny: Wireless woes during an upgrade
    36:46 Steve: 73 again again
    31:56 Nikko: Fresher clams
    35:01 Kasey: Virtual corrections
    36:53 VMware Converter
    37:35 Imagination software
    40:30 Tom's tip
    41:22 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    43:34 End



    Oct 20: #188 Virtual Machines-Introduction
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Our introduction to virtual machines includes a discussion of 4 Virtual Machine software products that run on Linux. Some are cross platform and some are not. We also discuss two Windows-only virtual machines. We talk about installing, features and what to expect.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Life Hacker 5 best VMs 2010: http://lifehacker.com/5714966/five-best-virtual-machine-applications
    2. Oracle VirtualBox: Mac, Windows, Linux $0 https://www.virtualbox.org/
    3. VMWare: Windows, Linux $190 http://www.vmware.com
    4. Parallels: Mac, Windows, Linux (really!) $80 http://www.parallels.com/
    5. Azure: XP,Vista,Server 2008,Win7 $500+ monthly fee (eg: 150GB SQL database $225/month, 2TB bandwidth $235/month) http://www.windowsazure.com
    6. Windows Virtual PC: Windows 7 Pro & Ultimate $0 http://www.microsoft.com/windows/virtual-pc/
    7. QEMU: Linux $0 http://wiki.qemu.org/Main_Page
    8. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 188 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #188 Virtual Machines-Introduction
    00:15 Introduction
    01:51 Bill's ASUS G75VW
    05:07 Why not a laptop with Linux pre-installed?
    10:36 What is a virtual machine?
    12:15 Why use a virtual machine?
    14:24 System requirements
    15:15 VirtualBox
    15:42 VMWare
    19:23 Parallels
    20:59 More on system requirements
    25:30 More reasons to use a virtual machine
    33:16 QEMU
    35:41 Windows VirtualPC
    36:46 Microsoft Azure
    39:55 Is BootCamp a virtual machine?
    43:02 Installing a virtual machine
    47:12 How do I get started with VirtualBox?
    49:18 Getting started with VMWare
    50:51 Virtual modes
    57:53 Virtual sharing
    58:50 Sharing and backing up your virutal image
    62:23 Finding more information
    65:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    66:43 End



    Oct 17: #187 Computer America #55
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic of the month: "Step-by-step: Trying Linux."

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Ubuntu’s on-line demo: http://www.ubuntu.com/tour
    2. Linux Mint website: http://linuxmint.com
    3. Burning a Live CD or DVD: http://goinglinux.com/articles/BurnACD.html
    4. Installing Mint: http://goinglinux.com/articles/InstallFromLiveCD.html
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 187 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #187 Computer America #55
    00:15 Introduction
    00:47 Step-by-step: Trying Linux
    36:38 Hour 2: Listener Feedback
    69:51 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    70:41 End



    Oct 05: #186 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Back to the basics of listener feedback. From Mars to electric sheep and everything in between.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. MS Office 365 on Mac and Linux: http://www.v3.co.uk/v3-uk/v3-co-uk-labs-blog/2086291/office-365-mac-linux
    2. Gaming mouse too fast on Linux: http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1343927
    3. AutoKey: https://code.google.com/p/autokey/
    4. AutoHotKey: http://www.autohotkey.com/
    5. TextExpander: http://smilesoftware.com/TextExpander
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 186 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #186 Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:46 That Mars thing
    04:25 Open source's dirty laundry
    05:40 Johnathan: Not looking for a fight
    06:10 Buyer: Biggest fan
    07:00 Victor: Free speech
    07:48 Curbuntu: Wing walking
    08:20 Mario: Super - Free vs. free
    11:34 Mark: Socialism and social movement
    13:40 Paul: Antivirus - freshclam
    21:00 George: Stallman is correct, not right
    24:50 Andy: Gaming mouse to sensitive on Linux
    26:45 David: Programming episode?
    29:00 Rick: The meaning of 73
    31:30 Martin: The 1% has gone Linux
    32:35 Software pick: AutoKey
    35:40 Electric sheep
    36:20 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    37:58 End



    Sep 20: #185 At What Price Freedom?
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We have received so much feedback about episodes 181 and 183. Today, our episode starts with a lengthy email from Jonathan Nadeau of the Accessible Computing Foundation, who is critical, not of the Windows 8 bashing, but of our treatment of Richard M Stallman (RMS) and the Free Software Foundation (FSF).

    Despite Richard Stallman's contribution to GNU/Linux, his words and how he says them often overshadow his message. His message is one of extreme socialism in some ways. Our conclusion is that the price you pay for "Free" (Free-as-in-a-social-movement) software, is your freedom of choice.

    We also conclude that the Open Source community has actually chosen to exercise all of the four freedoms championed by the FSF. They chose to NOT run GNU/Linux as it is, but to study and change it, and to redistribute copies with those changes. They have forked it! They have chosen to call it "Linux."

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Hear Richard Stallman for yourself:
    2. http://audio-video.gnu.org
      Stallman’s personal blog: http://stallman.org/
    3. Free software is a "social movement" http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/open-source-misses-the-point.html
    4. HPR 1064 - OGG Camp 11 Panel Discussion http://hackerpublicradio.org/eps.php?id=1064
    5. HPR 1063 - Freedom and Licensing http://hackerpublicradio.org/eps.php?id=1063
    6. Linux Action Show S20E10 http://www.jupiterbroadcasting.com/17822/richard-stallman-gnulas-s20e10/
    7. Revolution OS http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=7707585592627775409
    8. "Badger" courtesy Richard KB5JBV and Russ K5TUX, hosts at the "Linux in the Ham Shack" podcast (Episode 42) http://lhspodcast.info
    9. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 185 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #185 At What Price Freedom?
    00:15 Introduction
    01:01 Tom goes 15 rounds with Time Warner Cable
    04:14 More feedback about Episodes 181 & 183
    05:03 "Free," "free," "libre," and "Open Source." What's the diff?
    05:51 Tom does not hate Microsoft
    06:57 Jonathan Nadeau defends Richard M Stallman
    11:05 Really listening to what RMS has to say
    12:06 All non-Free software is an injustice
    13:51 Credibility crumbles
    16:07 Giving kids needles full of herione
    17:22 An arrogant socialist
    19:15 Out to pasture
    20:00 Badger, badger, badger
    20:35 Redistribution of wealth
    20:40 Read the RMS website
    20:19 Ahuka: HPR episode 163
    23:18 Freedom is not absolute. There are limits
    23:55 Producer freedom vs. user freedom
    24:33 The GPL protects only 4 freedoms. Conspicuously missing from the list is the freedom of choice.
    25:50 OGG Camp 11: The future of Linux must include the freedom of choice
    25:54 RMS and the FSF work against freedom -- the freedom of choice
    26:28 Kudos to Richard M Stallman for the contributions and ideas
    28:15 Kudos to Linus Torvalds for making it actually work
    30:00 Kudos to Canonical for making it usable and popular
    31:07 What is the cost of "Free" software
    32:10 The cost of "Freedom" is "freedom of choice"
    33:14 The response to Jonathan
    34:00 The words overshadowed the message
    35:15 The four freedoms
    36:25 The missing freedom
    37:35 Choosing your own freedom
    38:50 The Open Source community abides by the four freedoms - They chose to fork GNU/Linux and called it "Linux"
    40:21 Good-bye
    42:00 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    44:25 End



    Sep 19: #184 Computer America #54
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    The topic this time: "The Linux Community. What is it and how do I join?"

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Distrowatch.com http://distrowatch.com/
    2. Top 10 organizations sponsoring Linux kernel development http://www.linuxfoundation.org/news-media/announcements/2012/04/linux-foundation-releases-annual-linux-development-report
    3. Top 50 Open Source companies: http://www.thevarguy.com/2012/05/09/top-50-open-source-companies-where-are-they-now/
    4. Resources for getting involved: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Resources.html
    5. Linux.org: http://www.linux.org/
    6. Linux.org forum: http://www.linuxforum.com/forum.php?s=f9dd4fe6d00afa60d708f711695c6c36
    7. Other Linux forums: http://lmgtfy.com/?q=linux+help+forums
    8. Linux Mint community: http://community.linuxmint.com/
    9. Ubuntu community: http://www.ubuntu.com/community
    10. Join a LUG: http://www.linuxforum.com/forums/37-User-Groups
    11. XBMC: http://xbmc.org/about/
    12. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 184 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #184 Computer America #54
    00:15 Introduction
    02:38 The Linux Community. What is it and how do I join?
    07:04 Help others
    07:40 What's a LUG?
    11:36 Finding a LUG
    12:45 Write a blog
    14:08 Getting help on forums
    17:59 Start a podcast about Linux
    20:31 Provide help on Linux forums
    23:45 Fix it for others
    26:23 Translate documentation
    26:53 Work for a company that uses or develops Linux
    30:34 Martin: Help for Bob with video
    35:59 Linux on Tablets
    38:00 Dave: Feedback for another listener
    42:33 Gnome, EOL and other pronunciation
    43:18 Linux in the Ham Shack
    46:38 Bill: Feedback on the Jono Bacon interview
    53:45 Vince: XBMC better resolution than native video
    58:01 Jim: Use Debian - it's got everything
    63:31 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    65:06 End



    Sep 05: #183 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We have received feedback from several listeners letting us know that with this episode, we have gone too far. We are beginning to get elitist in our attitude toward non-Linux operating systems, and in fact we are doing way too much Windows bashing! I have posted a public apology to our listeners in my response to K. D. Murray on his blog post, "Going Linux - A Case for Tolerance". Going forward, the Going Linux will focus less on “why this software is better” and return to our focus on “why and how to use Linux to get things done.” Bill and Larry discuss the topic during this episode.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Blog post: "Going Linux - A Case for Tolerance" http://kdmurray.net/2012/08/24/going-linux-a-case-for-tolerance/
    2. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 183 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #183 Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:45 The controversy over the direction of Going Linux
    02:31 The audio: Knightwise
    10:26 The email: Keith Murray
    15:20 The trip to the Apple store
    15:54 The blog post
    16:13 The apology
    19:54 The comments and discussion
    24:30 The new approach - return to the old approach
    29:25 The inspiration: A choice between a new Macbook Pro and a 5 year old 15.5 inch HP laptop
    31:06 The case for cross-platform sliding (credit: Knightwise.com)
    33:04 WB4BBC
    33:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    36:41 End



    Aug 23: #182 Computer America #53
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: "How To Avoid Computer Infections and Malware" We make recommendations on light weight Linux distributions for older computers, describe the differences between major distribtions and more! Listener JackDeth explains that you DO need to install guest editions on each virtual machine with VirtualBox.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. PandaLabs Q2 2012 Report: http://press.pandasecurity.com/news/south-korea-has-the-highest-percentage-of-infected-computers-according-to-pandalabs-q2-report/
    2. NetMarketShare Desktop OS Market Share http://www.netmarketshare.com/operating-system-market-share.aspx?qprid=8&qpcustomd=0
    3. Do I Need Antivirus and Anti-Malware Software on Linux? http://goinglinux.com/articles/AntivirusonLinux.html
    4. A 2011 review of 3 CAD packages for Linux: http://www.techdrivein.com/2011/08/8-best-cad-apps-for-linux.html
    5. The osalt.com site suggests Cornice as an alternative to ACDSee: http://www.osalt.com/cornice
    6. And for the CNC machine: http://www.linuxcnc.org/
    7. Lightweight distribution recommendations:
      - Lubuntu http://lubuntu.net
      - Mint XFCE http://blog.linuxmint.com/?p=2088
      - Bodhi Linux http://www.bodhilinux.com
      - Also, you might like teeny distributions, like Tiny Core Linux, that we discussed here on Computer America in August 2011:
      http://goinglinux.com/2011shownotes.html#glp147.
    8. For Norman's problem: http://askubuntu.com/questions/162075/my-computer-boots-to-a-black-screen-what-options-do-i-have-to-fix-it
    9. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 182 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #182 Computer America #53
    00:15 Introduction
    01:55 How to avoid computer infections and malware
    30:16 JackDeth: Virtual Box guest editions add-ons explained
    35:42 Ken: Looking for specialized applications
    40:53 Joe: Light weight distro recommendations
    46:08 Gord: An answer for Norman
    48:57 Dominic: Another answer for Norman
    52:11 Gus: Favorite WINE application
    54:02 Greg: The differences between major distributions
    60:30 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    61:54 End



    Aug 20: #181 Avoiding Windows 8
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Microsoft's latest operating system release, Windows 8 is coming soon. Maybe you have heard the bad press about the OS formerly known as "Metro" or maybe you haven't. Either way, Microsoft appears to be taking lessons from the Apple by forcing you to use your computer the way they want you to use it. Perhaps you have already decided to avoid the latest from Redmond, but soon you won't have a choice when purchasing a new non-Apple PC in a brick and mortar store. Before you upgrade or buy a computer with Windows 8, there are some things you should know. Computers running an operating system from Microsoft may represent 92% of the computer market, but when you use a Windows computer, you have almost a 1 in 3 chance of becoming infected with malware. Do you REALLY want to take that risk, when you have better choices? Especially if you've decided you don't want the latest "user experience" from Microsoft, you can eliminate the issues around adjusting to an uncomfortable user interface, AND you can avoid malware infections. It's easy. As Knightwise is fond of saying, "Let technology work for you, not the other way around!" Use a Linux computer, and choose from the tens of thousands of no cost native Linux applications.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Panda Security’s Collective Intelligence: http://press.pandasecurity.com/press-room/reports/
    2. PandaLabs Q2 2012 Report: http://press.pandasecurity.com/news/south-korea-has-the-highest-percentage-of-infected-computers-according-to-pandalabs-q2-report/
    3. NetMarketShare Desktop OS Market Share http://www.netmarketshare.com/operating-system-market-share.aspx?qprid=8&qpcustomd=0
    4. Microsoft forces the new UI: http://tech.slashdot.org/story/12/08/11/0051250/you-cant-bypass-the-ui-formerly-known-as-metro-on-windows-8
    5. Do I Need Antivirus and Anti-Malware Software on Linux? http://goinglinux.com/articles/AntivirusonLinux.html
    6. Bit Defender: http://www.bitdefender.com/business/antivirus-for-unices.html
    7. Clam AV: http://www.clamav.net/ (Windows version: http://www.clamwin.com/)
    8. AVG for Linux: http://free.avg.com/us-en/download?prd=afl
    9. Going Linux podcast episodes: #145 Linux Antivirus-Introduction
    10. #148 Linux Antivirus-Advanced
    11. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 181 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #181 Avoiding Windows 8
    00:15 Introduction
    00:47 Avoiding Windows 8
    02:08 Soon you will have no option but Windows 8 on new computers
    02:52 Windows 8 testers can't figure out how to use it
    04:34 Microsoft removes bypass of Metro interface
    06:11 Why use an operating system already predected to be a flop?
    06:56 Why use an operating system with a 31% chance of getting infected?
    08:08 There are no Linux viruses in the wild
    09:30 Market share: Windows 92% Mac 7% Linux 1%
    10:03 You are 3 1/2 times more likely to find a computer user with an infected Windows computer, than to find one running a Mac or Linux
    11:34 Linux market share is growing
    12:48 Windows 8 represents a growth opportunity for Linux
    13:31 How to avoid having to us an OS with bad reviews and a 1 in 3 guarantee of getting infected
    15:55 Microsoft slams the door on developers, developers, developers!
    16:59 "Let technology work for you, not the other way around!" Knightwise
    18:06 You can afford a super computer if you use Linux
    19:42 Prevent problems: Don't run applications from Microsoft or designed for the Microsoft OS... ever!
    21:12 Ease into Linux: 12 Cross-platform applications you can use today that work exactly the same on Linux
    25:16 Save this podcast
    26:25 Microsoft Linux
    27:18 Software pick: Calibre
    27:46 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    29:28 End



    Aug 05: #180 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We begin with a review of Skype 4.0 for Linux -- well, it's sort of a review. Bill says goodbye to Windows 8. and Tom interviews Jonathan Nadeau, Executive Director of Accessible Computing Foundation. We answer email questions, as well of course!

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Accessible Computing Foundation (August 25 fundraiser): http://www.accessiblecomputingfoundation.org
    2. Live Stream: http://thenewradio.net
    3. Linux Basix: http://linuxbasix.com
    4. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 180 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #180 Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:46 Skype 4.0 review (sort of)
    08:52 Rant: Netflix sux
    09:47 Goodbye to Windows 8
    12:32 Matt: Doesn't like the last episode
    15:02 David: Learning *nix systems
    20:31 Norman: Gone back to Windows
    30:03 Jim: Failing video. Time for a light server distro?
    35:44 Bill: Elitist? Really?
    38:50 Defending Ubuntu
    42:37 Jonathan Nadeau: AccessibleComputingFoundation.org
    44:33 August 25 fundraiser
    52:29 accessiblecomputingfoundation.org
    53:03 Linuxbasix.com for instructions
    53:48 Why is open source assistive technology important?
    57:19 Software pick: Firefox
    58:14 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    59:53 End



    Jul 20: #179 Linux Applications-Advanced
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Based on our article, "Installing Linux Software" this episode takes a deeper dive into Linux applications. Although it is possible to control where applications are installed with Linux, it's not something you want to do. We discuss why that is so, and how Linux handles this in a much better way. By design, Linux makes backing up, restoring, and reinstalling problematic applications very easy. By design, Linux installs its applications in predictable places... so you know exactly where to go to find the application files. By design, Linux application preferences are stored in a predictable place, too.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Our article “Installing Linux Software”: http://goinglinux.com/articles/InstallingLinuxApplications.html
    2. Chrome remote desktop beta https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/gbchcmhmhahfdphkhkmpfmihenigjmpp
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 179 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #179 Linux Applications-Advanced
    00:15 Introduction
    01:03 Bill is still on Ubuntu
    02:41 Applications for Linux - advanced
    06:43 Binary files: /bin
    06:50 Linux kernel the boot loader: /boot
    06:56 System-wide configuration files: /etc
    07:08 Shared libraries: /lib
    07:16 Optional and commercial apps: /opt
    07:32 Programs you have installed: /usr/bin /usr/share
    07:57 /home/username
    08:48 Hidden .folder
    09:08 /home/username/.mozilla/firefox
    09:30 /home/username/.thunderbird
    09:42 Manage misbehaving apps
    10:06 Backups made easier
    10:45 Predictability by design
    11:12 Software pick: Chrome remote desktop
    14:26 LibreOffice
    15:25 Fedora: What the heck?
    18:07 Distribution naming
    18:47 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    20:21 End



    Jul 19: #178 Computer America #52
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    "What Microsoft's Secure Boot means for Linux" is the topic for tonight. We discuss the firestorm that has arisen in the Linux community about Microsoft's security measure know as "Secure Boot" and who is fanning the flames. Does it really mean you will not be able to install Linux and other operating sytems on Windows 8 certified computer hardware? What about this $99 signed kernel thing?

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Overview articles on ZDNet: http://www.zdnet.com/blog/open-source/linus-torvalds-on-windows-8-uefi-and-fedora/11187
    2. The other side of the issue: http://www.zdnet.com/blog/bott/leading-pc-makers-confirm-no-windows-8-plot-to-lock-out-linux/4185
    3. Microsoft's Secure Boot: http://download.microsoft.com/blah-blah-blah-USE_THE_LINK/windows8-hardware-cert-requirements-system.pdf
    4. Free Software Foundation: http://www.fsf.org/campaigns/secure-boot-vs-restricted-boot/statement
      http://www.fsf.org/campaigns/secure-boot-vs-restricted-boot/whitepaper-web
    5. Canonoical: http://blog.canonical.com/2012/06/22/an-update-on-ubuntu-and-secure-boot/
      https://lists.ubuntu.com/archives/ubuntu-devel/2012-June/035445.html
    6. Fedora: https://fedoraproject.org/w/index.php?title=Secureboot&oldid=294768
    7. UEFI: Unified Extensible Firmware Interface http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unified_Extensible_Firmware_Interface
    8. Recover deleted partitions with TestDisk video with full instructions: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EncqYP1ijFg
    9. Forum posts with suggestions on appications for recovering deleted files: http://askubuntu.com/questions/25311/best-tool-to-recover-removed-files
      http://askubuntu.com/questions/32685/formatted-and-lost-6-years-worth-of-photo-memories-any-way-to-get-this-back
    10. Skype 4.0 for Linux: http://www.geek.com/articles/news/skype-4-0-for-linux-now-available-20120614/
    11. Linux in the Ham Shack: http://lhspodcast.info/
    12. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 178 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #178 Computer America #52
    00:15 Introduction
    02:03 Topic: “What Microsoft’s Secure Boot means for Linux”
    14:14 Linus Torvalds on Secure Boot
    18:20 Alternatives to a Windows 8 PC with Secure Boot
    21:15 Left-wing organization fueling the Linux community's paranoia
    24:38 Let's ask the developers of Linux: Fedora and Canonical on Secure Boot
    28:39 What Microsoft actually says about Secure Boot
    31:48 So, Windows is trying to destroy Linux
    34:28 Greg: Saves an old computer using Linux
    39:01 Ham radio and Linux: Linux in the Ham Shack
    40:48 Steve: The future of Linux
    43:31 Steve: Are there Linux-based mobile phones?
    46:54 Paying for Linux
    50:06 Nancy: Skype 4.0 for Linux
    52:05 Burt: Keeping up with the latest Linux applications
    53:59 Chiphead: Recovering deleted files
    62:05 Brian: Video problems - a monitor hardware issue
    67:25 How we decide on topics for the show
    68:14 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    69:16 End



    Jul 05: #177 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In today's listener feedback we talk about Windows 8 and Skype 4.0. Oh, and we read all kinds of questions and answers about Linux and open source software. Included are comments on Zotero, MSI Wind Sorcerer Linux and Xubuntu. Linux on old hardware and switching from other operating systems are also discussed.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. MSI Wind: http://www.pcurtis.com/wind.htm#critical_power
    2. Zotero: Add-on for the browser that helps with footnotes and citations http://zotero.org
    3. Sorcerer Linux: http://sorcerer.highsphere.net
    4. Lubuntu: http://lubuntu.net
    5. f-droid: http://f-droid.org
    6. Weta Digital: A Linux-using, five-time Academy Award winning visual effects company based in Wellington, New Zealand. http://www.wetafx.co.nz
    7. You may have seen some of their effects in movies such as: "Heavenly Creatures" "The Lord of the Rings" trilogy "King Kong", "I, Robot", "X-Men: The Last Stand", "Eragon", "Bridge to Terabithia", "Fantastic Four: Rise of the Silver Surfer", "The Water Horse", "Jumper", "The Day the Earth Stood Still", "District 9", "The Lovely Bones", and "Avatar".
    8. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 177 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #177 Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:46 audiblepodcast.com/goinglinux
    01:43 Bill tests W8 for a "friend"
    02:40 Tom tries Skype 4.0
    03:17 Jono's message for Tom
    04:05 Ken: Clarification on episode 172
    06:12 Amy: Dual boots Ubuntu and Mint. Reviews Zotero
    11:18 Bob: Comments on Ubuntu
    17:26 Jared: MSI Wind advice for Tom
    18:57 Tony: LUG couldn't help with hardware issue
    20:01 Bradley: On using older or newer distros on older hardware
    20:39 Burt: Comments on recording with Skype
    22:45 Richard: Noticed something odd with Google searches
    26:41 Don: Sorcerer Linux
    27:35 Mark: Switching from the Glass desktop interface
    34:47 Brandon: Has a CR-48 running Xubuntu
    36:14 Burt: Gone Linux
    48:53 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    50:32 End



    Jun 23: #176 Computer America #51
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: Can a light-weight netbook run a 64-bit operating system? Windows 7 Starter vs. 64-bit Linux: an unfair comparison. We also talk about ultrabooks, Linux tablets and answer listener questions.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Vivaldi tablet: http://makeplaylive.com
      Raspberry Pi - credit card sized computers for $25 and $35: http://www.raspberrypi.org/faqs
    2. Linux for the Visually Impaired: http://vinuxproject.org
    3. Apache OpenOffice: http://www.openoffice.org
    4. LibreOffice: http://www.libreoffice.org
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 176 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #176 Computer America #51
    00:15 Introduction
    00:47 Topic: Can a light-weight netbook run a 64-bit operating system? Windows 7 Starter vs. 64-bit Linux: an unfair comparison.
    04:07 Brian's experience with 64-bit Mint on an HP netbook
    08:52 You CAN run a 64-bit OS on a netbook - and it runs better than Windows Starter edition
    09:46 What about an ultrabook?
    11:11 Linux: A lightweight option for modern computers
    13:01 Linux on tablet devices
    14:56 An unfair comparison?
    15:59 The Vivaldi tablet runs KDE
    22:41 Who is K?
    24:04 Is Linux on a tablet DESIGNED for a touch interface?
    25:34 The latest version?
    27:17 What about Linux on Ultrabooks?
    32:00 Running Microsoft Office on Linux
    39:24 Tony: Clock skips, jumpy apps, audio cuts out
    42:48 Burt: Gone Linux
    44:28 Vinux Linux for the Visually Impaired
    46:18 Don: Debian on Raspberry Pi
    50:35 The Mint Boxes: Computers pre-installed with Linux Mint
    53:27 Burt: OpenOffice and LibreOffice history
    60:13 Chris: Virtual Box answers
    63:57 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    68:09 End



    Jun 20: #175 An Interview with Jono Bacon
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    In this interview, conducted in early June 2012, Bill speaks with Canonical's Jono Bacon, Community Manager for Ubuntu. They discuss some of the decisions that lead to the Unity interface, the current state of Ubuntu with 12.04, and the future of Ubuntu in today's environment of "technology convergence". Knightwise provides a commentary that frames the issue with Unity as the perfect introduction to the interview.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Ubuntu Linux: http://ubuntu.com
    2. "The Art of Community" http://www.artofcommunityonline.org
    3. JuJu: https://juju.ubuntu.com
    4. Ubuntu TV: http://www.ubuntu.com/devices/tv
    5. Ubuntu for Android: http://www.ubuntu.com/devices/android
    6. Knightwise: http://knightwise.com
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 175 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #175 An Interview with Jono Bacon
    00:15 Introduction
    02:14 Knightwise on Unity
    07:59 The Interview
    08:34 Overview: What Jono does at Canonical
    11:51 Writing "The Art of Community"
    12:18 "The Art of Community" 2nd Edition
    12:22 About Ubuntu
    12:45 The reasons behind Unity
    16:53 Another shell for Gnome
    18:03 Bill talks about the polish, multiple launches
    18:52 Choice: The great thing about Linux
    20:24 Developers put their hearts and souls into free software
    21:00 Getting to 12.04: Unity has been an evolution
    22:17 If you want rock-solid, use LTS
    22:47 Unity: The "dumbing down" of Linux? Really?
    23:33 Technical elitism
    25:36 12.04 has additional configurability for power users
    26:06 Community support: The Ubuntu forums
    27:32 Juju: It's what's next for Ubuntu
    29:28 Ubuntu client offerings: UbuntuTV
    30:10 Ubuntu computer/phone convergence
    32:37 On Canonical's funding and profitability
    34:07 The cult of Mark Shuttleworth
    35:03 The importance of community
    37:52 Jono tells Tom to upgrade
    38:17 How do I get involved in the Ubuntu community?
    41:58 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    42:49 End



    Jun 02: #174 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    This month we have LOTS of audio feedback! Thanks to all of our listeners. A promotion for Eric Nantz's R-Podcast. We discuss Linux distributions, Unity, Skype, feed issues and a "Gone Linux" story or two. Knightwise asks about installing Linux on older computers. Should you use a release from the same year as the older computer, or use a lighter-weight recent release? He's installing it on an iMac G4 from the LAST CENTURY. We have a link to the Knightcast episode where he discusses his installation and plays our audio feedback.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. R-Podcast
      http://www.r-project.org
      http://www.r-podcast.org
    2. SolusOS: http://solusos.com
      http://distrowatch.com/table.php?distribution=solusos
    3. Hardware - Cotton Candy, Raspberry Pi, Mele A1000 and UbuntuTV: http://www.pcworld.com/article/244278/meet_cotton_candy_the_dualcore_android_usb_device.html#tk.mod_stln
    4. http://www.fxitech.com/products/
    5. http://www.pcworld.com/businesscenter/blogs/linuxline.html
    6. http://www.ubuntu.com/devices/tv
    7. Install ssh on Mint:
      http://forums.linuxmint.com/viewtopic.php?f=42&t=13695&sid=938c64a37b34cc5e830118f60208f520
    8. Knightwise.com Podcast 3.04: Linux on PPC Macs http://knightwise.com/the-knightwise-com-podcast-3-04-linux-on-ppc-macs/
    9. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 174 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #174 Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    03:00 R-Podcast
    05:52 Welcome back Larry
    07:27 Bill likes My Unity
    13:29 Bob: has had problems with Skype in Ubuntu
    14:33 Nathan: Likes Puppy
    15:29 McVries: SolusOS
    17:55 David: A problem with our ogg feed
    21:59 Don: USB stick issue
    30:21 John: Has no sound
    38:22 Jared: Has a problem with our podcast feed
    42:32 Gus: Trinity - Like MATE for KDE
    44:45 Paul: gPodder on Mint 12
    46:39 Bob: New mainstream uses for Linux
    50:53 Ian: gPodder and ssh on Mint
    52:49 Vega: Video card issues?
    55:56 Knightwise
    67:13 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    68:49 End



    May 19: #173 Computer America #50
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: Resolving (and preventing) issues after installing Linux. Larry joins Craig and Ben and discusses getting help with issues, preventing issues, ensuring hardware compatibility and purchasing a computer with Linux pre-installed and supported.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Use the Going Linux resources page: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Resources.html#help-sites
    2. Preventing issues:
      1. Ensuring your hardware is Linux-compatible:
      http://www.linuxquestions.org/hcl
      http://www.linuxcompatible.org/compatdb/index.html
      http://goinglinux.com/articles/Resources.html#hardware-compatibility
      2. Purchase a computer with Linux pre-installed and supported.
      http://www.system76.com
      http://zareason.com
      http://www.emperorlinux.com
      http://lxer.com/module/db/index.php?dbn=14
      Hub vs. switch vs. router:
      http://compnetworking.about.com/od/homenetworkhardware/f/routervsswitch.htm
    3. Boot from ISO using GRUB on thumb drive:
      http://www.pendrivelinux.com/boot-multiple-iso-from-usb-via-grub2-using-linux/
      http://www.linuxquestions.org/questions/linux-software-2/booting-of-raw-iso-from-grub-lilo-though-preferably-grub-367901/page2.html#post3968831
      http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=774539
    4. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 173 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #173 Computer America #50
    00:15 Hello and welcome
    02:09 Topic: Resolving and preventing issues after installing Linux
    03:43 Try the forum
    07:36 Linux distributions
    10:40 Hardware compatibility
    15:37 Dexter: What's a repository?
    23:48 Purchase a computer with Linux pre-installed
    32:14 John: VirtualBox
    36:51 Warren: GNU? Is it still GNU/Linux?
    39:06 Richard: Networking issues
    50:02 Göran: No "but"
    51:57 Clay: Identify a distribution on a thumb drive
    57:53 Bob: iTunes DRM? Really?
    62:10 Sidney: Shutdown icon vanishes - solution
    64:22 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    66:39 End



    May 13: #172 Linux Applications-Introduction
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Larry is missing. Tom and Bill take the episode and make it great! In this episode we discuss some of the key applications used by average users, regardless of the operating system. We identify which versions of those common applications are installed by default by several of the most popular Linux distributions.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Mint: http://distrowatch.com/mint
    2. Ubuntu: http://distrowatch.com/ubuntu
    3. Fedora: http://distrowatch.com/fedora
    4. openSUSE: http://distrowatch.com/suse
    5. Sabayon: http://distrowatch.com/sabayon
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 172 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #172 Linux Applications-Introduction
    00:15 Introduction
    00:47 Larry is absent
    01:17 Bill tries the new Ubuntus
    02:20 Tom is underwhelmed with 12.04
    02:45 Bill tries Ubuntu Studio
    04:38 Linux applications
    05:42 Ubuntu default applications
    06:16 Browser: Firefox
    07:40 Music Player: Rythmbox or Banshee
    11:18 Photo/graphics editing: Shotwell
    13:11 Video player: Mplayer, Totem
    15:30 Office: LibreOffice
    18:48 Picture viewer: Shotwell
    22:35 PCLinuxOS default Applications
    22:50 Browser: Firefox
    22:55 Music player: Clementine
    24:17 Graphics: GIMP
    24:25 Music player: VLC
    24:56 Office: LibreOffice
    25:03 Picture viewer/editor: Digikam
    25:49 Linux Mint default applications
    26:04 Browser: Firefox
    26:13 Music player: Banshee
    26:17 Graphics editor: GIMP
    26:21 Video player: VLC, Totem
    26:38 Office: LibreOffice
    26:54 Picture viewer/editor: ImageViewer/Shotwell
    28:12 OpenSUSE default aplications
    28:40 Browser: Firefox
    28:45 Music player: Banshee
    28:49 Graphics editing: GIMP
    28:53 Video player: Totem
    28:58 Office: LibreOffice
    29:01 Photo editing: Shotwell
    29:09 Fedora default applications
    29:15 Browser: Firefox
    29:19 Music player: Rythmbox
    29:22 Graphics editor: GIMP
    29:25 Video player: Totem
    29:28 Office: LibreOffice
    31:33 Picture viewer: Shotwell
    32:00 Debian default applications
    32:40 Browser: Ice Weasle
    33:46 Music player: Rythmbox
    33:57 Graphics editor: GIMP
    34:02 Video player: Totem
    34:06 Office: OpenOffice
    36:36 Picture viewer: Shotwell
    37:14 Sabayon default applications
    37:53 Browser: Chromium
    38:04 Music player: Banshee
    38:08 Graphics editor: GIMP
    38:11 Video player: VLC
    30:19 Picture viewer: Shotwell
    39:15 Learning the application names
    42:22 Using applications to get things done
    43:04 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    44:39 End



    May 01: #171 Computer America #49
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: Adjust your thinking to make using Linux easier.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 171 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #171 Computer America #49
    00:15 Introduction
    02:27 Topic: Adjust your thinking to make using Linux easy
    05:38 No reboot after installing software
    10:11 Look before you buy
    14:39 You CAN have the latest modern software
    23:30 Copy, share and give it away -- legally!
    27:00 Use it for any purpose you want
    28:59 If you don't like it, change it!
    31:39 Support is just a Google search away
    32:11 The terminal is not just for fixing things
    35:41 Ian: Multiple X session
    37:51 Carlos: An explanation about X sessions
    43:13 Richard: Solved his problem
    47:33 Rich: PAE Kernel
    52:37 32-bit vs. 64-bit
    57:57 Shogi: Problem with gPodder
    67:01 Bob: Words of encouragement
    69:44 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    70:36 End



    Apr 24: #170 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    More feedback from our Listeners. Tom flys solo this episode.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Mark Shuttleworth says, "Gnome" http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nPjMxkFnR_Y
    2. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 170 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #170 Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    02:17 Bob: PCLinux OS
    04:18 Dogphlap: Puppy
    05:58 Grizzly: Gnome or gnome?
    08:44 Matt: Hanna Montana is back!
    09:41 Joe: ASUS problem
    12:18 Keesat: Topic suggestion
    13:06 Jonathan: Gone Linux
    17:23 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    19:22 End



    Apr 05: #169 Computer America #48
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: Finding the Right Linux Distribution. There are several websites dedicated to helping you pick the Linux distribution that's right for you. We discuss 3 of them. We also answer listener feedback -- as always.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Finding the right Linux distribution for you:
      Linux-chooser: http://www.linux-chooser.com/
      Zegenie Studios: http://www.zegeniestudios.net/ldc
      Ad-supported chooser by Jalu: http://www.selectsmart.com/FREE/select.php?client=jalucq
    2. Adjusting the Windows clock in a dual boot machine:
      http://answers.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/forum/windows_7-performance/does-windows-7-use-utc/e722ad92-a65b-4c0a-8c05-b8a84fb155d1
      http://superuser.com/questions/57005/windows-xp-clock-set-incorrectly-after-resume-from-sleep
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 169 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #169 Computer America #48
    00:15 Introduction
    05:43 Tim: Why Linux?
    14:06 Choosing the right Linux for you
    15:31 Linux Chooser
    21:32 zegenie studios
    28:52 Getting support after you choose
    32:39 Niko: Comments onHanna Montana Linux
    42:06 Annie S: Compaq troubles
    48:06 Gomez: Suggestion for Charlie's clock, Linux from Scratch
    56:21 Niko Freezing problems in F
    66:10 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    66:56 End



    Mar 20: #168 32-bit or 64bit
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Most new computers have 64-bit processors. Do you need a 64-bit operating system? What are the differences, advantages and disadvantages of 64-bit Linux vs. 32-bit Linux?

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. The Linux Basix forum discussion on 32-bit vs. 64-bit:
      http://forum.linuxbasix.com/viewtopic.php?f=20&t=932
      http://www.unixtutorial.org/2008/03/install-32-bit-deb-packages-on-64-bit/
    2. Wikipedia links:
      http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Physical_Address_Extension
      http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 168 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #168 32-bit or 64-bit
    00:15 Introduction
    00:51 NVidia joins Linux Foundation
    04:26 Disclaimer
    06:16 Definitions
    08:57 64-bit - What's in a name?
    11:09 Can you run 32-bit apps on a 64-bit machine?
    11:45 More RAM
    18:02 How do I know if I have a 64-bit machine?
    21:13 Larger file sized
    22:44 Disadvantages of 64-bit
    27:34 Our recommendation
    33:54 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    35:06 End



    Mar 05: #167 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We discuss running Linux on persistent thumb drives, our errors, multiple logins and multiple x-sessions. Bill hops to another distro. (No surprise.) Oh, and we answer listener questions. :)

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. About Us: http://goinglinux.com/aboutus.html
    2. From Jim's email: Accessing the Internet: http://linux.about.com/od/linux101/a/desktop07.htm
    3. PCLinuxOS: http://pclosmag.com/
    4. Full Circle: http://fullcirclemagazine.org/
    5. RaspberrPi: http://www.raspberrypi.org
    6. Prefetch: http://askubuntu.com/questions/2194/how-can-i-improve-overall-system-performance
    7. Preload: http://linux.slashdot.org/story/08/02/26/028210/preload-drastically-boosts-linux-performance
    8. Prelink: http://serverfault.com/questions/39500/is-there-a-point-in-using-prelink-anymore
    9. More on prelink vs. prefetch: http://forums.gentoo.org/viewtopic-t-807618-start-0.html
    10. Ubuntu attracts developers: CRN Article
    11. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 167 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #167 Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:44 The minion
    02:24 Bill has hopped to PCLinuxOS
    04:31 Making a persistent thumb drive
    08:18 Nautilus is slowing down
    10:07 Nathan: Linux experiences and ideas
    14:44 Karim: Keeping Windows and Linux on the same time zone
    16:49 chattr: Provides a correction
    20:54 jimzat: Switching Users on "W"
    21:55 Mattew: Installing Apps
    23:23 Chris: More on multiple users
    27:06 Sean: Multiple x-sessions
    30:44 Jim: An email within an email
    36:33 Jes: He's a "he"
    39:19 Aidan: Asks a few questions
    45:19 Walter: Correction on Hulu
    46:15 Aldo: Talks technical
    48:55 Anonymous: Gone Linux
    56:52 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    58:47 End



    Feb 22: #166 Computer America #47
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    This month's topic is "Listening to Podcasts - gPodder". We talk to Charlie again, and answer listener questions. Craig talks about trying Linux.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. gPodder application for your computer: http://gpodder.org/
    2. gPodder on-line podcast service: http://gpodder.net/
    3. BotSync http://botsync.com/
    4. The Knightcast http://knightwise.com
    5. Subscribing to a podcast: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Subscribe.html
    6. Podcasting in Plain English: http://www.commoncraft.com/podcasting
    7. Google’s Authenticator for Android https://market.android.com/details?id=com.google.android.apps.authenticator
    8. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 166 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #166 Computer America #47
    00:15 Introduction
    00:47 Hello and welcome
    01:59 Topic: Listening to Podcasts: gPodder
    07:41 Definition: What is a Podcast?
    09:12 Charles: Installing Linux Mint on a specific partition
    16:33 Windows doesn't keep the correct time, but Linux does
    21:24 Podcatchers
    27:43 Botsync: Wireless sync gPodder to Android
    31:54 Richard: Calls Larry out on a comment
    37:09 Why not just dual boot?
    40:34 Handling hardware under WINE
    44:28 Brian: What is Gnome Shell?
    50:54 Gregory: Unity Dock fix
    54:14 Macbuntu
    55:39 Dick: Authenticating on publick computers
    59:06 Daniel: Audible client?
    63:15 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    65:12 End



    Feb 20: #165 Switching Linux Desktops
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We discuss KDE, XFCE, Gnome 3 Shell, Gnome 2, LXDE, Cinnamon and Mate. We talk about how to install each and how to switch between them on a single computer. Of course we have conversations about how to pronounce "Gnome" and whether it should be "Linux" or "GNU/Linux".

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Definitions: X windowing system, Window Manager, Desktop Environment, Shell
      http://www.tuxfiles.org/linuxhelp/xwtf.html
      http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_X_window_managers
      http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_X_Window_System_desktop_environments
    2. Cinnamon installers available for Mint 12, Ubuntu 11.10, Fedora 16, OpenSUSE 12.1, Arch, Gentoo, and Sabayon 8: http://cinnamon.linuxmint.com/?page_id=61
    3. Testing XFS file system-SGI http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XFS
    4. Gnome Foundation http://live.gnome.org/GnomeShell/FAQ
    5. KDE Tablet http://www.omgubuntu.co.uk/2012/02/e200-kde-tablet-to-ship-may-pre-orders-open-next-wee
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 165 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #165 Switching Linux Desktops
    00:15 Introduction
    00:49 USB hardware issues
    02:44 Skype causes recording issues
    04:28 Bill switches to Mint Debian
    05:12 XFS tested
    06:46 Unity tip: never hide setting
    09:14 Will HUD help Ubunut regain popularity on Distrowatch?
    19:27 Definitions: X Windowing system, window manager, desktop environment, desktop shell
    12:01 Examples
    16:07 Switching to KDE
    19:24 Switching to XFCE
    21:36 Is it Gnome, Gnome or Gnome?
    22:05 Switching to Gnome 3 Shell
    24:12 Switching to Gnome 2
    25:30 Switching to LXDE
    30:00 Switching to Cinnamon
    41:10 Switching to MATE
    43:17 Hardware pick: KDE Tablet
    45:33 Software pick: Google search
    46:16 Software Pick: Minitube (again)
    47:58 Software Pick: Latex and Tux Type
    50:13 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    51:58 End



    Feb 05: #164 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Tom's back! This month we have feedback from the forums, desktop fun, Linux in space, software picks and lots, lots more.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Remind: http://www.linuxjournal.com/article/3529?page=0,0
    2. Hulu/Hulu Plus:
      http://www.hulu.com/plus/devices?src=topnav
      NASA an open source:
      http://open.nasa.gov/blog/tag/open-source/
      Ubuntu Enables Audacity Record Streaming Audio
      http://forum.linuxbasix.com/viewtopic.php?f=4&t=884
    3. The Windows way: http://www.howtogeek.com/howto/39532/how-to-enable-stereo-mix-in-windows-7-to-record-audio/
    4. The Ubuntu way: http://www.ubuntugeek.com/how-to-recording-internal-audio-in-ubuntu.html
    5. gnome-shell-mousewheel-zoom: https://github.com/tobiasquinn/gnome-shell-mousewheel-zoom
    6. Tom's Zenity script: zenity_demo.sh
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 164 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #164 Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:46 Welcome back Tom
    02:29 Rant: Google Chrome
    05:15 Bill switches to OpenSuse 12.1
    07:34 Bert: Comment in the Forum
    11:18 TwistedLucidity: Forum post on episode 163
    18:47 David: LMDE continued support?
    26:11 Bob: Space... the Linux frontier
    28:01 Robert: Did my performance improve?
    31:06 Sam: A perspective on desktop environments
    36:56 Martin: Needs to find old episodes
    39:50 Tom's Zenity script
    42:02 Eric: Provides a solution to the zoom issue
    44:59 Tom: A "Gone Linux" story
    47:37 Pick: botsync, ssh and gpodder
    48:45 Knightwise
    52:01 Pick: Zymeaway
    52:31 Pick: Hulu and Remind (TkRemind)
    55:22 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    57:12 End



    Jan 20: #163 Computer America #46
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Craig's son has installed Linux Mint 11. Microsoft's Skype gives us trouble again. We help Charlie to upgrade, and many others with their issues.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Google’s Authenticator for Android https://market.android.com/details?id=com.google.android.apps.authenticator
    2. How to burn a Linux CD: http://goinglinux.com/articles/BurnACD.html
    3. How to install Linux Mint: http://goinglinux.com/articles/InstallFromLiveCD.html
    4. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 163 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #163 Computer America #46
    00:15 Introduction
    00:46 Hello and welcome
    01:59 Ben's brother Aaron installs Linux Mint
    05:47 Microsoft Skype crashes under Linux
    08:18 Faulty SSD causes 12 hour install
    11:55 Installs from USB stick
    12:18 Why would Mint 11 work when Mint 12 did not
    13:24 Success!
    14:54 Has Ben installed it yet?
    15:37 How long does it take to get used to using Linux?
    16:45 Common reasons for converting to Linux
    17:23 Linux designed for new users
    19:36 With Windows, you're a criminal
    21:09 Playing Windows games on Linux
    24:38 My son goes to Harvard AND uses Linux!
    26:30 Linux in academia
    27:28 I don't think he'll be using Windows again.
    28:27 You don't need a copy of Windows to use WINE
    29:16 Charlie: Upgrading Linux Mint
    32:06 SOPA and SMNL
    36:25 Charlie is back
    38:28 Upgrading from CD or DVD
    41:14 Richard: Linux commands on the Windows cmd
    43:59 Chris: Playing with Linux/Itunes
    49:32 R3AV3R: App to convert .avi to DVD format
    52:40 Richard: OggCamp, Unix-based Operating systems, and programming
    64:06 End



    Jan 20: #162 What's Different? Linux Mint 12
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Bill and Larry discuss what's different about Mint 12, previous versions of Mint and other distributions. Topics include Mint extensions, Gnome 3, Cinnamon, Ubuntu and Unity. We also talk abouthow to setup AirPrint on Linux.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Mint: http://linuxmint.com
    2. Ubuntu: http://ubuntu.com
    3. Enable AirPrint for any shared printer: http://forums.linuxmint.com/viewtopic.php?f=42&t=60740&start=0&hilit=airprint
    4. Autoplus for Fedora: http://dnmouse.org/autoten/
    5. Unity first apeared in 10.10 of Ubuntu Netbook: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unity_%28user_interface%29
    6. Gnome 3 extensions: https://extensions.gnome.org/
    7. Cinnamon: http://blog.linuxmint.com/?p=1910
    8. Synergy issue with GnomeShell: https://github.com/linuxmint/Cinnamon/issues/21
    9. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 162 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #162 What's Different? Mint 12
    00:15 Introduction
    00:43 Black mold in "Studio C"
    01:55 AirPrint for Linux
    05:45 Autoplus for Fedora
    06:58 More on PinguyOS
    07:34 Nook ebook reader as media player
    08:31 Gnome overview
    09:41 Gnome 3 vs Unity
    13:20 Similarities: Gnome 2 and Mint 12 with Gnome 3
    17:31 Window Managers and Extensions
    18:47 Gnome 3 Extensions
    22:24 Mint Community vs. Ubuntu Community
    26:33 Gnome Shell and Gnome 3: What's the difference?
    28:50 Innovation and resistance to change
    30:49 Key differences: Gnome 3 vs. Gnome 2
    31:33 Additional Gnome 3 extensions
    34:39 The Flippery
    37:53 Cinnamon
    43:48 How do I find settings in Mint 12?
    45:41 Where are the categories?
    47:48 What's going on with my virtual desktops?
    49:26 Desktop zoom and accessibility
    52:48 Screen sharing with Skype
    54:37 Panel Applets
    54:49 Drag windows between virtual desktops
    55:54 Default desktop themes
    56:13 Synergy issue
    61:15 Software pick: Google Docs
    62:16 Amazon and Ubuntu music stores
    63:25 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    65:01 End



    Jan 05: #161 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Tom is beginning to feel better, but our Chief Executive Minion Bill Smith continues as co-host to help answer listener questions, provide software picks and generally add valuable comments to our episode!

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Voip software: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_VoIP_software#Server_software
    2. IPKall: http://www.ipkall.com
    3. Karim's blog entry: http://karimlalani.blogspot.com/2011/12/operator-how-may-i-direct-your-call.html
    4. EFI - Mac part of Ubuntu Forums: http://refit.sourceforge.net
    5. AJ’s like on managing fan speed: http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=842775
    6. LXDE Design Principles: http://wiki.lxde.org/en/Design_Principles
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 161 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #161 Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    04:24 Karim: VOIP on Linux
    12:26 George: EFI and Linux
    21:13 PinguyOS installs on Mac easily
    22:00 AJ: Can't control fan under Lubuntu
    27:09 Steve: Making switching languages easy
    32:31 Rich: Feedback on Linux desktops
    38:36 RadioTray
    39:50 Tiny Core Linux and Conky
    44:24 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    46:15 End

    2011 Episodes:
    Dec 21: #160 - Recording with Skype-Advanced
    Dec 20: #159 - Computer America #45
    Dec 06: #158 - Listener Feedback
    Nov 20: #157 - Recording with Skype-Introduction
    Nov 16: #156 - Computer America #44
    Nov 05: #155 - Listener Feedback
    Oct 21: #154 - What's wrong with Linux?
    Oct 19: #153 - Computer America #43
    Oct 06; #152 - Listener Feedback
    Sep 25: #151 - Computer America #42
    Sep 20: #150 - Nosillacast and Mintcast
    Sep 05: #149 - Listener Feedback
    Aug 22: #148 - Linux Antivirus-Advanced
    Aug 16: #147 - Computer America #41
    Aug 05: #146 - Listener Feedback
    Jul 21: #145 - Linux Antivirus-Introduction
    Jul 20: #144 - Computer America #40
    Jul 05: #143 - Listener Feedback
    Jun 21: #142 - Computer America #39
    Jun 20: #141 - Install Ubuntu on a Mac
    Jun 05: #140 - Listener Feedback
    May 22: #139 - Audacity Tutorial & Noscillacast
    May 11: #138 - Computer America #38
    May 06: #137 - Listener Feedback
    Apr 21: #136 - Every Day Things You Can Do With Linux
    Apr 20: #135 - Computer America #37
    Apr 10: #134 - Listener Feedback
    Mar 20: #133 - Produce A Podcast Using Linux
    Mar 16: #132 - Computer America #36
    Mar 05: #131 - Listener Feedback
    Feb 20: #130 - Synergy 1.4.2 for Linux
    Feb 16: #129 - Computer America #35
    Feb 05: #128 - Listener Feedback
    Jan 20: #127 - KWTV Live-The Interview
    Jan 18: #126 - Computer America #34
    Jan 05: #125 - Listener Feedback



    Dec 20: #160 Recording with Skype-Advanced
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Tom is still under the weather. Chief Executive Minion Bill Smith takes over the co-hosting duties to help us discuss the details of recording Skype conversations on Linux for a podcast.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Our forum: http://forum.goinglinux.com
    2. Article: Recording with Skype http://goinglinux.com/articles/RecordingPodcastsOnSkype.html
    3. OpenMediaVault http://openmediavault.org
    4. Opera Unite: http://unite.opera.com
    5. Episodes on recording using Audacity:
      Introduction: http://goinglinux.com/2009shownotes.html#glp059
      Advanced: http://goinglinux.com/2009shownotes.html#glp062
    6. Screencasts on using Audacity:
      Recording: http://goinglinux.com/screencasts.html#glsc001
      Editing: http://goinglinux.com/screencasts.html#glsc002
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 160 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #160 Recording with Skype-Advanced
    00:16 Introduction
    00:50 Welcome Bill Smith
    02:18 Linux in the Ham Shack
    03:15 Managing podcast listening with an Android phone and Linux
    04:12 Forums
    05:52 Linux Mint 12 vs. Ubuntu 11.10
    11:06 Recording using Skype
    12:28 Bill's recording setup
    13:54 Our article has pictures of the setup
    14:53 Photo: The connections
    16:15 Why the "Y"?
    17:01 The mixer
    18:48 Skype-call-recorder
    20:39 Timing the podcast
    22:03 Audacity for recording
    22:34 Google Docs for notes and outline
    22:53 Skype Chat
    24:50 Audacity description
    26:20 Supporting the podcast
    41:31 Recording the Computer America episodes
    30:35 Software pick: Open Media Vault
    35:17 Software pick: Opera Unite
    39:41 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    41:31 End



    Dec 20: #159 Computer America #45
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Larry joins Craig and Ben for the last Linux show of the year. The topic of the month is "Synergy" but we don't get to talk about it much. We have a Skype crash, but we get lots of email and even a caller into the show.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Synergy: http://synergy-foss.org
    2. Our Synergy article: http://goinglinux.com/articles/UsingSynergyOnLinuxAndWindows.html
    3. Our interview with Nick Bolton: http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp130
    4. Issues installing Linux with software RAID: http://askubuntu.com/questions/44550/problem-installing-on-computer-with-sata-harddrive
    5. LibreOffice multi-language spell check: http://libreoffice-na.us/English/dictionary.html
    6. What is EFI? http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extensible_Firmware_Interface
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 159 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #159 Computer America #45
    00:15 Introduction
    03:42 Topic: Synergy
    04:05 Charlie: Got his computer running
    12:45 Wy Larry prefers Mint
    18:10 Skype crashes
    19:45 We're back
    20:28 What is Synergy? Which version should I use?
    28:14 How Synergy works
    32:47 Paul :Tip for LibreOffice users
    35:39 Aldo: Trouble with Ubuntu 11.10
    40:51 Fred: His Linux goes "poof"
    44:50 Martin: Gone Linux
    49:24 Paul: Hast trouble installing Linux
    54:34 George: Installing any OS can be scary
    60:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    61:27 End



    Dec 06: #158 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Tom is under the weather, so Larry flys solo. Our listeners share an iTunes killer for Linux, solutions to issues, and a "Gone Linux" story. IFS=$'©' explained. Is Linux Mint Debian Edition (LMDE) abandoned? Is Unity worth it? Is iTunes doomed? Find out. Listen to this episode!

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. psych 787’s script: http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=324517
    2. http://bash.cyberciti.biz/guide/$IFS
    3. IPod sync solution: http://askubuntu.com/questions/31257/unable-to-mount-iphone?answertab=votes#tab-top
    4. The key commands:

      sudo add-apt-repository ppa:pmcenery/ppa
      sudo apt-get update
      sudo apt-get install ifuse

    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 158 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #158 Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    02:01 Malcore: Don't use my last message
    03:36 Mike: Backups and IPod help
    10:09 Richard: Has a problem with PDF files
    14:57 Bill: Worries about LMDE are well-founded
    17:24 Bill: Internet shortcuts under Linux
    20:31 Richard: Goodbye to Unity
    25:25 Martin: Support of the monetary kind
    26:44 Eddie: Has been listening to early episodes
    28:07 Mark: Has an issue with Synergy
    32:58 John: Gone Linux - no more iTunes!
    37:22 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    39:06 End



    Nov 20: #157 Recording with Skype-Introduction
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    This episode provides an overview of the magic behind the recording of the Going Linux Podcast. We provide insights into how we do it, and suggestions for others using Linux to record a conversation over Skype, Google Talk or other VOIP setups.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Links to our new forum:
      http://forum.linuxbasix.com/viewforum.php?f=53
      http://forums.goinglinux.com or http://forum.goinglinux.com
    2. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 157 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #157 Recording with Skype-Introduction
    00:17 Introduction
    00:51 Synaptic in Hardy looks old now
    01:39 Tiger Direct gets kudos... sort of
    04:32 Google Talk works!
    05:12 Welcome Steve McLaughlin, CES
    05:38 We've got forums!
    07:54 David: Inspired the episode
    09:08 Quality of Service (QOS)
    10:01 How do we record the Going Linux Podcast?
    10:29 What's the magic?
    11:41 What we have tried in the past
    11:51 Skype call recorder
    12:46 Using 2 computers
    14:35 What is comfort noise?
    16:04 Make a 'safety recording'
    19:06 How we record both ends with one computer
    22:48 Tom's setup
    23:39 Recording Google Chat - where's the button?
    24:46 Forums - Thanks DoorToDoorGeek
    25:58 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    27:44 End



    Nov 16: #156 Computer America #44
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Skype and Internet problems. Microsoft's continued support for the Linux version of Skype comes into question. And of course be read your feedback. Tonight's topic: The Software Center: The 'App Store' for Linux.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Firefox user agent switcher add-in: https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/user-agent-switcher/
    2. RedHat Certifications: http://www.redhat.com/certification/
    3. LPI Certifications: http://lpi.org/linux-certifications
    4. Novell Certifications http://www.novell.com/training/certinfo/cle/
    5. An on-line LPI Study Group and Discussion Forum: http://forum.linuxbasix.com/viewforum.php?f=38
    6. PCWorld article: http://www.pcworld.com/businesscenter/article/243581/need_linux_skills_12_places_to_learn_online.html
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 156 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #156 Computer America #44
    00:15 Introduction
    02:18 The App Store for Linux
    33:50 The Internet issues continue
    35:10 Jenni: User agent for Firefox
    43:24 Grandmaster B: Wants to know about Linux certification
    53:39 Sean: Going Linux
    62:02 Marc: Uncertain about the future support for the Linux version of Skype
    67:39 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    69:17 End



    Nov 05: #155 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Printing, simple CMS systems, Bluetooth, safe password storage, and government insecurity are all feedback topics this month. Tom and I discuss the state of Ubuntu 11.10 and advertising vs. donations on our podcast.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Get CMS: http://get-simple.info a CMS for smaller websites.
    2. Sister Amy’s web seminars: http://www.ahereford.org/registration
    3. UEFI blog post by Matthew Garrett a Power management and mobile Linux developer at Red Hat http://mjg59.dreamwidth.org/5552.html
    4. Turn off trackpad: My post on the Mint forum: http://forums.linuxmint.com/viewtopic.php?f=90&t=66856#p427896
    5. Our bash scripting tutorial: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Scripts_en.htm
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 155 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #155 Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:47 Ubuntu 11.10 still a no-go
    05:04 Bob: Got a non-Linux printer working with Linux!
    08:34 Sister Amy: A small CMS called get-simple.info
    12:05 Malcor the techie: Backup strategies for videos and for business
    15:40 Troy: Amazes his coworkers with Ubuntu
    29:02 Primefalcon: Positive comments on Computer America
    32:23 Klaatu: What's wrong with Linux?
    34:58 Dave: Upgrade errors Ubuntu 11.10
    37:56 David: Whats' taking up all that space on my fresh Debian install?
    41:42 Rick: Ideas for safe password storage
    43:54 Ryan: Offers to contribute content for us.
    45:43 Leslie: Locking out Linux
    53:38 Kevin: Government websites that insist on a lack of security
    56:38 Advertising vs. Donations
    59:28 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    61:17 End



    Oct 20: #154 What's wrong with Linux?
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Interviewed live by Knightwise, Larry provides some insight on what's wrong with Linux and what is holding Linux back.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. The Knightcast KC056: http://knightwise.com/knightcast-podcast/871-the-knightcast-kc0056-best-of-kwtv-live
    2. The video: http://knightwise.com/kwtv-screencast/869-kwtv-live-sessions-for-september-2011
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 154 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #154 What's wrong with Linux?
    00:15 Introduction
    32:58 End



    Oct 019: #153 Computer America 43
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Ben makes room for Linux Mint. We talk about 6 reasons NOT to use Linux. (OK, it might be a bit of a tongue-in-cheek list.) Feedback, questions and comments as always.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Déjà Dup https://live.gnome.org/DejaDup
    2. Back In Time http://backintime.le-web.org/
    3. Wikipedia comparison of Statistics applications: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_statistical_packages
    4. R (that’s the name of a statistics application) http://www.r-project.org/
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 153 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #153 - Computer America #43
    00:15 Introduction
    00:47 6 Reasons NOT to use Linux
    33:34 John: Remoting in to Linux
    39:38 Bill: Giving and old computer new life
    44:12 Aldo: A suggestion and a complaint
    51:08 Leo: A neuroscientist with a comment and a question
    64:59 Jenni: Preoccupation with price
    72:34 End



    Oct 06: #152 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Tom gets a phone, thanks to Google. Larry tries to pronounce Swedish names. Losts of voice mail and email. "More" tips. Viruses found on Linux! Bill has Gone Linux.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Wikipedia lists Thorvald Natvig as the original author of Mumble. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mumble_%28software%29
    2. http://mumble.sourceforge.net/Contributing
    3. Disable ACPI/APIC in bios http://ubuntuforums.org/archive/index.php/t-1468165.html
    4. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TDf_fRAophc make software open faster http://community.linuxmint.com/tutorial/view/473
    5. Pendrivelinux for creating USB discs. http://www.pendrivelinux.com
    6. Yumi Multiboot USB Creator http://www.pendrivelinux.com/yumi-multiboot-usb-creator/
    7. Virus testing: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EICAR_test_file
    8. techSNAP podcast: http://www.jupiterbroadcasting.com/12136/ultimate-home-router-techsnap-23/
    9. Pronunciations: http://www.forvo.com/ (All the words in the world. Pronounced.)
    10. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 152 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #152 - Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:52 Tom now uses Google Voice
    03:09 ctrl-0 to reset zoom level in a browser
    04:54 John: The “more” command
    09:03 Mike: Running a Live CD on public computers
    15:36 Protecting user names and passwords when using a public computer
    16:46 Danny: Asked about Mumble
    19:28 Scott: Wants to know how to get his processors back
    23:00 Danny: Linux for seniors
    24:58 Jes: Speeding up Linux Mint
    26:39 Egil: A suggestion we've heard before
    29:59 Jay: Found a virus on Linux
    31:44 Göran: Found a virus, too
    33:28 Bill: Gone Linux
    43:15 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    45:02 End



    Sep 25: #151 Computer America #42
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic of the month: "What applications come with my Linux distribution?"

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Distrowatch http://www.distrowatch.com
    2. Backups: http://goinglinux.com/articles/Rsync-Bash-Cron-Backups.html
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 151 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #151 - Computer America #42
    00:15 Introduction
    00:47 Hello and welcome
    04:23: What applications come with my Linux distribution?
    11:26 Follow along at distrowatch.com
    12:18 Linux Mint
    19:20 Why do people develop Linux?
    22:00 Fedora
    24:33 What's up with Firefox release numbers?
    26:48 Linux desktops: screen shots
    30:15 Danny: Blind user trying to navigate through LiveCD menus
    40:04 3D Desktops
    41:59 Mikolaj: Asks about backups
    45:27 Danny: Vinuux, Linux for the blind
    46:47 Chris: Needs help with wireless
    55:34 Intel demos new processor using Linux
    57:31 Jim: Listenes on Miro
    59:39 Nasser: Should I buy an Alienware PC to run Linux?
    63:50 Barry: Switch to Mint is going well
    64:34 Jim: I found a Virus on my Linux netbook
    70:40 Chris: Browsing network shares cross-platform
    71:46 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    73:46 End



    Sep 20: #150 Nosillacast and Mintcast
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Larry's appearances on the Noscillacast and Mintcast podcasts. Both of these segments were recorded earlier this year. In both appearances, Larry talks about Linux Mint. The Nosillacast was recorded a couple of months ago. In this episode Larry helped Allison, the host, step-by-step installing Mint 11 in VMWare on here Macintosh computer. The Mintcast segment was recorded back in May and is the longer of the two segments. This segment will appeal to anyone weighing a rolling release vs. a timed-release distribution.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Follow along with Allison during the installation steps: Install Linux Mint 11 Tutorial
    2. The Nosillacast with Allison Sheridan: http://www.podfeet.com
    3. Download and create your CD: http://goinglinux.com/screencasts.html#glsc003
    4. How to Burn an ISO on your Mac: http://osxdaily.com/2009/09/11/how-to-burn-an-iso-on-your-mac/
    5. The Mintcast: http://mintcast.org
    6. Mint 11 release notes: http://linuxmint.com/rel_katya.php
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 150 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #150 - Nosillacast and Mintcast
    00:15 Introduction
    01:00 Overview of the two segments
    01:47 Noscillacast
    50:10 Mincast
    73:58 End



    Sep 05: #149 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Larry discusses the disadvantages of a rolling release like Linux Mint Debian Edition (LMDE). Want to learn how to use LibreOffice? We have a resource. How to partition a hard drive with Linux.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. 23 Libre Office Calc Video Tutorials: http://www.thefrugalcomputerguy.com/vtOfcSpreadsheet.php
    2. Making LMDE more stable: http://blog.linuxmint.com/?p=1781
    3. Ubuntu on how to partition: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/HowtoPartition
    4. How to partition your hard drive using GParted: https://help.ubuntu.com/11.04/ubuntu-classic/hardware/C/disks.html#partitioning-device
    5. Setting up shared printing on your home network:
      http://www.murga-linux.com/puppy/viewtopic.php?t=59015
      https://help.ubuntu.com/community/NetworkPrintingWithUbuntu
      http://goinglinux.com/articles/BasicsOfHomeNetworking.html
      http://goinglinux.com/articles/WirelessHomeNetwork.html
    6. Tuxboot http://tuxboot.org
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 149 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #149 - Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    01:33 LibreOffice Calc: The Frugal Computer Guy
    03:02 Jack Deth explains how to get rid of Skype
    07:35 Bill: Mint Debian rolling release
    10:24 Richard: More on Mint Debian
    11:34 Larry's take on LMDE
    18:08 Karim: Android is Linux
    21:24 Jim: Linux Mint dual-boot
    24:19 Jim: How to partition
    24:30 Michael: Removed Ubuntu, won't reinstall
    25:54 Michael: Setting up wireless printing
    27:54 Software Pick: TuxBoot
    30:02 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    31:30 End



    Aug 22: #148 Linux Antivirus-Advanced
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We install two Linux antivirus solutions: ClamAV and BitDefender. We run a scan of each. No surprise, we don't find any viruses. We go about all of this like a neophyte Linux user might, and have some trouble, just like a new user would! We don’t think you need an antivirus to protect you from Linux malware just yet. There is no Linux-specific malware in the wild. But you might want antivirus software installed on your Linux computer for three reasons:
    1. To be prepared - just in case there is malware released for Linux.
    2. To be courteous to your friends who use other operating systems. Antivirus for Linux currently scans your computer looking for malware that might infect other operating systems.
    3. To connect to networked Windows machines and clean up their infections

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Our article on Antivirus for Linux: Antivirus on Linux - Do I Need It?
    2. Bit Defender: http://www.bitdefender.com/business/antivirus-for-unices.html
    3. Clam AV: http://www.clamav.net/ (Windows version: http://www.clamwin.com/)
    4. AVG for Linux: http://free.avg.com/us-en/download?prd=afl
    5. Change swappiness:
      sudo sysctl vm.swappiness=10
    6. https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SwapFaq#What is swappiness and how do I change it?
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 148 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #148 - Linux Antivirus-Advanced
    00:15 Introduction
    01:34 No crashes (we are professionals)
    02:54 Let us know if your Linux antivirus finds any running viruses, let us know
    04:22 3 reasons why you might want to install a Linux antivirus
    05:50 The ClamAV installation begins
    10:44 Overview of the ClamAV options
    15:24 Updating the virus definitions fails (not intuitive)
    18:40 The scan ClamAV begins
    21:27 Installing BitDefender from the website (navigating the marketing hype)
    25:50 The BitDefender download
    30:58 The BitDefender installation (multiple attepts)
    40:34 Overview of BitDefender user interface
    42:58 Updating the virus definitions
    44:33 Running BitDefender (not!)
    45:38 What we learned
    47:00 Change swappiness to speed up your computer
    52:20 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    53:59 End



    Aug 16: #147 Computer America #41
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Connection issues, ringing phones, commercial breaks. All of that is edited out. This is just Craig, Ben and Larry talking about Linux and answering your Linux questions. (We did leave in the bit about hooker names in Linux Mint.) The topic of the month: 5 Linux distributions for computers you never thought would run again!

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. 5 Tiniest Linux Distributions For Your Ancient Computers:
      http://www.junauza.com/2011/07/5-tiniest-linux-distributions-for-your.html
      1. DSL (Damn Small Linux) or Digital Subscriber Line! :)
      486 processor, 8 MB RAM, 50 MB disk space (can run in 128 MB RAM) very usable, not currently being developed
      http://www.damnsmalllinux.org/
      2. SliTaz (Simple Light Incredible Temporary Autonomous Zone)
      x86 or i486 processor, min 16 MB RAM (256 recommended), 0 disk space (can run from RAM) very usable
      http://www.slitaz.org/en/get/
      3. Puppy Linux
      128 MB RAM, 0 disk space (can run from RAM) designed for rescuing broken systems, but very usable day-to-day
      http://www.puppylinux.com/
      4. Tiny Core Linux or Micro Core Linux
      Usable but is not a complete desktop OS. Limited hardware support.
      i486DX processor, 48 MB RAM, 0 disk space (designed to run from RAM)
      http://distro.ibiblio.org/tinycorelinux/welcome.html
      5. Basic Linux (BL3)
      Designed for older laptops for web browsing, email and presentations. PCMCIA support built-in, and MagicPoint presentation software out-of-the-box.
      Intel 386 processor, 3MB RAM, DOS
      Intel 386 processor, 12MB RAM and 2 1.44 MB floppies
      http://distro.ibiblio.org/pub/linux/distributions/baslinux/
    2. Get Libre Office: http://www.libreoffice.org/download/
    3. Changing elevated privilege timeout in Ubuntu and Mint: http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=183418
    4. On-line lug (using Mumble): http://wiki.linuxbasix.com/
    5. Allison Sheridan’s Noscillacast Mac Podcast: http://www.podfeet.com
    6. The Knightcast: http://knightwise.com
    7. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 147 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #147 - Computer America #41
    00:15 Introduction
    00:42 Hello and welcome
    01:49 5 Tiny Linux Distributions for really old computers
    35:07 Hour 2
    37:00 Richard: Define Linux terms, commands and directory structure
    47:46 Steven wrote with a question about opening old word processor documents.
    52:43 Jeff: Asks about the Linux equivalent of "administrator mode"
    59:53 Johnny was a little upset at a comment I made on the last Computer America show
    64:36 Bob asked for help in staring a local Linux User Group (LUG)
    69:20 Don provided some feedback on my appearance on the Noscillacast Mac podcast
    70:52 Kids these days! You have it so easy with your point and click and swipe and gestures
    73:36 End



    Aug 05: #146 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We get feedback on Linux antivirus software, Computer America episodes and Skype. Learn how to install Ubuntu with a NetInstall. Larry is corrected: Is Finland part of Scandinavia or not?

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Stitcher: http://stitcher.com/
    2. Swiffy: http://swiffy.googlelabs.com/
    3. Ubuntu's mini ISO: http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/dists/natty/main/installer-i386/current/images/netboot/mini.iso
    4. Documented NetInstall: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Installation/QuickNetboot
    5. Comparison table of DLNA servers: http://www.rbgrn.net/content/21-how-to-choose-dlna-media-server-windows-mac-os-x-or-linux
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 146 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #146 - Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    02:14 Stitcher
    04:10 Tom tries Ekiga
    05:07 Chief Executive Minion Bill: Swiffy
    06:55 Google Chrome features
    09:15 Anonymous: Calling from iPod
    10:03 Paul: Hooked on Linux Mint
    14:14 Anonymous: How do I change Ubuntu's indicator applet?
    17:09 Setve: Mac exploit required no click. A problem for Linux?
    19:25 Hans: Comment on Larry’s description of Linus Torvalds’ homeland
    21:27 David: Ignoring Computer America episodes again
    24:58 Gordon: Linux AV scans for Windows viruses
    26:52 Justin: Run Linux AV to protect your friends with Windows
    27:38 Bradley: Update ClamAV with "freshclam"
    29:48 Jeff: Try Ekiga as an alternative to Skype
    31:01 Ilya: Ubuntu has a NetInstall from a mini ISO
    37:59 Roger: DLNA Servers comparison table for streaming media
    40:40 Use the "1" key in top to display separate processors details
    41:58 Use Conky for desktop system monitor details
    44:26 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    47:05 End



    Jul 21: #145 Linux Antivirus-Introduction
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    The market for antivirus and anti-malware software is booming. Windows has over 1000 new viruses a day, so this is not likely to decrease any time soon. Now the Mac users are getting the fake antivirus warnings, and because more and more Windows users are moving away from the OS, the new Mac users are falling for it! Can Linux users be far behind?

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Our article on Antivirus for Linux: Antivirus on Linux - Do I Need It?
    2. Linux Format (UK) Magazine online linked to this TuxRadar article: http://www.tuxradar.com/content/get-best-virus-scanner-linux
    3. Bit Defender for Linux: http://www.bitdefender.com/PRODUCT-80-en--BitDefender-Antivirus-Scanner-for-Unices.html
    4. Clam AV: http://www.clamav.net/ (Windows version: http://www.clamwin.com/)
    5. AVG for Linux: http://free.avg.com/us-en/download?prd=afl
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 145 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #145 - Linux Antivirus-Introduction
    00:15 Introduction
    02:16 It's chilly
    03:24 Ubuntu drops Synaptic package manager, drops in popularity
    06:48 Switch to Linux: Beat Windows 8 and Mac OSX Lion by a year!
    08:40 Antivirus for Linux. Really?
    11:35 Linux is difficult to infect
    12:39 Social engineering is how you could be infected
    15:08 Don't say 'yes' to the fake anti-malware
    16:45 Can Linux be infected?
    19:50 Antivirus for Linux
    24:28 Should you install antivirus software?
    25:22 YOU are the hacker!
    27:19 How to prevent an infection
    31:23 Recent switchers to Linux are most at risk
    32:45 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    34:41 End



    Jul 20: #144 Computer America #40
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic of the month: Installing Linux-What are the options? Lots of questions from the chat room, facebook and the phone lines.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Install beside or in place of your current operating system (dual-boot, boot camp)http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp141
    2. Install "inside" your current operating system (wubi, virtual machine)
      http://www.ubuntu.com/download
      http://linuxmint.com/download.php
    3. Wireless issues with Ubuntu: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/Driver/Ndiswrapper
    4. Change Ubuntu UID to match Mac UID to access Mac hard drive from Linux.
      http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1802981
      http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?p=1918408#post1918408
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 144 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #144 - Computer America #40
    00:16 Introduction
    05:00 Topic: Installing Linux - What are the options
    10:17 Linux means personal preference - lots of varieties
    13:44 Can you change the Linux kernel?
    18:01 Linux on an older computer - what about replacing Windows 95
    21:25 Is Linux free? Can you charge for Linux?
    25:50 Charlie: New computer, now has no wireless on Ubuntu and Linux Mint
    37:09 Hour 2
    37:45 305t3ch: DLNA server for server
    39:48 Bill: Minitube is awsome!
    44:51 Bill: Gone Linux with Smoothwall Express, Bondi Blue iMac, freeNX
    49:58 John: Issues because Apple does not provide iTunes for Linux
    54:50 kyengineer: Install Linux on a Mac Mini as a file server
    57:50 Frank: Where can I find what are the latest features of Linux
    58:56 S!ick: Installing both Joli OS and Ubuntu using WUBI alongside Windows
    61:37 Paul: What Linux certifications are available? Where to get them?
    68:31 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    70:40 End



    Jul 05: #143 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Larry has switched to Linux Mint Debian Edition. (LMDE) Firefox vs. Chrome. No more slash Linux. Mumble mumble... We explain that there is a reason it's called a "voice mail line." Ubuntu 11.04 isn't ready. Ubuntu 11.04 is great. How to tweak Gnome 3 so that it works. Skype is dead. Long live Microsoft Skype! Now what do we do?

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Starting a Linux user group (LUG): http://www.tldp.org/howto/user-group-howto.html
    2. PCWorld: Google.com/linux is gone
    3. Create a Chrome TOR button: http://lifehacker.com/5614732/create-a-tor-button-in-chrome-for-on+demand-anonymous-browsing
    4. Now Unity makes sense: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WRZCAHqz23A&feature=feedrec_grec_index
    5. Mint upgrades: http://community.linuxmint.com/tutorial/view/2
    6. Ars Technica: Fixing, er, ah, tweaking Gnome 3
    7. mintCast Podcast: http://mintcast.org
    8. Linux Basix Podcast http://linuxbasix.com
    9. Linux Basix Forum: http://forum.linuxbasix.com
    10. Tech-Vets Podcast: http://tech-vets.com
    11. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 143 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #143 - Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    02:45 Larry goes Linux Mint Debian's rolling release
    05:15 Chrome vs. Firefox
    10:30 Steve: On-line lug at the Linux Basix forum
    14:05 Anonymous: Installing Linux on a specific drive
    18:12 Robert: How would I start a local Linux Group?
    20:01 Bill: Hello google.com/linux
    20:29 Steve: Goodbye google.com/linux
    22:28 John: Unity is working well
    25:19 Brian: Issues with Vidalia TOR bundle
    28:54 Primefalcon: A separate home partition helps when backing up
    31:00 Rich: Now Unity makes sense (see the video)
    32:13 Mike: Banshee problem on Mint
    36:26 Paul: A rant about open source and audio
    42:33 Paul: Switching desktop environments without switching distros
    47:41 Jared: Are there any Skype alternatives?
    52:38 Brian: Tweaking Gnome 3 to add back removed features
    53:31 Rick: Gone Linux Mint
    56:50 Software picks: mumble and minitube
    60:28 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    63:35 End



    Jun 21: #142 Computer America #39
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: "Has Adobe abandoned Linux?" Craig introduces Larry to his new co-host -- his son, Ben. Ben is a Windows gamer who hasn't looked at Linux since the 1990's. Larry has him convinced to try Linux by the end of the show!

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Listener Bradley provided this link for the Adobe topic: http://blogs.adobe.com/open/2011/06/focusing-on-the-next-linux-client.html
    2. Net Market Share OS Trend information: http://marketshare.hitslink.com/operating-system-market-share.aspx?qprid=8&qpcustomd=#
    3. Rich’s links for getting used to XFCE 4.8 and Xubuntu Linux XFCE settings overview (18 minutes)
      http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tHgp8BGZfOc
      Basic customizations and keystroke launcher (21 minutes)
      http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YHzP3ZLpjpM
    4. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 142 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #142 - Computer America #39
    00:16 Introduction
    00:53 Meet Ben - new guy does good
    03:00 Didn't know it existed, still?
    03:49 Has Adobe abandoned Linux?
    05:30 Adobe AIR software development platform no longer being supported
    07:20 Adobe to focus on mobile phone platforms
    11:00 "The Linux Minute" -- sorry Intel
    11:18 Linux flat, Android growing, iOS growind, Mac OS flat, Windows declining
    12:35 Linux community to the rescue!
    14:54 It's all about the money
    23:00 Android is Linux
    27:17 Ben thinks he is a secret Linux admirer and didn't know it until now
    27:38 Browsers on Linux
    29:42 Computer America Facebook page
    30:14 How to get started with Linux: Linux Mint 11 LiveCD
    33:25 Ben: Why would I want to use something that is not intuitive
    36:22 Bill: NetFlix on Linux?
    41:58 Curtis: Unity - as slow as Windows on an older laptop
    47:21 Rich: Some alternatives to Unity - XFCE, LXDE
    49:04 Who is Shuttleworth?
    50:00 Jared: Gone Linux
    52:57 Ben: What are the pros of using Linux?
    55:52 Ben: Can I create a partition on my hard drive and use both Linux and Windows?
    59:06 Ben: In one show you are convincing me to try Linux!
    59:38 305t3ch: What about ClearOS for a small buiness server
    62:54 Any distros that come with Joomla CMS pre-installed?
    64:23 dogphlap: Samsung driver for CX-3175 printer is NOT proprietary!
    68:27 Ubuntu's contribution to the Linux community
    72:45 Mike: New listener - coupon printing (again!)
    77:37 End



    Jun 20: #141 Install Ubuntu on a Mac
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Let technology work for you rather than the other way around. Larry interviews Knightwise of The Knightcast, KWTV screencasts, Live webcasts, the Aussie Geek Podcast and the Noscillacast, etc. Knightwise is a cross-platform slider who uses Windows, Linux and Mac computers and other technology. The topic is "Installing Ubuntu on a Mac" but we veer off into other things, like podcasting sound quality and aircraft engine maintenance at 10,000 feet.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Knightwise: http://knightwise.com #dearknightwise
    2. The Aussie Geek Podcast: http://www.aussiegeekpodcast.com
    3. The Noscillacast: http://www.podfeet.com
    4. Thanks to listener Aldo for this link: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/MacBook
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 141 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #141 - Install Ubuntu on a Mac
    00:15 Introduction
    01:40 Who is Kightwise?
    10:28 Mac hardware quality and variability
    13:37 Why install Linux on Mac hardware?
    15:00 Linux on a Macbook Air
    16:13 Installation process on Mac hardware
    17:49 Differences in installing Linux vs. on a Mac as on PCs
    19:06 What could possibly go wrong?
    20:49 Mac hardware drivers for Linux
    23:59 It's faster! And it rocks!
    26:46 OSX slows down or gets a little unstable after a year or so
    27:51 Refit: a better way to dual-boot Linux and OSX with bootcamp for podcast production
    29:37 Tom does durability testing: Aircraft engine maintenence in mid-flight at 10,000 feet
    32:12 Getting support for Ubuntu on your Mac
    34:30 What's tha-a-a-t? Impress your friends!
    36:02 Cautions and tips about installing Ubuntu on your Mac
    38:45 Installing on Macs with G3, G4, G5 processors
    41:32 It's my computer. I'll do with it what I want!
    45:29 Lenovo: The PC equivalent of Mac hardware
    46:12 Improve your Mac experience with Linux
    47:12 What's next? All-Linux podcast production on a Mac
    50:27 End



    Jun 05: #140 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Larry switches to Ubuntu 11.04. Larry switches to Xubuntu 11.04. Will he stay with Xubuntu, or switch to Mint... or openSuSE? We answer questions and discuss Unity, XFCE, Plop, upgrades, Gnome Shell, Mark Shuttleworth, and much more.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Plop: http://www.plop.at/en/ploplinux.html
    2. Shuttleworth had an online chat: http://irclogs.ubuntu.com/2011/05/04/%23ubuntu-classroom.html#t14:33
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 140 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #140 - Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    02:10 Larry installs Ubuntu 11.04
    03:16 Until Unity is finished, Ubuntu is no longer for noobs
    06:55 Larry switches to Xubuntu 11.04 - requires "tweaking"
    13:39 Tom does not upgrade to Ubuntu 11.04
    15:56 Aaron: Plop for installing from a USB
    16:02 Bob: If I upgrade will I need to re-do compatibility
    20:07 Roy: Try gnome-shell --replace command
    20:46 Tom tries Roy's suggestion -- while recording the show!
    24:43 Brad: Try Xubuntu 11.04 as an alternative to Ubuntu 11.04 with Unity
    26:56 Brian: Monitor headaches
    31:45 Rich: Shuttleworth on Unity's future
    36:30 Curtis: Nosillacast was special
    38:33 Egroegeorge: Show topicsuggestions, listen to Going Linux like Star Wars
    41:41 Software picks: ARandR, gprename
    45:00 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    47:12 End



    May 22: #139 Audacity Tutorial & Noscillacast
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We have some new listener-contributed content. Thanks to Richard Roocroft for his tutorial on how to use the Audacity audio recording and editing program.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Richard Roocroft's Rusty Microphone: www.rustymicrophone.com
    2. Allison Sheridan's Noscilla Cast: http://www.podfeet.com
    3. Our screencasts on using Audacity to produce a podcast:
      Recording a Podcast
      Editing a Podcast
    4. Southern California Linux Expo:
      http://www.socallinuxexpo.org/scale9x
      Larry's Presentation page on the SCaLE website
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 139 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #139 - Audacity Tutorial & Noscillacast
    00:19 Introduction
    02:03 Richard: Audacity Tutorial
    13:48 Lots of links
    14:38 Allison: Chit Chat Across the Pond
    59:56 End



    May 11: #138 Computer America #38
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Subject: "Linux gets a new look". Larry is on the Computer America show as Carey's co-host, while Craig is on vacation.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Gnome 3 - a way to use an operating system: http://www.gnome.org/gnome-3/
    2. Ubuntu’s Unity user interface meets with mixed reviews:
      Linux Journal article: http://tinyurl.com/3el7ecj
    3. Ubuntu screen shots: (half-way down the page) http://www.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/features
    4. Compiling on Slax: http://www.slax.org/forum.php?action=view&parentID=12003
    5. Redo Backup: http://redobackup.org
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 138 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #138 - Computer America #38
    00:17 Introduction
    01:00 "Patch Tuesday" - Avoid it all. Install Linux
    03:27 Microsoft buys Skype - changes in the works?
    06:44 Copyright infringement law suit. Will it affect Linux users?
    18:10 New looks for Linux
    27:50 Gnome 3 and Unity as compared with KDE 4
    29:38 Isn't WINE a desktop?
    34:20 Virtual Machines and Coupons
    37:45 Curtis: Use power line adapter in place of wireless card
    46:52 Seth: Compiling on Slax 6.1.2
    51:25 dogphlap: Likes RedoBackup
    53:53 Drive cloning
    57:55 Charles: Upgrade Derringer to Natty - no issues
    62:22 Kross: Download Helper plugin for streaming videos in Firefox
    66:27 End



    May 06: #137 Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Tom and Larry discuss Ubuntu 11.04 and Unity (after a total of about 10 minutes of use between them.) Stickers for your "Windows" key. Resistance to change. Listener questions. Gone Linux.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. System76 Super-Key stickers https://system76.com/swag/stickers
    2. Getting Started with Ubuntu 10.04 (Official Ubuntu Linux manual) http://ubuntu-manual.org/
    3. Ubuntu's ten lessons for the desktop PDFs: (student guide and instructor guide)
      https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Training?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=student.pdf
      https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Training?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=instructor.pdf
    4. Linux Mint Official User Guide http://www.linuxmint.com/blog/?p=1507
    5. On-line Linux Tutorials and Courses:
      http://www.howtoforge.com
      http://linuxbasics.org/tutorials/start
      http://linuxbasics.org/course/start
      http://beginlinux.org
      http://linux.learnhub.com/
      http://gnulinux.learnhub.com/
    6. On-line Applications Tutorials:
      http://www.gimp.org/tutorials
      http://beginlinux.org
      http://opensource.learnhub.com/
    7. SliTaz Forum: http://scn.slitaz.org/forums/
    8. Compiling on Puppy: http://puppylinux.org/wikka/compiling
    9. Linux Link Tech Show: http://tllts.org
    10. Redo Backup: http://redobackup.org
    11. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 137 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #137 - Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    02:31 Ubuntu 11.04 impressions
    08:53 Super Key stickers
    12:38 Blogfan: Having trouble with Ubuntu 7.10
    17:25 Brian: Finds Ubuntu “just seems to work”
    26:27 Ed: Problems with installing an ebook reader on his SliTaz Linux computer
    32:44 Steve: Where do you think the gaps and weaknesses are in the world of linux?
    38:13 Robert: Bleach Bit stopped his working webcam, tries sudo chmod +x /dev/video0
    43:49 Charles: Installed Ubuntu 11.04 on Racing Cow and Derringer
    48:26 James: Wrote about his printing experience - hplip
    53:32 William: Gone Linux, too
    54:53 Ray: Roku let's Ray use Linux and Netflix
    57:12 Redo Backup - "bare metal" restore
    59:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    61:53 End



    Apr 21: #136 Every Day Things You Can Do With Linux
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Listener Danny Crone provided us with this episode on every day things you can do with Linux. Danny discusses the topic of Linux, audio recording, accessibility and more. He also interviews a Linux user, who goes by the name Stormdragon, about Linux.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Vinux: http://www.vinuxproject.org
    2. Frostbite systems: http://frostbitesystems.com
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 136 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #136 - Every Day Things You Can Do With Linux
    00:16 Introduction
    01:48 What is Linux
    08:20 Orca
    08:39 Interview with Stormdragon
    19:20 Skype
    20:18 Money Management
    21:13 Advantages of computers with Linux pre-installed
    30:13 End



    Apr 20: #135 - Computer America #37
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    As usual, Larry is the guest on the Computer America radio show. Unlike usual, A.J. Stringham of the Linux Geekdom podcast is the co-guest. Welcome A.J.! Great job. Today's topic: "10 Ways Linux Can Fix PCs."

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. The article Bill provided that is the basis of our topic today: http://www.howtogeek.com/howto/31804/the-10-cleverest-ways-to-use-linux-to-fix-your-windows-pc/
    2. Linux Geekdom http://linuxgeekdom.com
    3. Multi-boot Linux on a pen (flash) drive: YUMI Multiboot USB Creator for Windows http://www.pendrivelinux.com/yumi-multiboot-usb-creator/
    4. SARDU Multiboot USB Creator for Windows http://www.pendrivelinux.com/sardu-multiboot-usb-creator-windows/
    5. LinuxLive USB Creator for Windows http://www.linuxliveusb.com/
    6. Universal USB Linux Installer for Windows http://www.pendrivelinux.com/universal-usb-installer-easy-as-1-2-3/
    7. MultiSystem Multiboot USB Creator for Linux http://www.pendrivelinux.com/multiboot-create-a-multiboot-usb-from-linux/
    8. Getting Started with Ubuntu 10.04 (Official Ubuntu Linux manual) http://ubuntu-manual.org/
    9. Linux Mint Official User Guide http://www.linuxmint.com/blog/?p=1507
    10. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 135 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #135 - Computer America #37
    00:16 Introduction
    00:54 Welcome Larry
    02:15 10 Ways Linx Can Fix PCs
    05:50 Welcome AJ
    11:34 Which distribution should you use?
    14:24 Anthony: How do I learn about Linux, converting from a Mac?
    21:00 Alternate methods of fixing PCs
    21:54 JackDeth: Rescues a DVR using Linux
    23:40 Mohammed: Making a bootable thumb drive
    28:13 USB boot drive vs. CD repair utilities
    30:08 Linux-based repair tools are not intimidating
    31:50 Use a repair CD if possible, but a LiveCD will do in an emergency
    32:44 Linux on Web servers
    34:27 Linux security updates
    35:42 Linux geekiness
    39:55 David: Where do I get older Computer America episodes?
    47:25 Larry: Looking for a light-weight distribution
    52:10 Michael: Media player as a rescue disk
    56:10 Tim: Sharing printers in a Windows network
    64:15 William: Conversion to Linux success story
    66:15 Aldo: Uses Going Linux podcast to improve his English
    67:50 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    71:32 End



    Apr 10: #134 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    We have so much feedback we have had to summarize a few of them together. My guess is that we'll be doing more of this. We also received a lot of audio feedback and voice mails for this episode.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Larry's appearance on the Noscillacast podcast: Episode 305 How to Podcast Without Power...
    2. Boot Portable Live USB Linux on Older Hardware:
      Your Linux is Portable, But Where's the Port?
      Emery Fletcher, Linux Planet, Friday, March 11, 2011
      http://www.linuxplanet.com/linuxplanet/reviews/7319/1/
    3. Rusty Microphone: www.rustymicrophone.com
    4. Bob's WikiHow Articles:
      http://www.wikihow.com/Run-a-Computer-from-a-USB-Drive-Using-Puppy-Linux
      http://www.wikihow.com/Control-Two-Computers-Using-One-Mouse-and-Keyboard-With-Quicksynergy
      10 ways Linux can fix PC's:
      http://www.howtogeek.com/howto/31804/the-10-cleverest-ways-to-use-linux-to-fix-your-windows-pc/
      Multi-boot Linux on a pen (flash) drive:
      YUMI Multiboot USB Creator for Windows http://www.pendrivelinux.com/yumi-multiboot-usb-creator/
      SARDU Multiboot USB Creator for Windows http://www.pendrivelinux.com/sardu-multiboot-usb-creator-windows/
      LinuxLive USB Creator for Windows http://www.linuxliveusb.com/
      Universal USB Linux Installer for Windows http://www.pendrivelinux.com/universal-usb-installer-easy-as-1-2-3/
      MultiSystem Multiboot USB Creator for Linux http://www.pendrivelinux.com/multiboot-create-a-multiboot-usb-from-linux/
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 134 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #134 - Listener Feedback
    00:16 Introduction
    02:39 Listen to Larry's SCaLE presentation
    05:17 Bill provides Tom with another opportunity to tinker
    08:16 Linux Planet article on PLOP
    10:13 AJ: Linux Geekdom is back! Sceencast and Voice Mail software
    13:37 Bill: Distro reviewDistro review - Cunchbang
    22:03 Richard: How to use Levelator on Linux using Wine
    26:15 Danny: Every day tasks that can be done with Linux
    27:38 Bob: WikiHow on Puppy and Quick Synergy
    28:42 Aario: Laptop gets too hot
    32:54 James: Needs one-on-one help
    34:34 Ray: Any kind of freedom as long as you use Mint
    37:00 Bill: Using Linux to fix Windows
    37:49 Daryl: Set us straight on multiboot
    41:27 Brad: Gone Linux (so has his wife and brother-in-law)
    46:27 Tom Wubis his sister's computer
    49:28 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    51:29 End



    Mar 20: #133 - Produce An Audio Podcast Using Linux
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    This is the audio from Larry's presentation at the Southern California Linux Expo (SCaLE9x) on February 27, 2011.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Follow along with Larry's presentation:
      Produce An Audio Podcast Using Linux.odp
      Video Presentation
      Southern California Linux Expo:
      http://www.socallinuxexpo.org/scale9x
      Larry's Presentation page on the SCaLE website
    2. Noscilla Cast "Podcasting on Podcasting" series (12-step program): http://www.podfeet.com/wordpress/podcasting-on-podcasting
    3. Podcast411's Podcast 101 (11-step program) http://podcast411.com/podcast101
    4. Libsyn's Podcasting Starter Kit http://imake.libsyn.com/podcast-podcasting-starter-kit-for-absolute-newbies
    5. Get Professional Help:
      Sallie Goetsch: http://www.podcastasylum.com
      Dave Jackson: http://schoolofpodcasting.com
      Donna Papacosta: http://trafcom.typepad.com/blog/the-podcasters-checklist.html
    6. Flickr Photos from SCALE9X: http://www.flickr.com/search/?w=all&q=scale9x&m=text
    7. Our screencasts on using Audacity to produce a podcast:
      Recording a Podcast
      Editing a Podcast
    8. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 133 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #133 - Produce An Audio Podcast Using Linux
    00:16 Introduction
    nm 01:40 Hi Bob!
    02:40 Special thanks to Allison Sheridan for "Podcasting on Podcasting"
    04:25 Produce An Audio Podcast Using Linux
    62:41 End



    Mar 16: #132 - Computer America #36
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    This month's topic: "Other Podcasts for people interested in Linux". We list a lot of the Linux podcasts on Larry's media player. AJ of Linux Geekdom podcast calls in to ask a question. We also answer listener questions from the emails we have received.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. The Linux Action Show! http://www.jupiterbroadcasting.com/?cat=4
      Feeds: http://feeds.feedburner.com/TheLinuxActionShowOGG or
      http://feeds.feedburner.com/TheLinuxActionShow
      Linux Basement http://www.linuxbasement.com
      Feeds: http://feeds.feedburner.com/linuxbasement or
      http://www.linuxbasement.com/ogg
      Linux Geekdom http://linuxgeekdom.com
      Feeds: http://linuxgeekdom.com/rssogg.xml or
      http://linuxgeekdom.com/rssmp3.xml
      Linux in the Ham Shack http://lhspodcast.info
      Feeds: http://lhspodcast.info/category/podcast-ogg/feed or
      http://lhspodcast.info/category/podcast-mp3/feed
      Linux Outlaws http://linuxoutlaws.com
      Feeds: http://feeds.feedburner.com/linuxoutlaws or
      http://feeds.feedburner.com/linuxoutlaws-ogg
      Tux Radar http://www.tuxradar.com/podcast
      Feed: http://www.tuxradar.com/files/rss-small.png
      Ubuntu UK http://podcast.ubuntu-uk.org
      Feeds: http://feeds.feedburner.com/UbuntuUkPodcastOgg-high?format=xml or
      http://feeds.feedburner.com/UbuntuUkPodcastMp3-high?format=xml
      mintCast (Linux Mint) http://mintcast.org
      Feed: http://mintcast.org/podcasts-only/rss2.aspx
      Lotta Linux Links http://www.lottalinuxlinks.com
      Feed: http://lottalinuxlinks.com/podcast/rss.xml
      The Linux Link Tech Show http://tllts.org
      Feeds: http://www.thelinuxlink.net/tllts/tllts_ogg.rss or
      http://www.thelinuxlink.net/tllts/tllts.rss
      The GNU World Order (Formerly "The Bad Apples") http://www.thebadapples.info/
      Feeds: http://www.thebadapples.info/thebadapples/HOME/rss.xml or
      http://www.thebadapples.info/ogg.xml
    2. Not-so-active shows
      Fresh Ubuntu http://freshubuntu.org/
      Feeds: http://freshubuntu.org/mp3feed or
      http://feeds2.feedburner.com/FreshUbuntuOgg
      The Linux Install Podcast http://thelip.net
      Feeds: http://thelip.net/lipmp3.xml or http://thelip.net/lipogg.xml
      Linux Reality http://www.linuxreality.com
      Feed: http://feeds.feedburner.com/linuxreality
      Productive Linux http://productivelinux.com
      Feeds: http://feeds.feedburner.com/productivelinux/ymoN or
      http://feeds.feedburner.com/productivelinux/GOXS
    3. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 132 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #132 - Computer America #36
    00:16 Introduction
    00:52 Hello and welcome
    03:18 Other Podcasts for people interested in Linux
    07:04 AJ from Linux Geekdom
    16:00 The Linux Action Show!
    20:17 Linux Basement
    23:25 Linux in the Ham Shack
    24:39 Linux Outlaws
    26:58 Tux Radar
    29:16 Ubuntu UK
    30:07 mintCast (Linux Mint)
    32:07 Lotta Linux Links
    32:56 The Linux Link Tech Show
    35:07 The introduction of IE9 could mean more converts to Linux
    42:11 Chris: Removing kernels
    54:25 Brian: After 2 years, gone Linux!
    56:56 Steve: Gone Linux
    60:55 Is Larry switching from Ubuntu?
    62:51 Rosa: Finding downloaded mp3 stream
    67:31 U-Cubed
    68:12 End



    Mar 05: #131 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Our topics this month include: Grappling with skype-call-recorder on Ubuntu 10.10. Grappling with Mobilin - and failing. Media player as a rescue device. Oh, and we answer listener questions.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Richard's website: http://www.rustymicrophone.com
    2. Chris' Dynamic Compressor plugin: http://pdf23ds.net/software/dynamic-compressor
    3. 64-bit Ubuntu driver for Lexmark Prevail Pro 705: http://support.lexmark.com/index?docLocale=en_US&page=content&id=DR20846&locale=EN&userlocale=EN_US
    4. WD TV Live HD+: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WD_TV#WD_TV_Live_Plus
    5. Using multiple cams on Linux:
      http://fixunix.com/hardware/526637-multiple-webcams-ubuntu-fedora-win-xp.html
      http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=741001
    6. Where to get started with Going Linux:
      #9 - Adjusting to Linux (Introduction)
      #17 - Word Porcessors and Text Editors (Introduction)
      #29 - Backups (Intro)
      #65 - Linux Desktops-Introduction
      #76 - Linux File System-Introduction
      #94 - SCaLE 8x
    7. Learning about Linux:
      Resources: http://resources.goinglinux.com
      "The manual" for various Linux distributions http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp126
      Kid-friendly Linux distributions and apps: http://www.lifehack.org/articles/technology/linux-for-children.html
    8. Ubuntu Mini: http://ubuntumini.com
    9. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 131 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #131 - Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    00:46 Skype Call Recorder does not separate channels on Ubuntu 10.04 and Ubuntu 10.10
    03:27 Tom's attempt at using Moblin
    08:01 Thanks for the feedback
    08:45 Audible
    10:31 Richard: Levelator vs. Chris' Dynamic Compressor vs. Audacity's Compressor
    24:04 Nick: Gone Linux over a 5 year period
    29:21 Mike: Struggling with Lexmark Prevail Pro 705 printer/scanner on 64-bit Ubuntu
    32:03 Paul: Boxee does not have an RPM package!
    36:12 Ryan: Boxee does not yet have Netflix on Linux
    38:29 JD: WD TV Live HD+ runs on Linux AND supports Netflix
    41:13 Thomas: Using an old computer as a security system and file server
    45:23 Heather: Where should I start with Going Linux? What about Linux for kids?
    49:00 Bill: Ubuntu installed in 60 minutes on a cast-off computer
    50:22 AA has BSOD in DFW
    52:15 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    55:37 End



    Feb 20: #130 - Synergy 1.4.2 for Linux
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    With the recent release of Synergy for Linux, our updated setup instructions are simpler and easier for Linux users than ever before. Today, on the day of the release of Synergy 1.4.2, I interview one of the project owners, Nick Bolton, on the release of Synergy 1.4.2 for Linux. We discuss the origins of the project, the features of the latest release and why this new synergy is the easiest to use ever.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Our new Synergy setup instructions: http://goinglinux.com/articles/UsingSynergyOnLinuxAndWindows.html
    2. The newest Synegy http://synergy-foss.org
    3. The 3 original projects: The original Synergy, Synergy+, and QSynergy
    4. Utility QuickSynergy
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 130 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #130 - Synergy 1.4.2 for Linux
    00:17 Introduction
    00:35 Interview with Nick Bolton
    30:40 End



    Feb 16: #129 - Computer America #35
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: "Getting ready for Linux with cross-platform, open source applications" (On-line apps don't count!) We talk about applications that run on Windows, Mac and Linux, and using them to ease the transition to Linux. We explore LibreOffice a bit, and answer listener feedback.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Larry's talk at SCALE 9X: http://www.socallinuxexpo.org/scale9x/presentations/produce-audio-podcast-using-linux
    2. Browsers: Firefox, Chrome, Opera
    3. Mail: Thunderbird
    4. Office: OpenOffice, LibreOffice
    5. PDF reader: Adobe Reader
    6. Media players: VLC
    7. DVD ripper: Handbrake
    8. Audio editor: Audacity
    9. Photo editors: GIMP, Inkscape, Picasa
    10. Instant messaging: Pidgin
    11. Website development: Kompozer
    12. The OpenDisc Project: http://www.theopendisc.com/
    13. Add "PPA" Repositories in Ubuntu: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Repositories/Ubuntu
    14. Knightcast Podcast: http://knightwise.com/knightcast-podcast
    15. Removing Windows after going Linux:
      http://www.howtogeek.com/howto/17787/clean-up-the-new-ubuntu-grub2-boot-menu/
      http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1195275
    16. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 129 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #129 Listener Feedback
    00:52 Introduction
    01:34 Cross-platform software
    36:26 Joe and Larry: How do I remove GRUB menu entries?
    43:30 Al: How do I find repositories?
    52:06 Sean: Stallman, FSF and Linux marketing
    61:35 Lester: Great show!
    65:33 SCALE 9X Promo: Listen for a 40% discount on your registration!
    66:48 End



    Feb 05: #128 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Android, Ubuntu, Slackware, Mint, Puppy... we talk about them all in this episode. Tom tries some cool new stuff. The pragmatic Larry returns... and rants again. (Well, a mini-rant.) We discuss video issues, wireless issues, gPodder/iPod issues, and much, much more. Two cool software picks and two cool Linux events. Listen to get 40% off your registration for the Southern California Linux Expo (SCALE 9X) Larry will be speaking. Listen to the end to get a 40% discount off of your registration. Below is a link to the details of his talk.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Larry's talk at SCALE 9X: http://www.socallinuxexpo.org/scale9x/presentations/produce-audio-podcast-using-linux
    2. Indiana Linux Fest: http://indianalinux.org
    3. Ger's Site: http://www.mcvries.nl
    4. Harley's Site: http://kgitechnologies.com
    5. Boxee:
      Boxee Website: http://www.boxee.tv
      Nosilla Cast episode: http://www.podfeet.com/wordpress/2011/01/16/295-lastpass-twitter-explained-boxee/
    6. Video issues: https://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?pid=307216
      https://help.ubuntu.com/community/BinaryDriverHowto/Nvidia
    7. Oracle and Open Source: http://oss.oracle.com/
    8. pySDM: http://pysdm.sourceforge.net/
    9. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 128 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #128 - Listener Feedback
    00:14 Introduction
    02:58 Tom tries a bootable USB drive
    06:07 Bob: Android player is Linux, right?
    07:38 Ger: Gone Linux, the hard way! Ubuntu with a table pre-installed? Episode on PGP?
    13:49 Charles: Out of range error suggestion for Tony: resolution settings
    20:00 Bradley: Resolution error may be due to off-brand monitor
    21:14 Paul: Lack of Netflix streaming service under Linux
    22:26 Nosilla Cast mentions Boxee which may have Netflix
    27:45 David: WUSB54G problems solved in Ubuntu 11.04 pre-beta
    32:00 Tom is no longer afraid of Enlightenment
    32:50 Todd: gPodder working with iPod
    33:42 Harley: Ubuntu/Slackware family
    35:15 Keld: Video problem: Editing xorg.conf is still possible on Mint 10
    38:22 Jerrod: MSI Wind BIOS update... is it safe to do?
    42:23 Charles: Shutdown icon is missing!
    46:26 Gene: Agrees with Larry's rant about RMS
    50:46 Steve: I want the pragmatic Larry back! Linux advertising. Disagrees with Larry's opinion of Oracle.
    54:37 Software Picks: pySDM - Python Storage Device Manager, motion - motion detection for your webcam
    59:13 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    61:10 SCALE 9X Promo: Listen for a 40% discount on your registration!
    62:25 Indiana Linux Fest http://indianalinux.org
    63:27 End



    Jan 20: #127 - KWTV Live-The Interview
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Knightwise interviews Larry on his 2010 year-end extravaganza. You can use the link below to go directly to the recording of the full live 'cast including all the interviews from day one, and the music as well. You can get the day two recording and all of Knightwise's podcast and videocastings at www.knightwise.com.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Knighwise's KWTV LIVE 2010 : Day one: http://www.knightwise.com/kwtv-screencast/794-kwtv-live-2010--day-one
    2. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 127 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #127 - KWTV Live-The Inteview
    00:16 Introduction
    01:35 Knightwise and KWTV LIVE, hour 1, interview 1
    39:46 End



    Jan 18: #126 - Computer America #34
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Topic: Resources for learning about Linux. Tom visits the chat room in hour 1. We provide a lengthy list of links to manuals, training courses and classes to learn about Linux. Of course we answer listener emails as well.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. These links (and more) are all listed at http://resources.goinglinux.com
    2. Getting Started with Ubuntu 10.04 (Official Ubuntu Linux manual) http://ubuntu-manual.org/
    3. Linux Mint Official User Guide http://www.linuxmint.com/blog/?p=1507
    4. On-line Linux Tutorials and Courses:
      http://www.howtoforge.com
      http://linuxbasics.org/tutorials/start
      http://linuxbasics.org/course/start
      http://beginlinux.org
      http://linux.learnhub.com/
      http://gnulinux.learnhub.com/
    5. Ubuntu's ten lessons for the desktop PDFs: (student guide and instructor guide)
      https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Training?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=student.pdf
      https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Training?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=instructor.pdf
      On-line Applications Tutorials:
      http://www.gimp.org/tutorials
      http://beginlinux.org
      http://opensource.learnhub.com/
      Additional links:
      http://ubuntuguide.org/wiki/Ubuntu:Lucid
      http://www.socallinuxexpo.org/scale9x/presentations/produce-audio-podcast-using-linux
    6. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 126 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #126 - Computer America #34
    00:16 Introduction
    05:05 Resources for learning about Linux
    06:00 Where it the manual?
    07:06 Ubuntu Manual PDF documentation for the beginner
    09:24 An open source manual
    11:15 Ubuntu Manual PDF for more advanced users
    13:45 International translations are standard practice for Linux documentation
    16:27 Linux Mint Offical Users Guide
    18:20 Is WUBI right for Carey's client wanting to try Linux?
    23:21 Is there a better option?
    25:00 The Going Linux guys can help with support
    26:00 What is Quick Shot?
    29:19 You don't have to have a degree (or even a manual) to learn how to use Linux
    31:53 Additional resources to use to learn about Linux
    35:15 Computer America back episodes
    36:38 Amy: Sharing encryption key files on Dropbox
    40:47 Chris: Synergy and a Gone Linux story
    52:25 Jim: Thanks for Disk Utility
    55:07 SpinRite: Good or bad?
    60:19 Paul: Can't find Remote Desktop Viewer on Linux Mint
    63:23 Larry will be talking at the Southern California Linux Expo (SCALE)
    67:22 End



    Jan 05: #125 - Listener Feedback
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Two voice messages, listener questions and our answers. We catch up on some e-mail that has been around for a while, get some listener suggestions for other listeners, and learn some things along the way.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Dropbox wiki website: http://wiki.dropbox.com/DropboxAddons/DropboxPath
    2. PyDropboxpath: http://dl.dropbox.com/u/552/pyDropboxPath/index.html
    3. Ubuntu Stack exchange: http://askubuntu.com
    4. Media Aggregators: http://linuxappfinder.com/multimedia/mediaaggregators
    5. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 125 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #125 - Listener Feedback
    00:15 Introduction
    02:39 Larry helps Tom with alias
    05:57 Steve: Could have tried E17
    08:21 Jim: Tracking cookies and fake antivirus
    13:39 Mark: Coupon printing explained
    17:01 Martin: Updated distributions graphic
    19:31 Luis: Why go to the trouble of installing Ubuntu extras? Use Linux Mint
    21:47 Rob: ssh explanation
    23:13 Tony: A problem with his golf game
    24:48 Ppevel: Finds the podcast helpful
    25:32 Michael: Moving the DropBox folder
    35:42 Mike: Ubuntu stack exchange
    36:45 Sam: Wireless suggestion for Mark
    37:45 Mark: Filed a bug regarding the wireless
    39:30 Chester: A list of media aggregators
    40:23 Nancy: Trilinugual: Mac, Windows and Linux
    45:24 Software Picks WinFF, Arista Transcoder
    47:16 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-4-OUR-TUX, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
    49:24 Computer America promo for Going Linux
    51:20 End

    2010 Episodes:
    Dec 24: #124 - Gone Linux
    Dec 23: #123 - Computer America #33
    Dec 11: #122 - Listener Feedback
    Nov 21: #121 - Switching to Linux-Through the Years
    Nov 17: #120 - Computer America #32
    Nov 05: #119 - Listener Feedback
    Oct 24: #118 - Remote Assistance Software for Linux
    Oct 21: #117 - Computer America #31
    Oct 05: #116 - Listener Feedback
    Sep 23: #115 - Computer America #30
    Sep 21: #114 - Setup Remote Desktop
    Sep 05: #113 - Listener Feedback
    Aug 20: #112 - Linux for Small Business
    Aug 19: #111 - Computer America #29
    Aug 05: #110 - Listener Feedback
    Jul 22: #109 - Computer America #28
    Jul 20: #108 - Using the GUI for Shell Command Junkies-Advanced
    Jul 05: #107 - Listener Feedback
    Jun 25: #106 - Using the GUI for Shell Command Junkies-Introduction
    Jun 18: #105 - Computer America #27
    Jun 05: #104 - Listener Feedback
    May 24: #103 - Computer America #26
    May 20: #102 - Computing In The Cloud-Advanced
    May 05: #101 - Listener Feedback
    Apr 20: #100 - Synaptics-Advanced MultiTouch for Linux
    Apr 20: #99 - Computer America #25
    Apr 10: #98 - Listener Feedback
    Mar 22: #97 - Linux and Cloud Computing-Introduction
    Mar 17: #96 - Computer America #24
    Mar 15: #95 - Listener Feedback
    Feb 27: #94 - SCaLE 8x
    Feb 21: #93 - Computer America #23
    Feb 05: #92 - Listener Feedback
    Jan 20: #91 - Linux Games-Advanced
    Jan 19: #90 - Computer America #22
    Jan 10: #89 - Listener Feedback


    Dec 24: #124 - Gone Linux
    download: [mp3] [ogg] | play now: [flash]
    review this episode: [write a review] | [read reviews]

    Going Linux listerner, Curbuntu, recorded an episode for Hacker Public Radio, HPR, entitled "I Blame Tom Merritt." In the episode, Curbuntu describes how he came to use Linux. What better "gone linux" episode! In addition, Curbuntu touches on many of the reasons many of us moved to Linux.

    The following resources are mentioned in this episode:
    1. Hacker Public Radio Episode 0609: http://hackerpublicradio.org/eps.php?id=0609
    2. Theme music provided by Mark Blasco http://www.podcastthemes.com
    Episode 124 Time Stamps

    00:00 Going Linux #124 - Gone Linux
    00:16 Introduction
    02:18 Curbuntu on Hacker Public Radio
    17:11 End